Tuesday, September 13, 2022

INTO THE UNTRAVELLED HIMALAYA: Travels, Treks and Climbs, by Harish Kapadia.


................................................................................................
................................................................................................
INTO THE UNTRAVELLED HIMALAYA
Travels, Treks and Climbs, by Harish Kapadia   
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


If one loves Himalaya, or mountaineering, the book is worth reading. Worth keeping for photographs, and maps. 

Kapadia describes various separate regions of Himalaya, from Kailash and Manasarovar to Tibet in general, at least the parts thereof that he's visited, and then on to various parts within India and Bhutan, Sikkim and Arunachal Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh and Ladakh, and more. 
................................................................................................


Kapadia has sentiments regarding the Himalaya but not exactly in line with India's love and reverence for Himalaya since antiquity. 

Which can be as disconcerting as his declaring that Chinese individuals can be nice, despite India's doctrine to the contrary. 

Even during the worst of 1962 war, there was no such propaganda to the effect Kapadia more than insinuates, from or in India. With the strongest possible feelings about 1962 for someone who saw neighbours leaving in trucks, neighbours who were fathers of schoolmates, and still would prefer to avoid buying anything made in China, this strong feeling didn't stop us loving Chinese food in India- or US or UK, for that matter, except for when the restaurant staff was hostile. Which happened more than once. 
................................................................................................


Kapadia is candid admitting - 

"Not everyone likes the Karakoram. The barren and the rugged trail, leading on for miles and miles is not attractive to everyone. Due to security requirements there are several camps of the Indian army along the trail and these simple soldiers just fail to understand why anyone like us from Bombay or any part of the world would like to go there. As one officer put it, ‘What do you see in these Ganje Pahad (bald mountains)? This barren land?’."  

And yet, such are the regions that inspired James Hilton's Lost Horizon and his Shangri-La. 

"For almost 18 km towards the northwest and across for a similar distance, vast and  flat plains extended. When I showed pictures of the Depsang Plains to one of my climber friends, he remarked, ‘Wow, this is a high altitude Golf Course!’ Some golf course and some imagination! 

"Originally the trail from here till the Karakoram Pass was lined with bones so that caravans could follow a route in case of bad weather and in snow. However, many things have now changed. In 1962, the Chinese army invaded the Depsang  plains, pushing the Indian Army down the Chhongtash gorge. The graves of the Indian soldiers are to be seen here. The Chinese army declared an unilateral ceasefire and withdrew towards the east, but at a vantage point overlooking the Depsang plains. We could see the aluminium sheets over the Chinese posts reflecting the sunlight. The bones are now replaced by jerry cans. There is a rough jeepable road. Yes, a jeepable road which leads from Depsang la almost till Karakoram Pass. On both sides of the road jerry cans line the route. These cans, named after  German soldiers, (nick-named ‘jerrys’ during the World War II)  are now playing their part on this historic plateau; apart from containing kerosene oil they guide travellers, army bunkers were built by making a wall by piling  them up and they are even used as chairs."

Indeed, such are the regions that inspired James Hilton's Lost Horizon and his Shangri-La. 
................................................................................................


" ... Another fort was built at Sumur by the Ladakhi king to offer complete security. About 300 years before the Mongolian army had invaded Ladakh. This fort is known as Tsogmak (Tsog–Mongolian, mak-troops). Their army conquered territories till Leh where one of their senior generals was killed. He was buried under ‘Namgyal Tsemo’ the semo on a hill above Leh. However much of this history may be debatable and unknown, but certainly the forts are worth preserving as one of the landmarks of the past.2"

Throughout the book, Kapadia seems, not only anxious to credit muslims where traditions might have been of far older origin (or to claim that those traditions were due to the religion when in fact they were far older), but even anxious to veil historic facts, by discrediting implications of local nomenclature and traditional history, such as the name of a fort in Ladakh, which was even built specifically to defend against Mongol invasions! 

And this is about a phenomenon unrelated to a religion. 

So while left in India feels free to verbally offend West, even while taking care to go only thus far and no further, fear of giving offense to previous colonial regimes extends to kowtowing to Mongol invaders who'd not only invaded and sought to conquer India, but gone along and burned whole cities, villages and people therein, from Persia to Russia? 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"We were staying in army bunkers at base camp on the Siachen Glacier. In the next room I could hear my son, Nawang, then a young man of 20 years, talking with equally young lieutenants and captains of the Indian army. They were discussing their exploits on the glacier, the war and agitatedly talking about the friends being wounded and killed all around them. ... They were ready to guard it with their life, they meant well. My son, excited with the prospect of defending the country with other young officers, worked hard and joined the Indian army as a Gorkha Officer. Soon thereafter he fell to a terrorist bullet in this bloody war in Kashmir. ... "
................................................................................................


"Mountains have traditionally been haven for people seeking peace and spiritual solace.  Nowhere has this been more so than in the Himalaya. It is ironical than that it is in the Himalaya, or to be more exact in the Karakoram, that a bitter and deadly, heroic  but absurd conflict  is being fought. Now for 20 long years armed forces of India and Pakistan have fought for the control of the Saltoro ridge which guards the Siachen Glacier towards its west.  This is the highest battlefield in the world and India occupies the entire Siachen Glacier but at a great price."

This would be true of Tibet, if India had defended it. As it is China is claiming all of Himalaya and stray speakers of Chinese origin are laughing at India on television channels telling India "your problem is Himalaya ", not giving a fraction of a thought or consideration to love and reverence Himalaya us held throughout India for millennia since the very beginning of Himalaya rising out of the ocean that separated India from Asia. 

But the first PM of India refused to even bring Tibet to attention of UN, or allow such a question by another nation, much less defend Tibet or even protest military occupation thereof. 

So Kapadia speaks of Karakoram but not of Himalaya in all its reach being occupied by Chinese forces. 

This is the moment before Krishna spoke, in Mahabharata war, prolonged to over half a century, because an Arjuna was sidelined by an elder in favour of a Yudhisthira who was always more amenable to opposite camp than to his own, and sitting with his head in his hands after losing a wife in a bet he had no right to make, as she pointed out. Neither India nor Himalaya were theirs to give, but the Arjuna had been exiled. 
................................................................................................


"It was in this situation that we started working for a proposal for Trans-boundary Peace Park. This would ultimately enable both the armies to withdraw in conditions of honour and dignity and it  would not prejudice their positions in Kashmir as a whole. It would stop further degradation of a magnificent mountain area, save hundreds of lives, billions of rupees and possibly give an indicator to solve the Kashmir imbroglio." 

It's naive thought, imagining that a movement copying Vinoba Bhave and his goodwill expeditions after independence - one regarding landlords, landholdings and redistribution of land to benefit landless, accomplished via goodwill and gifts; another that of surrender by dacoits of Chambal region. 

"Boundary Parks are not a new idea. The first one, Waterton Glacier International Peace Park between Canada and US was established 70 years ago and today there are 169 such parks, involving 113 countries.  Several of these trans-boundary parks are specifically designated as Peace Parks, which are intended to provide a peaceful solution to a conflict or a potential conflict or rehabilitation of an area after a conflict. In Asia and around India the concept of trans-boundary parks is well known for there are parks between India and Bhutan, India and Nepal, Pakistan and China and Nepal and China. There has been a dramatic increase in trans-boundary parks in the recent years, a demonstration of their viability and usefulness. In 1988 there were 50 parks as against 169 today. There are plans for few more trans-boundary parks."

Worse than naive, it's as dangerous, bordering on suicidal, as Gandhi insisting that the then new Government of India force refugees from across the new border in North-West, to return across the border, even if it were only to be massacred by those who had massacred over ten millions already. 

Worse, it's as dangerous as the then PM of India subsequently not only stopping the Indian military from proceeding to liberate rest of Kashmir, but then going on to not protect occupation of Tibet by military forces of China, refusing to raise the question in Tibet, and doing nothing about Chinese appropriation of a huge amount of territory in Aksai Chin. 

Withdrawal of forces in any region of Himalaya would only involve the two untrustworthy nations who have occupied the lands with force, to inch further - by several thousands of square miles. 
................................................................................................


"One very strong supporter and mover of this idea was Aamir Ali who lives in Geneva and having worked for the United Nations, knew how to approach this matter. We prepared brief notes and plans and sent it to various officials and organisations in India and Pakistan.  But with these countries at the height of war in the 1990s, our proposals  hit a blank wall. When I met one of the senior secretaries in the Government of India, he dismissed the idea with contempt and even raised the usual Indian question, ‘why is a foreigner and a Muslim (Aamir Ali) interested in the Siachen Glacier?’2 Officials refused to listen to my pleas, suggesting that all I could do was to file a public interest litigation in the Supreme Court. Fortunately the Indian army was more open to this idea.  Today most of the senior officers are in know of  this plan and supportive of it.  Of course, without their political masters deciding in the matter no further aims can be achieved, at least in India."

The very next paragraph raises a question, were these efforts at correspondence being carried through the Kargil war, or begun thereafter? 

It's hardly possible that the responses he quotes from Indian army were during or after that treacherous war, when several soldiers sacrificed their lives! 
................................................................................................


"The political tranquillity and climate again changed and stopped all rounds of negotiations between India and Pakistan. Finally on 13th December 2001, armed militants attacked the Indian Parliament and the troops were moved. The countries were on the brink of war. One had to keep the hope that situations change, people change and the dawn always comes only after the darkest period. And we waited for dawn on the Siachen. Positive signs seemed to emerge as the idea was kept alive."

Kapadia mentions 2001 attack specifically, but not the Kargil war! 

Wonder why! 
................................................................................................


"I saw further signs of hope. First was at the Banff Film Festival in Canada where I could interact with a group of senior IUCN representatives. They seemed interested and we formed a small committee. With their contacts in Pakistan, we could carry the matter to the right quarters there too. But the advice from both the Governments was to keep the issue open, lie low and push it gently. That’s what we kept on doing. In 2001, the area of Aletsch, the longest glacier in the Alps, was designated as a World Heritage site. We thought, why not aim for the same for the longest glacier in the Himalaya? Major support from UIAA3 gave a major fillip to the Siachen Peace Park proposal, which in collaboration with the IUCN4  started taking keen interest in the matter.  The UIAA supported and organised a ‘Summit Climb’ in the Alps where Indian and Pakistani mountaineers would participate together. And so it was Mandip Singh Soin and myself from India and Nazir Sabir and Col. Sher Khan who from Pakistan teamed up in Geneva and stood on the summit of the Monch peak. On the summit, perhaps for the first time in several years, flags of India and Pakistan were unfurled together on any mountain in the world signifying that we mountaineers and environmentalist appeal together for peace in the mountains, a fact particularly significant in the ‘International  Year of Mountains’ in 2002."

Naiveté at best, dangerous in reality. 
................................................................................................


"No sooner, Indian and Pakistani mountaineers met in Geneva, we realised how much we had in common at a people to people level; we spoke the same language we had the same tastes in music, we had same interests (Nazir, a cricket buff like me, kept suggesting, to the former President of Switzerland5, ‘Sir lets play cricket between our two nations, even before we climb mountains’). There was a strong desire for all of us to visit each other’s countries. We realised that it was only political differences that kept us apart. At no time during the climb, tied to the same rope, did it matter to me that my companion was a Pakistani or a Muslim and to him that I was an Indian or a Hindu- our lives depended on each other. 6"

Be that as it may, to those who died for no fault of theirs by attacks through terrorists sent from the terrorist factory across the border, it did matter, one might bet safely - whether in Taj or in local trains, stadium in Hyderabad or while shopping in a middle class local suburban market in New Delhi. 
................................................................................................


"Several recent developments have led the world community, specially the mountain lovers, to pay attention to solving the conflict and lend help to rejuvenate the glacier. This includes the Italian Ev-K2-CNR Committee’s  proposal  to push for a Siachen Peace Park as part of its commemoration of the 50th anniversary of the first ascent of K2 and at the World Parks Congress in Durban in  September 2003. Talks were held after a long time  between India and Pakistan to discuss various issues, specially the Siachen. (I write this in March 2004 and perhaps situation may have turned for the better by the time you read this.). And – India and Pakistan played cricket  in March 2004 after more than a decade!"

That certainly did not stop the terrorist attacks, in fact a major one came soon post this - the most famous one, in fact; attacks against Taj and other targets in Mumbai were within less than five years post his "India and Pakistan played cricket in March 2004 after more than a decade", and while congress was in power in centre!
................................................................................................


"At present, armed military men still face each other across the ridges of the Siachen. On both sides of the line of control, it is said that to honour the blood of brave soldiers that has been spilled, not an inch of territory should be given up. One could say even with more force that the sacrifice of brave men could best be honoured by protecting this spectacular mountain area consecrated by their sacrifice. Again the wheels of peace are moving positively and there is a complete ceasefire in fighting in Kashmir and particularly on the heights of the Siachen for last few months. ... "

Naiveté bordering on stupidity, that! 

Or is Kapadia attempting to make up for the sacrifice of his son's life, to a bullet from a terrorist, in Kashmir? 

" ... If the peace returns, the concept of the trans-boundary peace park would fit well in giving a positive dimension to the process. It would work not only towards disengagement, but towards the creation of a park to protect the environment to allow the ibexes and snow leopards to roam, the wild roses to grow and the mountaineers to return to the Siachen Glacier. A majestic area of mountain landscape redolent with the romance of early exploration deserves the best. Our youth, be they soldier or civilian, Pakistani or Indian, they deserve to enjoy such an area."

Dangerous naiveté, considering not only that the nonstop terrorist attacks that were held back only a little, post surgical strikes by India, and the demonetisation, but basically continue. 

True, it's far less post 2014 than it had been during UPA decade, but that won't happen if military were withdrawn at any point of border. 

Dangerous naiveté, considering not only that the nonstop terrorist attacks that were held back only a little, post surgical strikes by India, and the demonetisation, but basically continue - but also Bharatpur. 

As long ago as during early 1990s, it'd been noted that the famous bird sanctuary in Bharatpur was suffering, due to the migratory flocks from Central Asia and Siberia being reduced alarmingly to paltry numbers, due chiefly to bring shot fown in their flight over Pakistan. 

Since then, starvation situation in that country was discussed on internet and on television shows in Pakistan channels, describing poor having been reduced to eating things one would not describe, apart from donkeys, used more relevantly for transport due to shortage of fuel and situation of financial disaster in Pakistan. 

Whatever makes Kapadia imagine that Siachen, or any other part in or near Pakistan, would be safe haven for Ibex, or any other beautiful fauna, birds or anything else, as long as people of Pakistan can access the region without intervention and being stopped from hunting the fauna and birds to extinction? 

A glacier wouldn't stop them! 
................................................................................................


"‘We are nations linked by Himalayan geography. Nations, which do not understand and respect geography are condemned by history. Governments and people of both countries should realise that there is a humanity that binds us together. Whatever our game, and whichever our side of the fence’.7 

"With peace returning to the glacier, there are several proposals to clean up the glacier (involvement of world community and its finances are a very distinct possibility) and there is a proposal that civilian mountaineers from both sides could walk up the glacier from their respective fences and shake hands at the border pass, unfurl their own national flags and bring that spirit displayed in the Alps to reality on the Siachen Glacier."

Dangerous naiveté, indeed. There's no guarantee there won't be a terrorist amongst that handshaking mob, is there, or would they be frisked by Indian military before approaching the fence? Say, fifty miles before the border? 

Really Kapadia should have known better, having trekked siachen strictly in dark of night, due to danger during day, during light hours, of enemy fire! 
................................................................................................


England didn't go to war eager either for WWI or WWII, remember! People in England had cheered Neville Chamberlain like crazy, in tears, when he'd returned from Munich, having browbeaten Czechoslovakia into surrendering, breaking treaties by England and renaming on the military protection promised to Czechoslovakia by those treaties - just as Indian did to Tibet! 

1962 was follow-up therefore by China as logical as WWII was that of Munich, and if subsequently India wasn't reduced to a Poland or a France or even Russia of 1941, its only because JFK helped India, when asked by the then PM of India confidentially, by sending a quiet message to China. 

Kapadia mentions China's 'unilateral withdrawal and ceasefire' repeatedly, but neither why, nor the fact that Chinese promises aren't worth the paper thry are written on, even if it were only recycled paper. 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Tibet, known as the roof of the world, has a reputation to be remote and difficult for travel. During my three visits to this charming land, I experienced exactly the opposite. A flight takes you to Lhasa easily or there are roads to drive in. Lhasa itself is like a mini Hong Kong, and roads though not highways, are comfortable enough to travel.

"During my visits, spread over five years and by different routes, I was able to observe Tibet from different angles; infrastructural development, religious hegemony, Chinese rule, interaction with Tibetans and Indian connections with Tibet. All this, coupled with its long history and its present ,"

That last bit seems more of indication of censorship dealt with Indian Express style circa 1975-77, rather than a doubly clumsy typo. 
................................................................................................


"My last visit to Tibet started exactly to the day, 100 years after the Younghusband expedition in 1904. Younghusband marched through a prominent chorten in front of the Potala palace and ‘unveiled Lhasa’. Tibet today is fast developing as a major destination.  Within few years it may be a different world. But the main occupant of the Potala, the Dalai Lama is in India and not allowed to return. He is revered by every Tibetan and has declared recently to accept the Chinese rule for peace and progress of his people. These are the choices for this wonderful country."

If anything, this remote roof of the world ought to have been left alone and protected as a spiritual retreat for Earth, not a mini Hong Kong, and not at the expense of its inhabitants. 
................................................................................................


All this talk of Tibet bring developed by China and lhasa being mini Hong Kong only bring to mind the deliberately kept filthy the nature of facilities used by pilgrims to Kailash-Mansarovar from India, which comes through in the two separate accounts by tracellers from India who were avowedly not religious. 
................................................................................................


"In the old pictures a big shantytown is seen opposite the Potala. This area has been cleared by ‘cajoling’ occupants to move to the outskirts.  The square has been beautified and is now a major tourist attraction called Potala Square.  It wears a festive look with several Chinese statutes and a four-lane highway passing at the foot of the Potala. Lhasa and surroundings have excellent roads and well planned townships. Fancy streetlights, taxis, museums, huge bill board signs, posh hotels and bright coloured restaurants gives it a feel of Hong Kong. Progress yes, but then ideologically no one has any say, least of all the Tibetans, as to whether they want this progress or what it means to them.  Schools teach  Tibetan as a language, locals can travel to mainland China and many are employed in the tourism industry.  No political dissent  is tolerated and no one  is ready to voice any views, specially as  many  Han Chinese have settled  in Tibet and are in position of power."

Interesting typo, 'statutes', when he meant statues. 

Aren't communists opposed to idol worship? 

Isn't erecting of statues idol worship? 
................................................................................................


"In centre of the Potala square flutters the Chinese flag near the site of a pillar that was erected in 821 signifying the Sino-Tibetan treaty. This treaty gave China  the first foothold in Tibet, roots of their claim date thus far back.  It was again at this place under the 1959  ‘Lhasa uprising’ hundreds of Tibetans had gathered to protest. They were dispersed and the Dalai Lama fled to India. Rest, as they say, is  history.4"
................................................................................................


"The spiritual centre of Lhasa is the Jokhang temple with the Barkhor circuit around it. At anytime of the year you will find devout pilgrims from far away villages, performing chham, the Tibetan way of bowing to the deity. It wore a colourful look and in small stalls in the mall, statues of Mao were being sold with that of Buddha!  Near the temple and in Potala square, boards were pasted with Chinese circulars and statues of liberated peasantry were erected in Beijing style. Tibetans read them with curiosity.  They seem to be living without much fear and not much poverty was evident –less than you would see in India. The three monasteries around Lhasa are as ancient as holy. Sera is the nearest one with Ganden and Drepung a little away. Each of these represented a way of life with hundreds of lamas being trained here. When we visited, they seemed to be flourishing, well maintained and with several lamas performing rituals.  Norbulinka, the summer palace of the Dalai Lama was another attraction. With its Japanese style garden and long walls it was peaceful haven for his holiness when he stayed here. A large radio, presented by the Prime Minster of India in 1952 is displayed and one wonders how it must have been ferried across passes by humans and mules."

One doesn't recall mention of the extermination camps by any foreign visitors or diplomatic corps of any countries during 1930-1945 in Germany, either. Few writers dared be blacklisted, but those who did, too, were not aware of the extermination, not until the conquering armies of Russia and West discovered them, or even later, until Nuremberg trials and the documentary film footage that shut up disbelief in the inhuman conduct by the regime. 
................................................................................................


"Younghusband Mission


"Soon it was time for us to start on our journey across the Tibetan plateau.  In 2004 the road to Gyantse was being repaired and widened into a four-lane highway. Soon a wide road from Gyantse to Yatung would be joining the road from Nathu la in Sikkim and to Kolkata. As per the agreement reached between India and China large container traffic from the warm water port of Kolkata would drive across this road to supply Lhasa, giving fillip to trade and bring supplies to Lhasa directly rather than driving across the entire Chinese mainland."

So India helps China supply the Chinese occupation army in Lhasa et AL, and China attacks India promptly at Galwan. 

Well done, UPA. 
................................................................................................


"We passed the beautiful Yamdrok Tso (lake), Karo la and the foot of Nojin Kang  peak.  From your car you are within a touching distance of its icefall. Nakartse was as dirty at it can be. In fact throughout our travels in Tibet, we always wished for better hygiene, one thing that has been missing in development of tourism beyond Lhasa. As a rule toilets were dirty, rooms and streets left much to be desired.  Gyantse township was being improved with wider roads and celebrations to mark the 100th anniversary of Younghusband’s expedition year were under way,  called ‘The Younghusband invasion and the defeat of British’. The Gyantse fort, in centre of town, witnessed fights between Younghusband’s troop led by General McDonald and Tibetan forces. Today as one climbs up to the Gyantse fort, at the entrance there is ‘The British Hate Museum’. It contains stories of how brave Tibetans defeated the British. Of course history records that Tibetans were soundly beaten, but not without a fight. From the early part of the last century deceptions by Chinese and twisting of history has remained their hallmark."

Of course. 

That whole claim by China to Tibet was, is, has been a lie. 
................................................................................................


"Little before Saga, a major military station, a bifurcation leads   north going across very inhospitable   terrain. It was this route that I had followed during my second trip to Tibet. Immediately after the bifurcation is one of the wonders of this plateau ‘the Geysers’. Huge springs of hot water burst out into the sky and splash  over a vast area. Many small bubbles of sulphur water also pour  out.  There is a small rest house and geological study station maintained by the Chinese government .   The road ahead becomes rougher and rougher and no human settlement is seen . We passed Zari Namtso lake, and almost on its shore stands a small township of the Tsochen (Coquen). Further north we were on the Shinquen-Amdo ‘highway’ and turned west passing Gertse and Gakyi to reach Shinquen which borders  Ladakh.  This was a barren stretch to drive through but amidst cold winds we would suddenly find a large flock of sheep grazing on the stony plateau. We always wondered, ‘grazing’ what?  When we stopped, curious shepherds would gather around and look at us without making any trouble . All nomads have standardized quarters on the outskirts of towns. Much of the population consists of Han Chinese who have been given incentives to come and settle here. Many herds of  Tibetan antelope ran along the road, unafraid of our cars. We heard the stories of Chinese soldiers using guns to hunt wildlife while travelling on this route."

On Google maps, some of the names yield nothing to search, not only since Chinese names are different but perhaps Google maps are not allowed to locate the place by original tibetan names, unless and until exact new names and spellings are used. 

But Kapadia, again, very helpfully gives a map of the region he speaks of.  
................................................................................................


"Most of the time after driving 200 kms, with no human beings in sight, suddenly a   modern township would spring up from nowhere, for example Tsochen. It had bank (China Bank exchanging dollars), hotels, modern amenities, water supply, school (Chinese teachers), telephones (China telecom, mobile phones, internet), postal facilities (China Post which operates daily services) and good restaurants (mainly Chinese) and of course, the Chinese army garrison quarters.    One wonders what these  people eat, work and why they are settled at these smaller towns."

Changing the DNA of Tibet, hoping Tibet’s natives are forgotten, if not extinguished. 
................................................................................................


"Shinquen (old Ali) was the largest town in western Tibet – with nightclubs and a Disco! A special Tourist guesthouse is built here and permits  are checked at a local Tibetan office lined with posters of Indian film actors and Indian film music playing!  It was a huge military headquarter with a small airstrip and it was from here that Chinese troops attacked India in 1962. The Aksai Chin road starts from here linking it to Central Asia; Khotan, Yarkand and Kashgar. The war was fought by the Chinese to protect this illegal road running  through Indian territories. Today regular bus services operate on this route for locals and tourists.

"Rutok (Rudok) was on the banks of the Pangong Lake, which is 2/3rd in China and 1/3rd in Ladakh. Having visited this lake in Ladakh, I compared with amazement the features and water of this lake. Like territories, even water was caught between the two political giants.
................................................................................................


"On return, one of the Tibetan guides cajoled us to climb a small hill, called ‘Lovers Hill’. It offered a magnificent view of the great Himalayan range dividing this part of China and Himachal Pradesh of India. Leo Pargial (Rio Purgial) rising above the Satluj gorge, Shipki la pass, Gya and all the peaks were clearly visible.6 But amazingly we also saw a large cantonment of the Chinese army with a huge star of People’s Liberation Army painted on the hill and an airstrip behind it. It seemed that the Chinese did not mind tourists overlooking their military establishments, which I would have found it difficult to believe anywhere else. We were photographing the mountain peaks with a telephoto lens, when suddenly a group of Chinese soldiers were seen approaching us. ‘It looks like now we will return via Beijing’, I murmured. But the soldiers were also tourists like us, they came, looked at us, looked through our lenses at the peaks and murmuring verly good, verly good ran down  smiling! From Shinquen we drove to Demchok , which is about couple of  kilometres  from the Indian border and the Indus, for a brief visit. Across the political line stood the Indian Demchok. A small monastery was all that it had to offer. What really surprised us was that our Indian passports did not deter the Chinese to allow us travel to any border areas as long as we had paid our fees and our visas were stamped with these places marked on it. In fact throughout my three visits no officials, army or administration ever raised any objections to my Indian passport or ever looked up with a suspicious glance."

But any straying, such as private conversations with tibetans unreconciled to Chinese occupation, would immediately have been reported, and acted on, safe bet. 
................................................................................................


"Now we were to enter the third part of Tibet, where the holy places of Kailash, Manasarovar, Tirthapuri and Tholing math are situated. Some of these areas has strong associations with India as many Hindu pilgrims throng here nowadays."

When did they not? 

It was, always, much more a question of possibility, than of wishes. Pilgrims from India had, always, trekked to the various remote places of Pilgrimage in Himalaya, despite all hardships, then too. And now too, hardships aren't all that different, especially at Kailash-Mansarovar, what with facilities by China being primitive. 
................................................................................................


"Trek from Nepal to Western Tibet


"During my first visit to Tibet, I had trekked across the border from Nepal, a most favoured route for trekkers. We flew from Kathmandu to Nepalgunj and Simikot. Trekking along the Karnali we slowly gained ground to reach the border across Nara la (pass). On some stones we saw slogans Maowadi Zindabad  (Hail Mao Communists).  Little did we realize that this was the starting of trouble, which has engulfed western Nepal today and stopped any approach through this route.   Soon we approached the border where a stone marked ‘The Entry point into Tibet’. It was ironically erected in early 1962 when China had solved its border problems with Nepal but later in the same year attacked India for the same problem. We passed our first huge monastery of Khojarnath. This monastery being situated next to the border was saved from destruction during the infamous Cultural Revolution, when the hardened band of Red Guards destroyed much of the cultural heritage of Tibet. The Lamas ran away across the border with almost everything and returned after the fury was over. It has huge Hindu influence and many parts have paintings of Hindu Gods and Goddesses."

Needless to say, neither Khojarnath nor "gompa near ..." leads to finding anything on Google maps, since China not only changes all names to Chinese ones, but prevents search by any other names. 

Wonder if that's true of Peking, Canton, et al? Probably not. It's only Tibet that's - fractured, and - on the way to bring wiped out completely. 
................................................................................................


"The road from Purang passes Toyo village, which houses a memorial to the great Dogra General, Zorawar Singh who died here in battle. The Dogras starting from Kishtwar had conquered Ladakh and marched eastwards into Tibet. The Chinese and Tibetans withdrew and allowed them deep inside. When the winter approached, the Dogra army was trapped in these inhospitable surroundings and was attacked by the defenders.7 On December 12, 1841, gallant Zorawar Singh fell to a bullet in the war - his army was massacred with the usual Mongoloid ruthlessness. Taklakot  (Purang) was abandoned. The flag of Lahore Durbar, however, continued to flutter in Leh. The Tibetans believed Zorawar to be a powerful person and in their primitive superstition began chopping his body and collecting different parts for strength.  Some body parts were buried at Toyo where a monument was erected and the place of worship is locally known as ‘Singhba  chorten’."

Another name that, when searched, Google maps bring forth a basket of gurdwara, parks and even a church, all in India, but nothing in Tibet. 

Why don't Google maps simply respond with facts? Say, 

"Search not allowed - by China - for locations in Tibet except only by official Chinese names, assigned after 1959"? 

Or similar statement. 
................................................................................................


"Manasarovar and Kailash area


"A long winding two-lane road now takes visitors comfortably and fast to Raksas Tal and Manasarovar with the grand view of the holy Kailash. We gave a lift to a Chinese army officer in our car. After initial hesitation I was chatting with him as he spoke fluent English and seemed rather friendly. He was a philatelic stamp collector and we decided to exchange Indian and Chinese stamps, which we did later by post. At the first view of Manasarovar and Kailash I watched him curiously.  As we alighted, he did a proper namaste to Kailash and Manasarovar and kneeling down on ground like any other Tibetan performed a chham.  We Indians were brought up with hatred towards the Chinese, but such gestures and our experiences clearly portrayed that all are not cruel and non-believers like western writers would like us believe. We met many friendly Chinese soldiers and except once at Saga, we were never stopped photographing anything that we wanted to."

It was never officially taught - the 'unfriendly Chinese' bit - but matter of experience, whether by Indian visitors and diplomatic corps families in China then, or Indians and Europeans visiting Chinese restaurants in US, where - after they'd responded with affirmative when asked if thry were open, we were asked us to pay before soup because 'the accountant had to leave, for some emergency', and then, after we paid, extremely rude harassing treatment would ensue, screeching at us to leave, asking if we meant them to wait on us whole night! This screeching was around 9:30p.m., within about five minutes of us having paid, within two minutes of having finished soup, and within half an hour of having been welcomed and told to stay as long as we wished, when responding to our query about their being open. 

Afterwards, European contingent remarked about how Indians were friendly and Chinese hostile - not merely rude, but hostile - and this remarkable was to someone who fought for India, on every possible topic, including India's rights to nuclear power. 

A photograph here of Mount Kailash, titled 

"Kailash rising above  Barkha Plains."!!!

This title is intriguing, but equally startling is the clearly visible seemingly staircase, at higher reaches of the pyramid shaped face of Kailash from this angle. 
................................................................................................


"A lot has been written about Manasarovar and Kailash, which has a central place in Hindu philosophy and the Indian mind.  The real reason could be geographical as four major rivers, which supply water to India, originate in the vicinity of this lake. The Indus flows towards the west and after entering Ladakh, takes a huge turn to flow south into the Arabian Sea across Pakistan. The Yarlung Tsangpo (or only the Tsangpo) originates at the foot of Mayum la near Manasarovar and flows across the Tibetan plateau to the east where the passage is blocked by the great massif of Namcha Barwa and Gyala Peri. Making a stupendous gorge between these two peaks it finally turns south and enters India, to the plains of Assam where it is called the Brahmaputra. Finally it merges with the Bay of Bengal."

Why does Kapadia insist on mentioning pak and avoid mentioning the separated half Bangladesh? Both are equally part of Mother India, however tourniquated off from heartland, for sake of West warring against Russia. 
................................................................................................


"From the southwest of Manasarovar near Tirthapuri originates the Satluj, flowing past the old kingdom of Guge. It passes through a gorge at foot of Shipki la to enter Kinnaur and flow into the Punjab plains to merge finally with the Indus. Towards the south from the foot of Gurla Mandhata originates the Karnali river, which flowing through Nepal ultimately joins the Ganga. Thus major water sources of India, apart from the Ganges, originate north of the Himalaya and particularly from vicinity of the Manasarovar and Raksas Tal lakes.  The channel between these two lakes called Ganga chu, is situated almost on the same longitude as the holy confluence of Ganga, Jamuna and the mythical Saraswati at Allahabad in India. These factors may have given a religious halo to the peak and the area. Perhaps some day a researcher would discover that early saints and Indian shastras (holy books) actually knew about the geographical significance and hence declared the area holy. There are gold mines at Thok Jalung, on the channel between the two lakes.8"

Kapadia obviously experienced nothing. 
................................................................................................


"Tirthapuri, Tsaprang and Guge


"We travelled southwest from Manasarovar to Tirthapuri and as tradition has it, any Tibetan pilgrim before visiting Kailash, has to pay obeisance here. This was the extent of Hindu influence into this area as Indian gurus from the south had reached here centuries ago. The Satluj originates from the plains below Tirthapuri  where the watershed divides the  Indus and the Satluj  river systems.  There are several shapes of mountains, which curiously resemble Nanda Devi. There is a hole through which you put your hand and pick up three stones. The three white stones signify  your karma to be very pure leading you to heaven and three black stones send you towards hell.  Luckily everybody falls in between, picking some white and some black stones!."

Neither Tirthapuri nor really Guge, but Tsaprang leads to a spot identified only in Chinese script, with 'Guge hotel' nearby. 
................................................................................................


"As we had our first coffee the Indian influence was all around us.  Several pictures of Hindu Gods, film stars and cricketers adorned the walls of every restaurant, barber’s shop and shopping area . But the major statement was made by the display Dalai Lama’s picture at almost every place -- a picture that was banned by the Chinese to be taken into Tibet. Having experienced Tibet’s material development by China, which perhaps Tibetans would have never achieved by themselves for a long time, triggered many discussions on what was better, the material progress as we had seen or this symbol of Dalai Lama’s photograph which portrayed freedom and spiritual realism? It was a hard choice.11"

Hard choice? 

Ask any prisoners. 

Didn't many Indians opine, post independence, that British rule was better? Yet few migrated, compared to them. 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


" ... Christianity is prevalent here and there was a large Baptist church at Ziro and many small churches built in bamboo huts. This was the earliest spread of the religion in the area and villagers who earlier followed ‘Donyi-Polo’ (the Sun and Moon Gods) religion were converted to Christianity. Though foreigners are not allowed to enter Arunachal Pradesh, local priests who are trained at Shillong, continue the worship. ... "

Who conducts training at Shillong?
................................................................................................


"Many old accounts of this region and maps mention a place called Korbo located on the left bank of the river on the foot of the ridge that forms the Top Spur. As per maps, if coming from Tibet, this should be the first village in this valley on the Indian side. We were shown a major clearing below Bishing, where the earlier village existed.  Since 1963 Korbo (the Tibetan name) shifted to Bishing (970 m) which is a typical local name."

Effect of Chinese attack? 
................................................................................................


"The Final Exploration: To the Tsangpo – Siang Bend



"The next day we set off on our final objective – the bend in the river.  The trek involved walking across boulders strewn on the riverbank by a landslide in the past followed by an ascent to traverse a cliff. The winding Siang touched the rock cliffs at several places and all these have to be surmounted with difficulties by climbing along the cliffs, traversing in the forest above and then descending on the other side. The traverse was 1.5 km long and through thick foliage. A descent followed by a few kilometre’s walk brought us to a point on the river bank from where the bend on the Tsangpo can be clearly seen. Huge rocks offer vantage positions for photography. Steep slopes covered with impenetrable forest make the ‘Spur Tip’, the border point, inaccessible, though only a little away. The river made a  ‘S’ shaped bend as it entered Indian territories. The top spur projects into the concavity of the second bend. At the opposite end of the second bend along its right bank is the mouth of Nugong Asi nala which today marks the official boundary between India and China on the river. The snow-capped Dapang peak (5570 m) in Tibet, near Shugden gompa reached by F. M. Bailey, was visible at the head of the valley.  The Tsangpo entered India at 580 m. The altitude at our camp, four kilometres downstream was 568 m. This gradient is maintained all the way to Pasighat and this explains the velocity of flow. Watermarks on the rocks and cliffs show that it rises by 5 to 15 m during the summer months." 

Again, when searched on Google maps, neither Dapang peak nor Shugden gompa result in locating either, but lots of gompas far away are shown; and while the specific gompa might have actually been destroyed, surely a mountain peak in Himalaya wasn't destroyed by China? 

So really, Google maps ought to reply "forbidden search" or "guess he new - Chinese - name if you wish to locate the place". 
................................................................................................


"Gorichen II was first climbed in 1966 by an Indian army team. Peak Kangto was climbed by the Japanese in 1988 approaching it from  the Tibetan plateau in the north. Nyegi Kangsang (6983 m) was attempted in 1995 by a team from Indian Mountaineering Foundation which mistakenly claimed an ascent, proved wrong later.  Today on the latest maps, Kangto (locally known as Sher Kangri, the ‘eastern mountain’) is 7042 m and stands as the highest peak in Arunachal Pradesh (and on the McMahon Line) and the only peak above 7000 m in the eastern Indian Himalaya, east of Bhutan. The Himalayan range east of the Tsangpo gorge, where it enters India, peters out into smaller mountains."

Google maps shows Kangto as Chinese property. 
................................................................................................


"Nain Singh


"Though Monpas and Tibetans travelled across the passes from earliest years the first known detailed account of travel and its mountains was brought by Pundit Nain Sigh. He was working incognito for  Survey of India and had travelled from Leh to Lhasa  in 1874 –75. He was surveying the area and taking notes for the British.  His intention was to proceed to Peking, but fearing detection he changed plans and turned south. Crossing Brahmaputra at Chetang in Tibet he crossed over to Tawang Tract  via the Karkang pass and reached Tawang on  24th December 1875. Local traders wanted to monopolise trade with Tibet and generally did not allow people arriving from across the border to proceed to the Assam plains. Nain Singh was forced to stay at Tawang till 17th February 1876, but during his stay he continued the survey work around the Tawang Tract. Only after depositing all his goods in Tawang he was allowed to proceed and reached Udalguri in the British territory of Assam on 1st March 1876, completing an exploration of 1405 miles (2250 km) between Leh-Lhasa-Tawang and Assam.4

Again, no results when searching for Chetang in Tibet, or Karkang pass. 
................................................................................................


" ... In 1913, in a conference at Shimla where Indians, Tibetans and Chinese participated, what is now known as the ‘McMahon Line’ was drawn on maps under Sir Henry McMahon, demarcating the boundaries between NEFA and Tibet. This line was not recognised by the Chinese though Indians and Tibetans signed it in presence  of the Chinese officials.  This became the bone of contention and led to conflict later."

Obviously British should not have accepted China's sovereignty over Tibet. 
................................................................................................


"1962 Indo-China War


"The war between India and China in 1962 in the mountains of NEFA  brought this area, specially the Tawang tract  to notice of the world. As the Chinese had not recognised the McMahon Line, which divided Arunachal Pradesh and Tibet, the seeds of conflict were sown early. The Chinese declared their own claim line which ran  almost near the Brahmaputra river in the Assam plains, thus claiming the entire Arunachal Pradesh as their own."

How very modest, not claiming everything ruled by mughals, since basis of Chinese claim to Tibet is treaty Tibet was forced to sign by Kublai Khan, who styled himself Mongolian Emperor of China. 
................................................................................................


"When the Chinese occupied Tibet in 1959 the present Dalai Lama fled from Lhasa and entered India from Khinzemane near the Thagla ridge on the McMahon Line, reaching Shakti and Tawang. He was welcomed by Indian troops and ultimately escorted to the Indian plains and he settled in India. This created more tension between two neighbours."

Even though the then PM of India, and subsequent congress leaders, did everything possible to not help either Tibet or Dalai Lama, but kowtowed to China in every manner except publicly physically, in every matter and manner except agreeing to give up all territories demanded by China. 
................................................................................................


"After 1959 the Chinese moved troops till the border. The Chinese government appealed for settlement of the border dispute in the west in Ladakh and along the McMahon Line in the east, but their main aim was to retain large parts of Aksai Chin in Ladakh,  through which they had built a road. The Chinese were using the dispute in the east as a quid pro quo for  the territories to be gained in the west. The situation became tense by early sixties."

There's no guarantee that such a compromise would work except temporarily, if that. Reality is very likely that China intended to occupy banks of every Himalayan river if not more. 

In any case, India needed to have defended Tibet and not having conceded Chinese claims, just as infua needed to have had a good relationship with several other countries such as Formosa, Japan and Israel, to name just a few, apart from being friends with neighbourhood countries in Central Asia and South East Asia, rather than being snobs. 
................................................................................................


"In response to aggressive movements of troops by the Chinese the Indian Government, against the advice of the Indian military, ordered establishment of forward posts in what was known as the ‘Forward Policy’. Many posts in both the sectors were established facing the Chinese in an eyeball confrontation. All the diplomatic efforts to bring a political solution to the border problem failed. Finally on the night of 19 and 20  October 1962, the Chinese attacked the Indian forces both in the eastern and western sectors. In a swift move they overran Indian posts. The Chinese forces suffering heavy loses came through the Thagla ridge, Bum la and Tulung la passes across the border in large numbers."

We remember army trucks arrive in the square in the New Delhi subarb, taking away trucks filled with fathers of schoolmates, who were neighbours, but hadn't been quite so visible as the daughters who had played in the large square vigorously every evening. 
................................................................................................


"One contingent of the Chinese soldiers came down the Bailey trail from Tulung la, Mago, Poshing la to Thembang, thus cutting through to the rear of the Indian garrisons stationed at Dirang Dzong.  This resulted in fighting and heavy loses to the Indian forces. Later after a gap of two weeks, towards mid November, the Chinese forces ran down till foothills along the Tenga river and almost reached Tezpur, causing a major panic in the city. Treasuries were evacuated, records and food stocks were burnt and many fled across the Brahmaputra.  With poor political and military leadership Indian soldiers, poorly equipped and armed, paid a heavy price and many were killed or taken as prisoners and the loss of morale and prestige was high. Villagers fled from their houses. On 19th November 1962, exactly a month after the invasion began, the Chinese Government declared a unilateral ceasefire and in next few months they withdrew back across the border. They remain across the McMahon Line, which they still do not recognise. Indian army slowly moved up the valley, at first establishing posts away from the border and today all the points  on the border are guarded by well-equipped and well-trained Indian soldiers.9"

It's unclear if Kapadia means McMahon Line when he says border, where India has posts. 

China's withdrawal was chiefly if not entirely due to US - or, more to the point, JFK - threatened quietly; the then PM of India had, despite all the bravado of non-alignment and displeasing conservative US, had sent a quiet appeal to JFK to help, and he had promptly done the needful. 
................................................................................................


"Later Years


"After the Indo-China war in 1962 the entire area remained out of bounds for mountaineers or any visitors for a long time. The first expedition to this area was in 1966  from the Indian army  to peak Gorichen II (6488 m) which they climbed. Since then Gorichen II and Gorichen East (6222 m) has been attempted and climbed by several teams. Some army officers and security personnel undertook treks on several trails along the border and their articles and notes are useful for future trekkers.  Now trekkers and climbers are welcome though the rules of the ‘inner line’ are to be followed and fees are charged to foreign trekkers.10 

"This was area which we had selected to trek and visit. The approach to Tawang starts at Tezpur and three of us flew there on 2nd October 2003, where we met our four Kumauni porters who were waiting for us at the railway station. The day was spent to look around the historic town of  Tezpur on the bank of the mighty Brahmaputra river."

Kapadia includes two beautiful photographs here, one of Tawang monastery and another of memorial to all soldiers. 

Next, Kapadia gives a map of the region marking out the events and spots. The book is becoming valuable, not just for the simple and factual descriptions and beautiful though not plentiful photographs, but equally for the maps, too - especiallygiventhatGooglemapsis prevented by China in identifying searched locations. 
................................................................................................


"The Story of Tezpur


"About a kilometre outside Tezpur stands a hill which  overlooks the vast expanse of the  Brahmaputra river. It is  known an Agnigadh or the ‘Fort of Fire’, and is associated with a legend. 

"Usha,  was daughter of Banasur, a demon. The father was much protective  and she was kept on top of this hill which was surrounded by fire, agni. The fire prevented any intrusion on the hill to protect  her chastity and education. When Usha  matured and came of age she dreamt of love with a handsome prince. She described her dream to her friend Chitralekha, a great artist, who drew the face of the person she had dreamt about. This was the face of Aniruddha, grandson of Lord Krishna. The artist Chitralekha, managed to get Aniruddha to this hill and Usha met him and married secretly. Her father, Banasur, came to know of this fact soon. Though Banasur was a demon, he was worshipper of Lord Shiva, and with his help he declared war  with forces of  Lord Krishna. Thus the two great Lords, Krishna and Shiva fought for the respective parties,  in this legendary battle of  ‘Hara-Hari’. During this battle so many people were killed that the blood flew down to the city and even made Brahmaputra red. Once peace was arrived at both parties decided to establish the city of Tezpur, literally ‘Tez’ i.e. blood and ‘pur’ meaning city;  ‘city of blood’."

Kapadia fails to mention in which language exactly does Tez mean blood; the story bring from Mahabharata, related language should be Sanskrit, not a foreign language, so the z of Tez (which identifies the word as possibly of Persian origin) is probably incorrect and used by British wrongly, instead of original j; Tej is related to light streaming from someone like a star, and Tejpur would make it city of valour. 

In fact, the name Tajapura seems more appropriate for the city being surrounded by fire to keep a beautiful young woman safe from stray males, since it'd glow and emit light, shedding light on surroundings. 
................................................................................................


"Climbing up steeply, the road led us to the Sela pass (4270 m), a historic and important landmark on this route.  A major  fight with the invading Chinese soldiers took place here. Indian army’s loses were heavy and several memorial standing around here tell a grim story. Immediately after Sela there is a small tarn while a narrow unmetalled  motorable road leads towards west,   to a small  but holy gompa, Banga Jang, near the  Bhutan border via Chebrila lake (17 km)."

Neither Banga Jang gomoa nor Chebtila lake can be ground by search on Google maps. 
................................................................................................


"The road descended towards the north to Jaswantgadh, so named after the valiant fighter Subedar Jaswant Singh of 4 Garhwal Rifles.  The monument erected near the Nuranang river is a tribute to the ‘Battle of Nuranang’ between the Chinese  and the Garhwal Rifles. Holding up the invading enemy  for a long time,  ultimately Subedar Jaswant Singh paid the supreme sacrifice and was killed by the enemy bullets. A large memorial stands here in his memory."

His is the very real story that's made of legendary material. 
................................................................................................


"We visited Bum la (4501 m) by road. It is on the McMahon Line overlooking the Tibetan  areas.  En route we passed a tall rocky point, ‘Joginder hill’.  From top of this hill, Subedar Joginder Singh held back the Chinese forces for several critical hours before he was killed. He was the only person to have been awarded Param Vir Chakra, the highest honour of the  war."

Their stories should have been taught in schools. 
................................................................................................


"Little ahead of Zimithang  lies Hathung la (pass)  and the Thagla ridge which was the scene of conflict between the Chinese and Indian forces. The dispute about this ridge and the exact alignment  of the McMahon Line here started the conflict between the Chinese and the Indian forces. Nyamjang chu (river) flows from Tibet at foot of  this ridge into the Tawang river to flow towards Bhutan.  A small grazing ground  Khinzemane  on this river at foot of the Thagla ridge became a historic location. Dalai Lama, on his flight from the Chinese forces in 1959, crossed over into India from here and later because of establishment of army posts near this river that the Chinese attacked Indian forces on the night of 19- 20  October 1962.  From Khinzemane, Zimithang and to Shakti village the Chinese ran over the Indian army brigade at Tawang and then proceeded south."

Kapadia thinks China needed a reason? Other than wanting to hit India hard, that is? Just to make India "shiver and tremble", as Chinese leaders told UN the world must do before China? 
................................................................................................


"Thembang


" ... When the Chinese approached the village most of the population  had ran away towards Nofraq in the eastern Arunachal.  Entire village was evacuated and just at the outskirt, as the war records show, a major fight took place between the Chinese who had came down the Bailey trail and a company of the Indian army (4 Guards). Most of the Indian soldiers were killed and the Chinese loses were also  heavy. Thembang like all other places remained under Chinese control for sometime."
................................................................................................


"Mundama 


"One of the advantages of trekking in such a damp area in early winter or late autumn is the phenomena of the Mundama, which is the name in Monpa dialect for the famed ‘Brocken Spectre’. 11 

"The Bailey trail traversed  from north to south along the high ridges with valleys dropping steeply on two sides. Standing on the ridge we were exposed to the early morning sun. Our shadows falling on the damp mist clouds towards the west many times created a colourful rainbow with our shapes and movements reflected in the centre of it. This was the Brocken Spectre at the best, the Mundama.  One was lucky (as villagers told us) to see Mundama or the Brocken Spectre, and these  Arunachal valleys are blessed with this spectacular site during autumn months. 

"On one of the last days of the trek, we got up early in the village of Chander. As we walked on the edges, a beautiful sunrise from the east greeted us.  Our images were reflected in centre of a lovely rainbow to the west.  Soon several rainbows were created one after the other and we waived our hands, which were clearly seen, making different shapes. I had seen such a phenomenon of the Spectre of the Brocken, only twice before in my life. It was on a hill near Mumbai, a week before the approaching monsoon, I stood at the edge of a fort on the Western Ghats with my son, Lt. Nawang Kapadia and as we saw our imprints in centre of the rainbow on clouds we waved out. Nawang soon joined the army as a Gorkha Officer and made the supreme sacrifice in line of duty. As  I looked at myself in the Mundama at Chander  I waived my hands and gave a salute to those brave soldiers of the 1962 war who had defended this area for us to enjoy today and to my son Nawang. It was a fitting ending to a great visit to these unknown valleys."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Bhutan has few roads. The main artery is from Phuntsolling on the Indian border to Thimphu, the capital of Bhutan. The other artery runs from Thimphu to Trashiyangtse in the far east  of Bhutan. To see Bhutan in relative comfort these roads are your best bet. It allows a visitor to savour its history, people, culture and forests. From the high passes, views of Bhutan peaks are grand too. 

"Woven with a rich but turbulent and complicated history, it is a most enjoyable place to travel. One can interact with very friendly people. ... "

Kapadia notes something about Bhutan that's equally true of Tibet, except the Tibetans weren't given a choice, and visitors are opining about "development" being a fair deal in exchange for freedom lost by Tibet! 

"It is worth noting that even in times when monarchy is considered to be an archaic institution,  the Bhutanese people love and admire  their benevolent and kind King.  He lives life with austerity, cares for welfare of the state and its people. Recently the King has voluntarily set the wheels of  democracy in motion thus diluting  his own powers. A rare thing in modern world, but it is also the reason why people here opt  for absolute monarchy. Bhutan has many lessons for the modern world and this is just one of them."

Tibetans worship their ruler, Dalai Lama, despite all the hardships they have been through, despite his having neither protected nor freed them or himself, despite everything! 

If that's not love, what is? 
................................................................................................


"The invasion and subjugation of Tibet by the Chinese Communist Army was one of the most tragic events of modern times; not only because it resulted in the annihilation  and torment of countless innocent victims, but also because mankind is in eminent danger of losing one of its ancient and most successful cultures. For, whatever its imperfections in terms of modern democracy and in spite of its material poverty, the Tibetan theocratic system seems to have produced a people as content, as tolerant, as courageously independent and as free from cramping taboos as can be found anywhere.  Today, Bhutan is almost the only place where this remarkable culture still thrives on its native soil. Like Tibet itself, this small mountain kingdom has remained beyond the reach of all, but a very few western travellers. Like Tibet, true, it has in the past owed its immunity to foreign influence, largely to the policy of the Government of India to define the political integrity of neighbouring states. Unlike Tibet, it is still independent, though how long it will retain this happy position if you would dare to guess.

"Foreword by Eric Shipton. 

"From the book Two and Two Halves to Bhutan 

"by Peter Steele"

Steele probably didn't think India could defend Bhutan, either. 
................................................................................................


" ... We were in Bhutan, called by many names: The Dragon Kingdom, the Hidden Kingdom or Shangrila.1 Till recently Bhutan had kept its doors closed to onslaught of tourism and restricted number of visitors were allowed. Television, internet and films were not freely permitted till 1998. The benevolent King had intentions of protecting the traditions, culture and environment of the Kingdom – almost like what was envisaged by Shipton in the above quote. 

"At the airport ‘foreigners’ had to pay steep Visa fees and a hefty charge per day of visit.2  For Indians entry was free, no per day charges and we could use Indian currency – we are not foreigners in Bhutan except for passports.  Paro (2100 m) was a beautiful town, surrounded by forest. On the first evening we visited the small bazaar which was almost time-wrapped, with wood carved windows, small houses and dominated by a huge dzong (fort). This was going to be a usual pattern during our travels in Bhutan and we visited several huge dzongs.  We had planned to drive across Bhutan – from west to east and partake its culture, history and beauty."

Some things may have changed. In 2015 we were not only given free literature about Bhutan by some Bhutanese young on a flight from Calcutta, as we left at Bagdogra, but invited most lovingly to visit, just because we asked what they were looking at, and if they had extra copies! What's different since Kapadia is thst they said we didn't need passports, being Indian! So they invited us to extend our Sikkim visit and visit Bhutan as well. 
................................................................................................


"Guru Zhabdrung Ngwang Namgyal was in the Ralung monastery south of Lhasa. The King did not like him and he was to be executed. Hence he ran away to Bhutan with a rare golden statue of Buddha. After few years the Tibetan discovered the loss and attacked Bhutan several times to recover it. The guru built this fort and hid the statue in it. When a large Tibetan force attacked, he reasoned that this statue is cause of all troubles, so he made a duplicate. When the Tibetans came to the dzong, he threw the replica into the river. Tibetans were shocked, called all Bhutanese mad for throwing away such a precious statue and went back, never to attack again. The original statue is still at Punakha Dzong but can be seen only by the Gyalpo (King) or Je Khenpo (chief lama) once a year."
................................................................................................


" ... Britain signed a treaty in 1910 agreeing not to interfere in the internal administration of Bhutan, which  in turn agreed to be guided by an advisor from Britain in matters of defence and external relations. The Gyalpo visited Delhi for the Durbar of King George V. Sir Ugyen Wangchuk died in 1926 and was succeeded by Jigme Wangchuk. Bhutan’s doors during this time remained tightly shut for the outside world and only a few foreigners entered the country."
................................................................................................


" ... A camera bag was forgotten by one of our companions in one of the three monasteries we visited and was later not traceable.  We made a big fuss and took a policeman to the monastery. The bag was returned quietly. ... "
................................................................................................


"The 1962 Indo-China war changed everything for Bhutan.  It is believed that the Dalai Lama while fleeing from the Chinese in 1959, wanted to enter Bhutan from Tibet. The King refused, as he was naturally scared of the Chinese army coming into the kingdom. (The Dalai Lama has not visited Bhutan since, nor has the King, who keeps the Chinese happy, invited him!) It was a wise decision as Chinese may have taken over Bhutan for good, taking that as ruse. Dalai Lama then entered India from far eastern corner of Bhutan-Arunachal Border at Khinzemane, an area held by India but within few kilometres of the Bhutanese borders. During the war Indian troops were on the Thagla ridge, which Bhutan claimed as theirs and protested mildly. Many injured and retreating Indian soldiers came down to safety through Bhutan. The fearful King (of the Chinese) signed a comprehensive treaty with India and almost everything since then in Bhutan is linked to India.  India pours in lots of money and goods, undertakes road constructions and both armies jointly patrol the borders with China. Bhutan’s defence and  foreign affairs are in consultations with India.7  The King is wise and does not irritate Delhi. In 1971 when Bangladesh was created, at India's calling, Bhutan a member of the UN, was first to recognise it as a new country."
................................................................................................


Another beautiful photogph given by Kapadia, with the caption - 

"Takstang Gompa or Tiger’s Nest Monastery near Paro."

This is an unusual one, in that most other photographs one has seen show the long, winding staircase up the mountain's side leading up to the gompa. This one is slightly more frontal, and again immediately brings to mind James Hilton's Lost Horizon, and its very evocative imagined Shangri-La. Does this one have a village below the cliff, or is all of Bhutan that village? 

Next page has two more photographs of beautiful monasteries, captioned - 

"Tongsa Dzong (above) Central Bhutan and Rangjung monastery (eastern Bhutan"

Indeed, these, more than anything else one reads, are a strong pull on heart and mind to Bhutan, next to Himalaya itself. 

But then, that's the whole essence of Lost Horizon. 

"The last place we visited was Kora Chorten at Trashiyangtse, a holy circle visited by Arunachalis also. It was about 10 km away from Arunachal Pradesh- the point where I had stood a year ago!  It was a touching moment for me. Many passes lead across from here to India and for locals and Indians borders are open.
................................................................................................


"With this our travel in Bhutan, west to east was complete. Ideally we would have liked to drive out to India from Samdrup Jonkhar in the south, a much shorter route. But this road is closed due to terrorism and this was one of the last chapters in the history of Bhutan in 2000-2003. Many Bodo and ULFA8 militants of Assam, who were fighting India for separation, had entered lower eastern Bhutan in 1990s, established camps in thick forest and operated from there. As the Indian army did not enter Bhutan territories to flush them out this provided them a safe haven.

"Much pressure was put on Bhutan by India to fight these terrorists. The King pleaded against bloodshed, fearing the threat to himself and his people if he fought the militants. Finally the King had to agree to act and appeals were made by him to militants to give up arms. Finally as they did not respond the King personally led a Bhutanese army Brigade to attack the camps. The militants fled and as they entered Assam, the Indian army took over. ... "

Glad that ended well. 

" ... The Queen Mother has built a series of chortens on Dochu la (3150 m) (near Thimphu) as thanks giving to gods for this brave action by the King. ... "

Worthy of the reason and vice-versa. 
................................................................................................


" ... All that remained was to drive back the way we had come to complete our eighteen-day journey across the Dragon Kingdom. What we had witnessed and enjoyed was unparalleled natural beauty, friendly and honest people, rich culture and history with controlled tourism development. With the world changing fast Bhutan cannot be in isolation for long and we wondered what the next decade will bring for Bhutan. The King cannot keep Bhutan closed forever. Afterall, an open-air museum for future generations as well as the welfare of people is at stake.

"On the other hand Bhutan cannot allow  -all carpet-baggers who wish to visit. Bhutan will have to find the golden mean to develop the state and preserve its culture and environment. As a Buddhist tenet states; ‘Peace is not absence of chaos, it is peace within chaos’.
................................................................................................


"While returning we saw a red figure sitting on a rock on the banks of river.  He was Rimpoche (Precious Teacher) of a nearby monastery and was meditating. He had a very pleasant disposition, calm and serene.  

"The Rimpoche was not disturbed with our presence and did not even look at us. He continued chanting and meditation, like he must have done for decades.  I went near him, he opened his eyes.  I had never seen a calmer face and quieter eyes. He continued prayers silently as we photographed him at close quarters and was not upset. As we left he waved us a good bye with a faint smile but continuing with his prayers. To me this was the true spirit of Bhutan. As long as such devotion continues, Bhutan will remain the major bastion of Buddhism, peace and serenity."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Kangchenjunga, is the  easternmost of the 8000 m peaks. It is called ‘Five Treasures of Snow’, after its five high peaks. The highest of these five is the third highest summit in the world and  the highest peak possible to be climbed from India. The peaks stand  in some isolation from the main axis of the Great Himalaya.

"Kangchenjunga  has always been worshipped by the people of Darjeeling and  Sikkim as  God.  No one was allowed to climb it  until recent decades. Until now every climber or climbing group that has reached the summit has stayed at least 5 ft. below the top. ... "

Somehow, that feels good, despite a wonder that this has been obeyed! 
................................................................................................


" ... There are basically two major approaches to climb Kangchenjunga or reach near its base. The  approach from India is via Sikkim. One can go to Gangtok, and proceed to Chumathang and Lachen. From here a little difficult trail leads  to what is known as ‘Green Lake’.  The Green  Lake has now almost disappeared and there is only a vast camping ground on the banks of the Zemu glacier,  one of the longest glaciers in eastern Himalaya.  From this eastern approach one can see the huge east face of Kangchenjunga rising hundreds of feet above.  In fact the face is so stupendous and rises so steeply that despite being attempted first in 1929 by a German team it was not climbed till 1977. The other approach is from Nepal and it is the eastern-most peak of the Nepal Himalaya. Rising from the Kangchenjunga glacier the peak is surrounded by many other glaciers. As Siikkim was closed to foreigners till very recently, this approach from Nepal became rather popular with trekkers, explorers and mountaineers. It was by this route that the  summit was climbed for the first time. 

"Before 1949, when Nepal was closed, all approaches to climb Kangchenjunga  had to be made through Sikkim. As the Sikkimese  worshipped the peak as a deity,  no climbers were allowed in the areas near the Kangchenjunga massif, let alone climb the peak."

Where did the German team in 1929 attempt from? 
................................................................................................


"When the ‘Chogyal’ (the King of Sikkim) was asked for  permission to climb Kangchenjunga from the Indian side, he was told that the first summitters of the peak  had stayed 5 ft. below the main summit, and thus the Gods of Sikkim were not offended. The Chogyal,   little angrily replied, ‘Yes I know that. But the summitter was 6 ft. tall so actually his head was 1 ft. above my God.’   Whether it is true or not that the Gods were offended, after the first ascent, plenty of bad weather and rains devastated Sikkim. However, since then  major expeditions have climbed Kangchenjunga via many different routes and it has remained one of the most beautiful and prized objective for  mountaineers."

Bad weather in Himalaya regions isn't a joke. 
................................................................................................


"Next to be interested in Kangchenjunga was Capt. W. S. Sherwill, a British Revenue Surveyor, who crossed the Singalila ridge from the Kulhait river to investigate the geological structure of the Kangchenjunga range. He also carried out a survey of the area west of Dzongri and Kabur. Like a scientist following an explorer he made a map of the headwaters of the Ringbi, Yunga and Yalung rivers. In 1855 one of the three Schlagaintweit brothers (German), Herrmann von Schlagaintweit was put in charge of the Magnetic Survey of India. But he failed to obtain permission to travel in Sikkim. On the advice of Dr. Campbell, who was still Superintendent of Darjeeling, he set off to follow the Singalila ridge northwards. He climbed the small peak of Tonglu  and reached the high point on the ridge  of Phalut. It was from here that Schlagaintweit painted panoramas of Everest and Kangchenjunga. These panoramas are today,  rare pieces of art of those times available to researchers. He wanted to proceed further towards Kangchenjunga but  soon  his party was turned back by Nepalese soldiers."

The name Singlila must be deformed (by British, most likely) from original name 'Simhaleela', literally 'Lions' Play'. 
................................................................................................


"Surveyors continued their interest in the range. From 1878 to 1881 Capt. H. J. Harman (British) began the regular survey of the Sikkim Himalaya.   He also  attempted to climb some of the high mountains, including Chomoyumo (6836 m) and reached Donkhya la.  In 1881 he tried to reach the foot of Kangchenjunga but due to a dense forest en route he contracted an illness and  died the same year.  But he had sent his findings to the Survey of India and a map of his survey (1 inch = 16 miles) was published in 1882. To carry out a further survey, the Survey of India selected two Indians.   The Chogyal was reluctant to let foreigners roam the area. Thus, two Pundit explorers, as they were called, were  sent to the area during the period   1879-1881. They were  Lama UgyenGyatso, a Tibetan teacher in Darjeeling, and Babu Sarat Chandra Das, headmaster of a school in Darjeeling. They  travelled extensively from Darjeeling through the regions of Dzongri, Kang La, Yalung, Kangbachen and reached Chorten Nyima la  north of the main massif and the northernmost point of Sikkim. A map of the district north of Kangchenjunga (1 inch = 16 miles) was later published."

Again, such accomplishments of Indians should have been taught in schools. 
................................................................................................


"Around the same time the first views about the possibilities of climbing the peaks were expressed. Major J. W. A. Michell, an Englishman read a paper before the Alpine Club in London on Kangchenjunga and in conclusion added that he saw no reason why an expedition to the Himalaya, under the auspices of the Alpine Club,  should not succeed in climbing Kangchenjunga. His was a rather naïve opinion on  the possibilities of an  ascent of  Kangchenjunga. In his article published in the  Alpine Journal he stated, “one of its northern spurs at any rate seems to present no insuperable obstacles.”"

Inquisition et al only, and strictly, applicable to heresy against institutional strictures, of course, while abusing faiths of others a routine must, the usual principle acted on by those of later three abrahmic creeds. 
................................................................................................


"Rinzin Namgyal (Bhutia), another pundit, assisted W. Robert of Britain in 1883-84 in exploring the Talung valley. The following year he returned, first to explore the Yalung glacier, ascending to 5800m. He then followed Chandra Das’ route north to Jongsong La and Chorten Nyima La, returning down the Lhonak river valley and, via Lachen, to Darjeeling. He thus completed the first circuit of the Kangchenjunga massif. His map of the country ‘map of Kangchenjunga’ (1 inch = 16 miles) was subsequently published.
................................................................................................


"An  expedition of nine members, led by  Dr. R. C. Evans, left Darjeeling early in March and approached the Yalung glacier  through Nepal.  Sikkim was now closed. An attempt was made to force a route up from Kempe’s 1954 Camp 7 site by N. D. Hardie (New Zealand)  and G. C. Band. This was found to be too difficult and was abandoned.  A new base camp was made just below  Pache’s grave.

"The route  ascended the snow and ice slopes to the left (west) of the ‘ Western Buttress’, crossing ‘The Hump’ to the upper icefall and to the ‘Great Shelf’. From here it continued up by the ‘Gang-Way’, to the right (east) of Freshfield’s ‘Horseshoe’, which they now referred to as ‘The Sickle’. Camp 6 was placed at the top of the ‘Gang-Way’ at  8200 m. From this high camp, on 25  May 1955,  George Band and Joe Brown climbed to the summit. They stopped short of the summit as per the promise given to the Maharajah of Sikkim that the top of the mountain would remain inviolate.  The following day, 26 May, Norman Hardie and H. R. A. Streather repeated the climb.  Oxygen was used both times. The only sour note to this great achievement was that Sherpa Pema Dorje, exhausted after his carry to Camp 5, died at Base Camp a few days later."

Had it been them instead of him, would they then take the strictures seriously, as they did post deaths in Egypt and later misfortunes of those that opened the pyramids and disturbed mummies? 
................................................................................................


"The Ascent from the East


"Kangchenjunga peak was left alone for many years thereafter as after its first ascent climbers gave attention to other unclimbed high peaks. It was in 1977 that Paul Bauer’s route from the NE Spur was climbed by an Indian Army expedition led by  Col. N. Kumar. Sikkim had now become an Indian State and the authority of Chogyal had diminished. Thus  permission was obtained to attempt Kangchenjunga from the east, the Sikkimese side.  The team established Base Camp at Green Lake on the Zemu glacier  with much equipment.   On the lower section of the  route  Havaldar S. Singh was killed in a fall while descending fixed ropes below Camp 2."

Perhaps if they paid attention to beliefs held by locals who have been here for millennia, rather than ape disdain by west against anything not abrahmic, they might not risk deaths, but perhaps it's been only lower level employees of the prestigious climbers, not much of the bosses who would have mattered? 
................................................................................................


"Kangchenjunga is a beautiful high mountain and  the presiding deity of the Sikkimese people. It stands beautifully above North Sikkim and towers over hills of Darjeeling and surrounding areas.  Now after being  explored and climbed it  still retains its awe, majesty and beauty.  It always will. With Sikkim opening its doors for visitors, Kangchenjunga and its surrounding areas are most attractive for everyone to visit.
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Kangchenjunga is the third highest peak in the world. It rises almost 12000 ft (3700 m) from Zemu glacier to its 28,165 ft  (8585 m) summit. The Zemu glacier extends almost up to the eastern base of Kangchenjunga from where, in a stupendous steep wall, the summit rises. The massif  is almost north to south in orientation, thus the east wall faces the sun directly, from early morning. The sun,  rising from Bhutan in the east, disappears by about 3.00 p.m. behind the summit of the Kangchenjunga.  The long shadow of Kangchenjunga descends on the Zemu glacier and it darkens as the time passes.  Campers at Green Lake on the Zemu glacier would be in virtual darkness by this hour. As the sun sets on the western horizon behind the peak, unseen from the Zemu glacier, the fading glow towards the east is the only indication that dusk is approaching. Thus one almost feels what Doug Freshfield described as the eastern sunset.

""We spent on  the whole an enjoyable evening, and witnessed a sublime sunset and afterglow. The sunsets in the high Himalaya, though less vivid than those I saw afterwards in the Bay of Bengal, were often singularly beautiful. The colours were tender and exquisitely graduated; pools of green and gold sky were ringed round with ruddier tints of the melting vapours. We noticed more than once a peculiarity, referred to elsewhere in India by Sir J. Hooker, the false sunset in the East, where a glow, as strong as that when sunset and sunrise fade into one another on the northern horizon in the Highlands in June, would shoe above the mountain tops, while zodiacal rays, or appearance resembling them – thin bars of light - shot across the zenith, uniting what appeared as separate sources of illumination.

"(Doug Freshfield, Round Kangchenjunga, p 129, Edward Arnold, London 1903)"
................................................................................................


"The sunset, its golden rays lighting up the Kangchenjunga peak is a sight that many visitors in Darjeeling await fervently. It is a rare event as clouds generally cover the peak around evening and one would have to be blessed to watch a beautiful sunset. The crowded streets of Darjeeling today look modern in appearance, but the Chaurasta, the historic square in the centre of town has retained its charm. Tourists throng the square; legendary Sherpas have sat on the benches around here playing cards, chatting or just eating an ice cream.

"Ghoom at 2258 m is the highest point on the way to Darjeeling from the plains. Its pristine surroundings and a famous monastery had attracted the bard Rabindranath Tagore to spend a few months here and write some of his well-known poems. Today the Ghoom monastery is an attraction for tourists where the lamas blow their long conches and give a taste of what Sikkim was like many years ago. Like poets, Kangchenjunga has inspired artists for several generations.  For example, Mumbai’s galleries have some excellent paintings of Kangchenjunga rising over Chortens in Sikkim,all by a leading artist, M.K. Kelkar."
................................................................................................


"The foothills of Kangchenjunga produce tea of excellent quality. Darjeeling tea is on the menu of almost all restaurants in India and abroad. The best quality Darjeeling tea is yearly auctioned at about Rs. 17,000 (US $ 400) per kg and is purchased by the Royal families of England and Japan. Never refuse, if you are ever invited for tea with the royal families!

"Darjeeling gained importance not because of Kangchenjunga, but with the attraction for Everest. Nepal had closed its borders thus outsiders  could not explore or attempt the highest peak in the world. As a result, an approach route from the north was developed. Starting from Darjeeling where   all bandobast was made, the party would trek over high passes to the Tibetan plateau to reach Rongbuk, north of Everest, to attempt the mountain. Darjeeling gained importance as a bazaar for arranging supplies  and employing  Sherpas and porters."
................................................................................................


"Himalayan Mountaineering Institute 


"This mountaineering tradition continued with establishment of the Himalayan Mountaineering Institute (HMI on Birch Hill, at one end of Darjeeling. Since 1956, it has trained several young students to keep up its motto ‘May you climb from peak to peak’. Its corridors are well decorated and bustling with activity. In its premises stands a telescope with a caption that reads; 

""This is a powerful Veb Carl Zeiss Jena telescope capable of astronomical observations. One can view the beautiful Kangchenjunga range through this telescope. It was presented by Adolf HITLER to Maharaja Judh Shumsher Jung Bahadur Rana, Commander-in-Chief of the Royal Nepal Army. It was passed down to his son General Shamsher Jang Bahadur Rana who presented it to Himalayan Mountaineering Institute on 7 July 1961."

"The force behind this institute was Sherpa Tenzing Norgay who made the first ascent of Everest with Sir Edmund Hillary in 1953. As the nation celebrated, Jawaharlal Nehru1, the then Prime Minister of India, asked Tenzing to establish a training institute for budding young mountaineers ‘to produce a hundred Tenzings’.  Tenzing was the soul behind this institute and served as its director and advisor . When he died in 1986, he was cremated above his  beloved institute and a bronze statue stands in his memory today looking towards Kangchenjunga."
................................................................................................


"Since its inception HMI has played a historical role, and several legendary Sherpas were its first instructors. Da Namgyal was instrumental in opening the route towards the summit of Everest in the 1953 expedition. This gentle Sherpa while rock climbing near Mumbai fell and injured his head and was in coma for many days. Though he recovered he was never his true self again and finally this injury claimed his life decades later. Micken Gyalzen, the first chief instructor of this institute, had climbed Manaslu and many other peaks.  Ang Temba was also a legendary ‘Tiger’ on the 1953 Everest expedition.  He was the shortest Sherpa on the expedition and, as the legend has it, he married the tallest Sherpani on that trip!  But the person who was perhaps far ahead of his time was Sherpa Wangdi. Around 1970s he established a ‘Sherpa Guide School’ on the outskirts of Manali in the western Himalaya, with a band of trusted Sherpas from Darjeeling. These Sherpas would accompany expedition parties as guides and Wangdi would organize expeditions with his equipment and knowledge.  But local babus did not appreciate this intrusion by an outside expert  and Wangdi faced many difficulties. Unfortunately there was an accident on one of the expeditions organised by him and this gave enough leverage to officials to harass him forcing  him to close business. In later years he suffered from tuberculosis and as I walked with him from his quarters to the hospital, just two kilometres from Manali, it was painful to see him coughing and having to rest at almost every 100 m. HMI also had on its staff Ang Kami, the prince among Sherpas. Colourful, jolly and he would burst in a dance at the slightest provocation. Ang Kami had carried luggage to the South Col of Everest several times and finally reached the summit in 1965, then one of the youngest persons to have climbed Everest. He joined a Mumbai based expedition to Bethartoli Himal in 1970. While the team camped at foot of the main peak an avalanche trapped the party. Four climbers, including Ang Kami, were killed. His body was never recovered. The streets of Darjeeling were sad at the loss of this charming son especially as Ang Kami had left behind a 90-year-old mother.

"The first Principal of HMI was Nandu Jayal, one of the best mountaineers India had produced at that time. Once, finishing his duties with the students at HMI, he rushed through plains of Nepal to catch up with the Indian team, which was climbing Cho Oyu. Thinking that he was well acclimatised due to his stay in Darjeeling and conducting the course, he climbed, gaining height rapidly. . Not much was known about high altitude pulmonary oedema during those times and he was struck by the illness at night. Before he could either recover or descend quickly, he died on the mountain. India lost one of its brilliant mountaineers.
................................................................................................


"The Gorkha Soldiers and the Younghusband  Mission 


"Near the railway line at the Batasia garden stands an impressive memorial with a statue of a Gorkha soldier with Kangchenjunga as the backdrop. Darjeeling and its foothills were always recruiting grounds for brave Gorkhas of British and Indian armies. Traditionally, young boys from eastern Nepal would run away from their families to Darjeeling to join the British Army. They were trained in weaponry and use of the traditional weapon, the khukris.  Their motto was Kayar Hunu Bhanda, Marnu Ramro  - It is better to die in valour than be a coward.  After Indian independence, four Gorkha regiments went to the British and the other six serve  in the Indian Army.  Gorkhas have won several honours including Victoria Crosses. Rifleman Kulbir Thapa of the 3rd Queen Alexandra’s Own Gurkha Rifle was one of the earliest winners of Victoria Cross on 25th September 1915. With his khukri drawn, he cut through enemy lines in France with the fearsome shout Ayo Gorkha Re (Here comes Gorkha).
................................................................................................


"In the early part of the 20th century a major military expedition left the foothills of Kangchenjunga. Lord Curzon, the Viceroy of India had inclination that the Russians may have their eyes on Lhasa and Tibet. He persuaded the British Government for permission to send a military expedition in 1903/04 under Sir Francis Younghusband. It came to be known as the Younghusband Mission. The army marched from Siliguri to Darjeeling and crossed from Nathu la into Tibet.  Guns were mounted on ekkas pulled by yaks, the first ever wheels seen by the Tibetans. The British marched to Gyantse, a fort on a hill rising on the Tibetan plateau. At first, on the arrival of the British, Tibetans ran away but when General McDonald proceeded ahead towards Karo la and Lhasa, they returned and reoccupied the fort. Efforts to dislodge them proved futile. The British asked for reinforcement by way of soldiers from the 8 Gorkha Rifles. Lt J D Grant and Havildar Karbir Pun climbed a steep wall to enter the Gyantse fort. As several other Gorkhas followed them wielding their kukris, the local army was in disarray, many jumped to their deaths.  For this  ‘bravery’, Lt. Grant received Victoria Cross and Pun received First Class Order of Merit. The British marched into Lhasa through a huge chorten and this was the first opening up of Tibet."
................................................................................................


"Sherpas and the Tiger Badge 


"Another ethnic group, the pride of Darjeeling, are the Sherpas. Hailing from the Khumbu district of Nepal, many families trekked across to Darjeeling to seek employment with Everest expeditions. This migration continued for several years till Nepal opened its doors for mountaineers. Many of these families produced legendary Sherpas (some of whom I have mentioned earlier. One of the well-known names was Ang Tsering who passed away recently at the age of 96. He served on several expeditions like Everest in 1924 with Irvine and Mallory and climbed high on Nanga Parbat with a German team when a tragedy claimed lives of leader Merkl and Gaylay Sherpa. During a horrific storm, Ang Tsering descended the fearsome killer mountain  with sheer strength, suffering frostbites, to alert members at the base for a rescue, which could not be mounted. ‘With  almost a superhuman endurance he had fought his way down through storm and snow, a hero at every step’, wrote member Bechtold in tribute.

"For this bravery on Nanga Parbat by Sherpas three certificates on behalf of Adolf Hitler arrived in Darjeeling. Not being able to read either German or English they decided to distribute one each, irrespective of to whom it belonged. As a result, Ang Tsering’s family has a certificate of ‘Herrn Kidar’. Many Sherpas have sacrificed their lives in the service of mountaineering.  Without these brave souls, the story of climbing would have been very different.
................................................................................................


"To honour such bravery, the Himalayan Club instituted a ‘Tiger’s Badge’. This is a bronze badge with the mark of tiger in the centre. It was awarded to a Sherpa who had performed bravely, particularly on Everest. Each Tiger Sherpa was given a small notebook with his photograph and family details. Whichever expedition he joined, the leader of that team would write remarks about his performance and recommendations. Some of these books today are of great historical value as they have signatures of Norton, Bauer, Dyhrenfurth, Ruttledge, Merkl and other legendary climbers.

"The house of any Sherpa is a museum of mountaineering history, containing several memorabilia, certificates and items presented by various mountaineers. But if you are visiting a Sherpa friend be careful before praising a piece, for no sooner you uttered the word, this warm and friendly friend may be packing this item to present to you!. Such is the hospitality and generosity of Sherpas.
................................................................................................


"Of several Sherpas living in Darjeeling today, one can name just a few. The most educated, articulate and proficient climber is Dorjee Lhatoo who served at HMI for many years. He could be rightly called a ‘mountaineering historian of Darjeeling’.  If you walk with him in the streets of Darjeeling there is no end to stories, legends and history  that he could narrate. Himself a leading mountaineer of India, having climbed Nanda Devi, Chomolahri, Everest and many other challenging peaks, he has also trained many climbers. Near him lives Nawang Gombu, who today acts as the elder statesman of the Sherpa community. He was the first person to have climbed Everest twice, in 1963 with Americans and in 1965 with Indians. Solidly built, he is often seen walking in the streets of Darjeeling and greeted respectfully by many. Children of Sherpas have not generally entered the field of mountaineering and climbing, but nevertheless they have been successful in life in varied fields  such as a television commentator, a journalist, the owner of a successful adventure company, Superintendent of Police and a well-known surgeon and doctor. People who grew up in the shadow of Kangchenjunga have certainly gone places. In the HMI quarters,  lives Kusang Sherpa, who today is the strongest Sherpa of them all. He has climbed Everest by four different routes, including the Kangshung Face. This strong but gentle Sherpa is one of the instructors.

"But unfortunately sometimes the Indian bureaucracy has not looked after these Sherpas well.  Once, walking with Lhatoo on the streets of Darjeeling decades ago, I was shocked to see legendary Da Namgyal and Gyalzen selling sweaters on the street to make a living after retiring from a long service at HMI. Due to Government regulations they were treated as lower class employees and no pension was offered to them. When they approached one of the senior bureaucrats they were brushed aside, citing Government rules.  Their needs was small, but even this respect was denied to them. Their foreign friends of yesteryears offered to help but they refused such charity with dignity and instead decided to publish their plight in the papers so that the future lot of Sherpas would benefit. We took a picture of Dorjee Lhatoo, who was then a serving instructor, standing between them and this picture was published with a caption: ‘The present and future sweater-sellers of Darjeeling’.  It made an impact and the bureaucracy, shocked and pressurised,  changed rules to offer a well-deserved pension to all instructors since.

"In 2000, at the change of the millennium, only 3 ‘Tiger Sherpas’ were alive. Ang Tsering, Nawang Gombu and Topgay. The Himalayan Club organized a special function in Darjeeling to honour them. ... Later, these three ‘Tigers’ were invited to Mumbai and were honoured before a large gathering of mountaineers."
................................................................................................


"Sikkim : a  history 


"Darjeeling has a long history, also portrayed in several paintings by different artists.  T. Howard Somervell who lived here made a colour sketch of sunrise over Kangchenjunga. Sir Joseph Hooker’s Himalayan Journals featured black and white sketches of old Darjeeling drawn in 1854 with the peak. It was Joseph Dalton Hooker, a naturalist, who was responsible for steering up the first round of political history of this area. He was friend of Lord Dalhousie and they had travelled together to India by sea when Dalhousie took over as the Governor General.  During his years of travel, Hooker came to Darjeeling, which was then part of Sikkim and teamed up with Arthur Campbell, the then District Magistrate of the area. The British had negotiated with Sikkim to establish  a sanatorium in Darjeeling and this was their first foothold. Hooker and Campbell proceeded to enter Sikkim despite being denied permission by the Chogyal.  In December 1849 as they entered Sikkim, they were arrested and, by some accounts, treated badly. This was done at the behest of the Pagla Diwan or the Mad Prime Minister of Sikkim. Taking offence at the arrest of a close friend of the Governor General, in January 1950, the British army crossed over into Sikkim and camped on the Singalila ridge. As  retribution Sikkim had to concede the areas of Darjeeling and Kalimpong to join the provinces of Bengal which later were passed on to India. The British India was thus firmly established in the foothills of Kangchenjunga and the British gentry enjoyed the walks on the malls.

"The streets of Gangtok and Kalimpong were full of festivities when Dalai Lama and Panchan Lama visited Sikkim. But the flight of Dalai Lama to India in 1959 infuriated the Chinese. One  focus of their anger was Sikkim with which they had always coveted.  During the 1962 Indo-China war, much firing took place on the high passes of Nathu la and Se la.  Historically China always recognised Sikkim as an independent country and even after it joined India as a state, China refused to change its stand. In 1967-68, situation on the passes with China was grim and at certain points, Indian and Chinese armies were constantly in skirmishes.  Luckily a war was averted.  During 2001, the Indian Prime Minister visited Peking and the Chinese negotiated a road from Kolkata to Lhasa via Sikkim, Nathu la and Chumbi valley, which was a prime need for China as it would give them an access to the port of Kolkata and bring Lhasa much closer for supplies. As a quid pro quo China agreed to recognise Sikkim as part of India. After some time when nothing was heard from the Chinese authorities, the Indian Government inquired about their promise.  Pat came the reply, ‘Please look up the official website of the Chinese Government. We have done the needful’. On the website map, below the word ‘Sikkim’ , they had added a word in red, ‘India’. Only by such subtle diplomacy  did China concede that Sikkim was indeed part of India."
................................................................................................


"Sikkim Joins India 


"Nari Rustomji was a Parsi bureaucrat from Mumbai. He was posted to several areas in the northeast and later was appointed as Dewan, the Prime Minister of Sikkim. He had an abiding friendship with Sir Tashi Namgyal, the then Chogyal of Sikkim as well as the earlier Chogyal, known as the Prince. He was a trusted confidante and advisor during the troubled period of the state.  At Durbars (courts) Nari Rustomji was always a Guest of Honour. With him was Appa Saheb Pant who was from Aundh, a princely state in Central India.2 ... "

Aundh is in Maharashtra, which wasn't a state until 1960, when Bombay province was divided; before independence, Aundh would have been princely estate, part of Maratha Empire. Central India here is meant to connote a geographic term, not to be confused with a British India province C.P., subsequently named Madhya Pradesh, Sanskrit name that means Central Province. 

" ... These two Indian gentlemen acted as representatives of the Government of India and guided the Chogyal and thus the destiny of Sikkim."
................................................................................................


"But soon the destiny of Sikkim was in the hands of three women.  The Chogyal, while walking on the streets of Darjeeling, developed a romantic association with Hope Cook, a shy American girl. The romance flourished under the shadows of Kangchenjunga and the Chogyal persuaded orthodox Lamas to grant him permission to marry an American. Hope Cook had political ambitions and she guided Chogyal to be independent of Indian influence and lead Sikkim to a different path than where it was headed.  Later the Chogyal visited Kathmandu for a regional conference against the advise of the Indian Government and what irritated the Indians most was the fact that he spent few hours with Chinese Vice Premier behind locked doors. Mrs. Indira Gandhi, who was then the Prime Minister, did not look kindly upon this. Sikkim had a large Nepali population and they were always at crossroads with the minority Lepchas to which the Chogyal belonged. In such a scenario, the third lady entered, Elisa Maria, a Belgian who had lived in Delhi, cultivating several political contacts. She counted Chou En Lai and Kamal   Ata’ark amongst her friends. She had married Kazi Lhendup Dorji in Sikkim and came to be known as Chakung Kazini. She and Kazi Lhendup became instrumental in organizing protests against the Chogyal and the institute of monarchy. Some processions turned violent and were fired on, which gave enough reasons for the Indian army to put Chogyal under house arrest and disarm palace guards.  Elections were held and the Sikkim Pradesh Congress under Kazi took power.  One of the first resolutions they passed was to join India as one of the states. This was ‘accepted’ by Mrs. Gandhi’s Government and on 23 April 1975 Sikkim joined the Indian Union. Chogyal had two sons Prince Wangchuk and Crown Prince Tenzing who was interested in politics. While driving to Gangtok he died in a car accident and the other brother renounced Sikkim to live peacefully abroad."

Kapadia does not mention what happened to Hope Cook, but there's a vague memory that she left for back home. 
................................................................................................


Quoted from Wikipedia - 


"Hope Cooke (born June 24, 1940) is an American who was the "Gyalmo" (Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མོ་, Wylie: rgyal mo) (Queen Consort) of the 12th Chogyal (King) of Sikkim, Palden Thondup Namgyal.[1] Their wedding took place in March 1963. She was termed Her Highness The Crown Princess of Sikkim and became the Gyalmo of Sikkim at Palden Thondup Namgyal's coronation in 1965.

"Palden Thondup Namgyal eventually was the last king of Sikkim as a protectorate state under India. By 1973, both the country and their marriage were crumbling; soon Sikkim was merged into India. Five months after the takeover of Sikkim had begun, Cooke returned to the United States with her two children and stepdaughter to enroll them in schools in New York City. Cooke and her husband divorced in 1980; Namgyal died of cancer in 1982.[3]

"Cooke wrote an autobiography, Time Change (Simon & Schuster 1981) and began a career as a lecturer, book critic, and magazine contributor, later becoming an urban historian. In her new life as a student of New York City, Cooke published Seeing New York (Temple University Press 1995); worked as a newspaper columnist (Daily News); and taught at Yale University, Sarah Lawrence College, and Birch Wathen, a New York City private school.[4"
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"After the first joys in victory came a feeling of sadness that the mountain had succumbed, that the proud head of the goddess was bowed. With these simple words of veneration, H.W. Tilman and Noel Odell completed the saga of finding a route to the summit of this charismatic mountain. They were standing then on the highest point in the British Empire, ‘where the sun never sets’ (The independent Kingdom of Nepal and Kashmir contained all the other high peaks known then, including Everest and K2). It was not without reason that Nanda Devi was held in such awe, for since in 1883, it had humbled at least eight attempts to reach its base.
................................................................................................


"The twin peaks of Nanda Devi (7816 m) and Nanda East (7434 m) stand majestically in the centre of a ring of peaks. Looked at from any angle, the Nanda Devi peaks stand out distinct and beautiful, particularly as the first and last rays of sunshine always caress their summits. Hugh Ruttledge who had made an attempt to reach the foot of the peaks described the Nanda Devi Sanctuary in a letter to the London Times in 1932 as: A seventy-mile barrier ring on which stand twelve measured peaks of over 21,000 ft which has no depression lower than 17,000 ft except in the west where the Rishi Ganga rising at the foot of  Nanda Devi draining the area of some 250 square miles (800 square kilometres) of snow and ice has earned for itself what must be one of the most terrific gorges in the world. The Sanctuary   of Nanda Devi is remarkable for its unique wild grandeur. Even more remarkable is the veneration that this peak holds in Hinduism, the folklore behind it and the tributes it has received from some of the finest pens in mountaineering literature. The Sanctuary and the high peaks of Nanda Devi are the major barriers between the cold Tibetan winds and the Gangetic plains of India. Without the Sanctuary to absorb the main thrust of the icy winds, Tibetan winds would have stripped the Gangetic plains, the granary of India, barren. No wonder the peaks are worshipped as a Goddess with some impressive folklore built around them. The name, Nanda Devi itself means; ‘the Bliss Giving Goddess’."

Normally, it's just The Times, and any qualifying epithets are for 'other' variations such as India, New York, Los Angeles, etc..
................................................................................................


"The humility and veneration of the first climbers was perhaps missing with later visitors to the Sanctuary. The inner sanctums were opened for unrestricted flow of visitors in 1974. Within 8 years there was so much pollution, cutting of trees and   damage that the Sanctuary had to be totally closed now till 2002. (During these years five expeditions visited the Sanctuary, two of them from the defence forces, which climbed the main peak1).  It was therefore imperative that the effect of this closure should be observed, especially as the new state of Uttaranchal was interested in knowing the state of the Sanctuary."

"The Indian Mountaineering Foundation decided to send a multi-disciplinary expedition to the Nanda Devi Sanctuary in May-June 2001. Finally, our expedition consisted of 3 trekkers and mountaineers and 4 scientists to trek into the inner Sanctuary. We were asked to study specifically the following points: 

"• Whether any further destruction have taken place since closure of the Sanctuary 

"•Whether the total closure has been beneficial to the growth of natural resources 


"• Whether the closure has been total or there have been several encroachments or 

"• Whether the Sanctuary’s fragile environment is now strong enough to allow some trekking and climbing activity.

"Based on the report of our team, a ‘Management Plan’ could be formulated by the IMF and the Uttaranchal Government.
................................................................................................


"The day we reached Joshimath, one of the screws in my specs was loose and I could not find any optical shop to fix it. Finally I located  a small shop selling watches with a friendly looking owner at the desk chewing paan (beetle-nut).  I showed him the problem. Listening to a radio, he looked around for a tool and repaired it in no time. I offered to pay for the services. He simply extended his hand and murmured. ‘just shake hands’.  I was back in the friendly land of Garhwal!"
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Civilization owes a lot to caravans of mules that carried goods and knowledge across high ranges. One of the most important routes was through the east Karakoram mountains crossing high passes of Saser la and Karakoram pass. The barrenness here is seen to be believed. The faithful pilgrims from Central Asia to Mecca opened the route, traders followed it and politics and war closed it for all practical purposes. ... "

The trade route existed and flourished long before there was reason for the pilgrims in that direction, unless Kapadia is speaking of the huge temple of which the present place of pilgrimage is a remnant after extensive destruction of huge statues that existed until then; in any case, there were once Buddhist monasteries along the route where traders found succour, and the very name Bukhara stems from (Buddha) Vihara, as those monasteries were called. Which in turn means the trade route existed across Central Asia long before Buddha himself. 
................................................................................................


" ... Today the trade route reminds one of the romantic tales of caravans, dangerous fording of rivers and toils of people. In all this,  mules played a central role and without their sacrifice not much would have been achieved. ... "

Sacrifice is hardly an appropriate word for humans using animals for transport, since neither humans sacrificing them nor mules willingly or consciously giving or consecrating their life was involved; it has been as much a partnership as that of horse and man in various cultures, from Mongolia to India to Europe to California, the only one outdoing that being the multiple area encompassing partnership between humanity and cattle in India, involvingnot only transportation and trade but agriculture and dairy, vital to life. 

In fact, there must be a good reason why mules are used as the epithet for unreasonable and stubborn humans. As for the trade route in Central Asia, camels were involved through most of it, although perhaps not in the Himalayan regions. 
................................................................................................


" ... As I stood at the Karakoram Pass for second time, looking across to same barren Central Asian plains I wondered when these frontiers will be opened to caravans. That will truly be a tribute to civilised society."

It's one thing Kapadia opining that some Chinese individuals aren't all that bad; it's quite another ignoring the general trend of hostile dealing China - and Chinese individuals too, including those managing restaurants (not in India) have with, not only India, but the world, in true Chingis Khan tradition. 

Return of a friendly civilisation opening trade routes and travel in Central Asia across Himalaya would involve a major change, reversing completely the Abrahmic-IV creed that sought to destroy China's adopted Buddhist and indigenous other creeds and culture of several millennia. 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


""Arghan, a hybrid class, resulting from the intra marriage of foreign Asiatics with Ladakhi women; they are largely employed as mule and pony drivers on the various routes leading to and from Leh. (many fold). 1"

" ... The costly and rare Pashmina wool was initially traded on behalf of the rulers of Ladakh, the Gyalpos. The Gyalpos appointed agents, known as ‘Kha-tsong’, who were all Arghons. By ancient customs the privileged traders arrived from Gartok and Rudok to buy wool   and interacted with the Arghons, who exclusively controlled the wool trade of Changthang in Ladakh under the ‘Treaty of Tingmosgang’.4  All this was to change only after Ladakh was conquered by the forces of a Dogra General, Zorawar Singh (representing Maharaja Gulab Singh). But before that, this rich community was well established and part of Ladakh’s social scene.

"The Arghon community of Leh pride themselves even now on their descent from foreign merchants who settled there during the great days of caravan trade. They came from Srinagar, and from the great trading cities of Central Asia – Yarkand, Khotan and Kashgar. ..."

Kapadia gives a map of the Greater Karakoram region. 
................................................................................................


"The Arghons also played a leading role in the trans-Himalayan trade between Leh and Kashgar across the Karakoram Pass. The trade was carried on for years and all the goods were ferried across high and dangerous passes on mules. To help the caravans a community of Kiraiyakash was demarcated. (They were called thus from the Urdu word ‘Kirai’; meaning fee, fare, hire.) This community have been a feature of the trade caravans ever since trade was carried on across the Karakoram. They moulded well as pony-men, professional porters and reliable helpers all over Asia. They were both Ladakhis and Yarkandis and many of them were the Arghons of Leh in later decades. These Kiraiyakash were hardy men, almost immune to hardship of travel on the mountain trails and during severe winters of Ladakh and Central Asia.

"Between 1870 and 1930, they served many exploratory and scientific expeditions, like that of Sir Francis Younghusband and Dr. Tom Longstaff. There are rich tributes to the Arghons in the published accounts of their travels. ... "
................................................................................................


"Dr. Tom Longstaff, the intrepid explorer, pays tribute to one of the most well known Arghons of his times: 

"Rasool Gulwan, our caravan leader was a great character. He had travelled through Tibet with Llittledale, and with Robert Barrett, Phelps and Church and was rated very high by all of them. He was of the breed called Arghan, of a Yarkandi father by a Ladakhi mother. Inheriting the best characteristics of both the races, he was absolutely honest; he never took bribes nor offered them.  6 

"Gulam Rasool Galwan was among the pony-men taken on by Lord Dunmore to Pamirs in 1890. This was a four- month expedition for which he was paid Rs. 10 per month. He served a host of other explorers and travellers; Younghusband, Longstaff, Phelps, Church, Wellby and Littledale. In 1914 he was appointed as the caravan leader (a very prestigious post) of the big Italian scientific expedition of Filippo de Filippi, which explored the Rimo glacier systems and spent several months in the area.

"His claim to fame came from an earlier expedition with the British Joint Commissioner in 1899. He was part of the team, which reconnoitred possible routes through the Changchenmo valley going east from the Shyok river. With the Sahibs, he explored a large unknown river valley little to its north and this valley now bears his name, ‘the Galwan valley’. This is a rare instance of a major geographical feature being given the name of a native explorer who put it on a western map --- a true tribute to the Arghons.7  In 1962, the Chinese troops surrounded the Indian army posts in this very Galwan valley and the first shots were fired here to start the Indo-China war. ... "

Chinese military forces, no doubt as per government orders, designs and plans, attempted a repetition in 2020, and, as in 1967 when China had tried a repetition of 1962, were forced to retreat after losing far more men than they'd expected, despite being prepared in 2020 for a brutal fight, armed with barbed iron rods! 
................................................................................................


Quoted from Wikipedia:- 


"There is no evidence of Qing China making any claims on the Aksai Chin plateau.[17] The Republic of China (1912–1949), having faced a revolution in Tibet in 1911, apparently made secret plans to acquire Aksai Chin plateau in order to create a road link between Xinjiang and Tibet. These plans began to get manifested in public maps only towards the end of its rule.[18] While the Republican Chinese claims included the Aksai Chin proper, they stopped at the foot of the Karakoram mountains, leaving all the rivers that flow into the Shyok River within India. (See map.) Communist China also published the "Big Map of the People's Republic of China" in 1956 with a similar boundary, now called the 1956 claim line. In the Galwan Valley, this line just skirted the Samzungling campsite, leaving the rest of the valley within India.[19][20]

"However, in 1960 China advanced its claim line to the western end of the Galwan river, running along the crest of the mountain ridge adjoining the Shyok river valley.[20] The Chinese said little by way of justification for this advancement other than to claim that it was their "traditional customary boundary" which was allegedly formed through a "long historical process". They claimed that the line was altered in the recent past only due to "British imperialism".[f][21][22][23]

Meanwhile, India continued to claim the entire Aksai Chin plateau."

"The Indian Intelligence Bureau proposed in September 1961 that the Galwan Valley should be patrolled and posts established up in the valley because it was strategically connected to the Shyok Valley.[25] Nehru supported the proposal and the CGS[g] B. M. Kaul ordered the setting up of a forward post. However, the terrain of the valley proved too difficult for the troops to proceed up the valley.[26] In April 1962, Kaul ordered that a southern route should be tried. By this time, the Chinese had announced that they were resuming patrols and it was also learnt that they had established a post at Samzungling. The Western Command's objections that the establishment of an Indian post would be a provocative act were overruled by the high command.[27]

"A platoon of Indian Gorkha troops set out from Hot Springs in the Chang Chenmo Valley, and, by 5 July, arrived at the upper reaches of the Galwan Valley.[h] They established a post on a ridge overlooking the valley from the south, on the bank of a tributary that China calls "Shimengou".[i][30] The post ended up cutting the lines of communication to a Chinese post downstream along the Galwan River, called 'Day 9'.[31] The Chinese interpreted it as a premeditated attack on their post, and surrounded the Indian post, coming within 100 yards of it.[j] The Indian government warned China of "grave consequences" and informed them that India was determined to hold the post at all costs. The post remained surrounded for four months and was supplied by helicopters.[33][34] The Central Intelligence Agency opined that the presence of the post temporarily blocked any further movement of the Chinese troops down the Galwan Valley.[35]"

" ... sporadic firing incidents occurred throughout the western front. At Galwan Valley itself, fire was exchanged on 2 September.[38] As a result of the standoff, the Chinese were compelled to withdraw some of the posts in the Galwan Valley because they could not be supplied. Indian leaders saw this as a sign of success for their forward policy.[39]"


"1962 war


"By the time the Sino-Indian War started on 20 October 1962, the Indian post had been reinforced by a company of troops. The Chinese PLA bombarded it with heavy shelling and employed a battalion to attack it. The garrison suffered 33 killed and several wounded, while the company commander and several others were taken prisoner.[33][34] By the end of the war, China is said to have reached its 1960 claim line.[20] There is however no evidence that the Chinese troops trekked through the Galwan Valley to reach their claim line.[k] The elimination of the sole Indian post in the Galwan Valley (near the tributary called Shimengou) implied that they had control up to their claim line. The Indian post at the confluence of Galwan with the Shyok River was intact throughout the war and the Chinese never made any contact with it.[40]

"The Chinese later claimed, implicitly, via a map annexed to a 1962 letter from Premier Zhou En-lai to heads of certain Afro-Asian nations, that they had reached the confluence of Galwan with the Shyok River.[l] However, the Afro-Asian nations, in their Colombo proposals for truce between China and India, drew the line very close to China's 1960 claim line. The Chinese still persist with the line on their maps, calling it the "Line of Actual Control of 1959".[m]"


"Infrastructure


"Prior to the 1962 war, China had already constructed a road linking its bases at Kongka Pass and Heweitan. There was also a feeder road leading to the Samzungling area and covering the southern tributaries such as Shimengou.[43]

"Following the war, there was no further activity in the Galwan Valley from either India or China, till about 2003. Between 2003 and 2008, China embarked on a large-scale infrastructure development exercise in the run-up to the Beijing Olympics.[44] Starting in 2010, the Aksai Chin Road (G219) was repaved at a cost of $476 million.[45] Along with it, numerous improvements to the border infrastructure within Aksai Chin also became visible.[46] The existing road to the Heweitan military base was improved and extended under a new name "Tiankong Highway". The feeder road into Galwan Valley was also upgraded to a paved all-weather road and renamed the "Galwan Highway" (Chinese: 加勒万公路; pinyin: Jiā lè wàn gōnglù).

"India also commissioned a road link to Daulat Beg Oldi (DBO) at its northern frontier in 2001, scheduled to be completed by 2012. The road would start from the Shyok village and run along the western bank of the Shyok River and then move on to Depsang Plains near Murgo. The initial road did not meet the all-weather requirement, and it had to be rebuilt on an improved alignment later. The road was eventually completed in 2019 and named the Darbuk–Shyok–DBO Road (DS-DBO Road).[47] India also built a military outpost near the confluence of Galwan with the Shyok River, called 'KM 120'. It is said to have been a source of discomfort to China.[48]"


"2020 standoff


"China is said to have initiated the construction of a large number of "supporting facilities" in the Galwan Valley in September 2019.[50] These would include dams, bridges, camping grounds and power lines along the existing Galwan Highway, as well as an effort to extend the highway further towards the Line of Actual Control.

"In April 2020, India started its own construction efforts to build a feeder road off the DS-DBO Road, along the last 4–5 km stretch of Galwan Valley on its side of the LAC. According to Zhao Lijian, the Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman, Indian forces started "unilaterally" building roads and bridges in the "Galwan region". They are said to have persisted with their efforts despite repeated protests from China, which allegedly "intensified cross-border troubles".[51] The Indian Army chief dismissed the complaints, saying, "There is no reason for anyone to object. They are doing development on their side, we are doing development on our side."[52][53]

"The problem for China was that its own roadway was still quite far from the LAC.[54] On 5 May 2020, China initiated a standoff by deploying troops in tented posts all along the Galwan Valley.[55][56] The Chinese also brought in heavy vehicles and monitoring equipment, presumably in an effort to accelerate the road construction.[57] And the Chinese government mouthpiece Global Times initiated a high-pitched rhetoric.[58] India responded by moving its own troops to the area in equal measure.[59] The Chinese eventually set up a post at a 90-degree bend in the river, close to the official LAC, which the Indians regarded as Indian territory and a patrol point (PP-14). The bend was to eventually become the new border.[60]

"To create a roadway through the narrow valley, the Chinese bulldozers dug out earth from the cliff sides, and used it to dredge the river bed. The river was constrained to flow in a narrow channel so that the rest of the river bed could be used for traffic and encampments.[61][62]

"Eventually, the standoff led to a violent clash on 15 June near PP-14 in Galwan Valley. Twenty Indian Army soldiers and an unknown number of Chinese soldiers were killed.[63][64] The causes of the clash remain unclear, but there had been reports, starting 10 June, of a "limited pull-back" agreed by the two sides by 1 to 2 kilometres from the confrontation site.[65] According to a detailed report published by India Today the Chinese had reneged on the agreement and reinstated a post at PP-14, which led to a series of brawls on 15 June, lasting till midnight and causing deaths on both sides.[66][n] A US Congressional review alleged that the Chinese government had planned the clash including its potential for fatalities.[69]"

Since they had attacked Indian soldiers with barbed iron rods, not useful for anything except a primitive deadly weapon in close encounter battle, their attack was not only intended but with preparation. 

China denied heavy toll until confronted with satellite evidence, about over forty Chinese dead, admitting it only couple of years later. 

" ... Following the clash, both the sides resumed their construction activity. India completed the contested bridge on the Galwan River by 19 June.[70] China extended its road till India's PP-14 by 26 June, in addition to erecting a full-blown post at the location. The Indians made no attempt to dismantle it a second time.[71]

"The final deescalation happened in stages starting 6 July.[72] With China's occupation of PP-14, the effective LAC in the Galwan Valley has shifted by about one kilometre in China's favour.[73][67]"
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"The Arganglas valley has large number of glaciers and peaks which are untouched. I could not locate a single photograph, which showed the peaks in these valleys in a close-up.  The only point from where this range can be clearly observed is Khardung la. We had long discussions trying to sort out who’s who or which is which peak seen in the vast panorama. This was perhaps the largest cluster of unclimbed and unknown peaks in the Karakorams.  The great bend of the Shyok protected the valley from three sides and in the north were the Saser Kangri peaks making an approach from there most difficult."

"The expedition members gathered in Mumbai on 19th August 2001, travelled by train to New Delhi and reached Leh by air. After acclimatising in Leh, we travelled by road across Khardung la, the highest motorable road in the world, to the Nubra valley. Standing on the Khardung la we had our first and only glimpse of the Arganglas area peaks. There were Saser Kangri peaks seen on the left and a large cluster of peaks on the right."

Two beautiful photographs here, captioned 

"Argan glacier. On right the sharp pointed peak is Yamandaka, climbed  by the expedition.(above)   Below: Camp at the entrance of the Rassa glacier"
................................................................................................


"Climbs in the Phunangma and Nono Glaciers 


"After establishing AB1 and AB2, we divided ourselves into smaller teams and operated as small independent parties from there on. 

"The first to succumb to our efforts was Konto la (5920 m / 19,422 ft). This was a col between Karpo Kangri (6540 m / 21,460 ft) and Pk. 6640 m at the eastern head of the Phunangma glacier. It was reached by Bonington-Lowther on 7th September after a long walk along the moraine ridge. They also investigated the route to our future Camp 1 at the foot of Argan Kangri. They also climbed a couple of hundred metres towards a high col to their south. 

"Two shapely peaks, Abale (6360 m / 20,865 ft) and Amale (6312 m / 20,708 ft) were situated on a side glacier, which we named Nono glacier. After an initial recce, Camp1 was set up 5960 m / 19,560 ft. Muni, Shroff and Samgyal made the first ascent of Abale Peak on 9th September by climbing it via the west face. It was a climb through deep and soft snow as the weather was not particularly stable during this time. 

"Two days later, another team of Dam, Capt. Lingwal and Wangchuk occupied the same camp and climbed Amale Peak which is little to the north of the first peak. They had clear views from the summit. Both were first ascents of these peaks."
................................................................................................


"First Ascent of peak Yamandaka (6218 m) by its North Face and descent by the Shingskam Topko 


"From the day we arrived at BC, below the Phunangma glacier, Mark Wilford and Mark Richey were captivated by the obvious and direct line on peak 6218's north face. The wall was estimated to be about 4000 ft high with a steep mix of rock and ice. The late afternoon sun delineated a sharp central rib, which bisected the face and finished exactly at the summit. The line looked irresistible!

"On the 8th of September, the two Marks crossed the Phunangma and set camp at the base of the face beneath a huge boulder. Conditions were anything but ideal. The entire face was plastered with fresh snow and the weather still appeared unstable. In addition, they had spent only 6 days between 15,000 and 17,000 ft. so their acclimatization was marginal.

"Between 9th and 12tth September, Marks climbed over 20 pitches of 60 meters each, of technical rock and ice on the face. All rock climbing was done with crampons in full winter conditions. A fair amount of direct aid was employed including 2 pendulums. They sack hauled on most of the pitches and the second jumared with a heavy pack. Several sections of frighteningly loose, stacked blocks had to be negotiated. At one point, a television sized rock, set loose by hand pressure, and nearly severed the lead rope. The ice climbing was mainly confined to the initial four pitches of 45-degree snow and ice and then the final three pitches of water ice up to 70 degrees and including the final overhanging cornice. They had taken only three ice screws, anticipating névé on the summit icefields. They braved snowfall on all days except the 11th and topped out in a full blizzard, which dumped nearly a foot of snow. They made three bivouacs on the face, the first two were excellent platforms and they were able to erect a small tent. The final open bivouac on the face was a narrow ledge chopped into a 50-degree ice slope. Heavy spindrift during the night kept them from much sleep. They also spent one night just below the summit.
................................................................................................


"The actual summit was reached on September 13th, after a storm. Clear skies allowed superb views of the surrounding mountains and ranges, all unclimbed and unexplored except for the two peaks that the Indians had just summited. There is phenomenal potential here for alpine style climbing on peaks up to 6800 meters. Due to the heavy snowfall their original plans of descent down the North East ridge to the Phunangma glacier seemed excessively dangerous. Instead, they opted for a descent down the South face of the mountain to a glacier system on the opposite side of the range. They hoped that this drainage would eventually link up to the Arganglas valley and with a little luck, a leisurely walk would see them back in base camp couple of days later.

"Nothing could have been further from the truth. In fact, the gentle disarming glacier ultimately funnelled its way down into a steep and terrifying gorge leading all the way to the Nubra valley. By the time they realized this, they were too exhausted to retrace path, (they were already on day 7 and had carried food for only five days) and so they committed themselves to the canyon.  Soon they found themselves rappelling directly through waterfalls and down narrow water filled channels. At one point Mark Wilford had to drop his pack half way down a rappel into a deep pool for fear of being drowned.
................................................................................................


"Finally, after ten hours of brutal descent, they stood atop a huge waterfall longer than their rope. Beyond, the smooth canyon walls disappeared out of sight. Unwilling to make this final commitment, they searched for an escape. One side of the canyon presented a slight weakness. Wilford led up a wall of huge blocks literally cemented in place with mud. As Mark put it, ‘It was the most frightening pitch I have ever climbed’. Two more vertical pitches of rock and 500 ft of scrambling led them finally to the canyon rim and their 7th night out in the Shingskam Topko valley.

"They named the climb ‘Barbarossa’ after the World War II German/Russian conflict and the book they had been reading in base camp. This was one of the fine achievements, comparable to some of the finest climbing done in the Indian Himalaya.
................................................................................................


"Their climb and their delayed return gave us plenty of scares. After a few days, when they were delayed, we had discussions about where to  start looking for them. It was out of question for anyone to climb on their route but after watching them for the first three days on the route through binoculars, we had completely lost them, which added to our anxiety. Moreover, while they were away on the route, the 11th September tragedy occurred and listening to that on the radio had a catalytic effect on our psyche.  I suggested the only ‘Indian’ way I knew of –to build a temple for their safety. We did just that and Chris with humility and a prayer on his lips, consecrated it. We also sent one Nepali porter, Bhakta, to run down to the roadhead at Khalsar to see if they had exited from the south, the other side from us.

"After invoking the celestial care and exhausting human efforts, Chris and myself with Capt. Lingwal moved down to the base camp intending to alert the army for a helicopter search. That evening, Bhakta arrived back to the base camp. He had covered the entire three-day march up and down, each in a day. When he reached the roadhead he inquired with the army sentries near a bridge. They had seen no one. He decided to stay in a small hut looking towards the Shingskam nala. By late night he saw two dim torch lights moving down. He caught up with the Marks near the bridge next morning. Having never met and not able to speak each other’s language, they nevertheless established communication through a passing tourist. Bhakta ran up to the base camp with the news. I wouldn’t have believed him, had he not carried a small note from the Marks."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


""In the trans-Indus regions of Kashmir, sterile, rugged, cold and crowned with gigantic ice-clad peaks, there is  a slippery track reaching northwards into the depression of Chinese Turkestan which for all  time has been a recognised route connecting India with High Asia. It is called the Karakoram route. Mile upon mile a white thread of road stretches across the stone-strewn plains, bordered by the bones of innumerable  victims to long fatigue of a burdensome and ill-fed existence – the ghastly debris of former caravans.  It is perhaps the ugliest track to call a trade route in the  whole wide world. Not a tree, not a shrub, exists, not even the cold, dead beauty which a snow-sheet imparts to highland scenery. 

"( T. H. Holdich. Gates of India)"

And yet, such are the regions that inspired James Hilton's Lost Horizon and his Shangri-La. 

"Not everyone likes the Karakoram. The barren and the rugged trail, leading on for miles and miles is not attractive to everyone. Due to security requirements there are several camps of the Indian army along the trail and these simple soldiers just fail to understand why anyone like us from Bombay or any part of the world would like to go there. As one officer put it, ‘What do you see in these Ganje Pahad (bald mountains)? This barren land?’. But if you are bitten by the bug of barrenness, the history of the area and the ruggedness of the terrain, you would go, and return. As I returned to the Eastern Karakoram areas again in July 2000. Ours was an Indian-French joint expedition during which many areas were explored and two peaks were climbed."
................................................................................................


"For almost 18 km towards the northwest and across for a similar distance, vast and  flat plains extended. When I showed pictures of the Depsang Plains to one of my climber friends, he remarked, ‘Wow, this is a high altitude Golf Course!’ Some golf course and some imagination! 

"Originally the trail from here till the Karakoram Pass was lined with bones so that caravans could follow a route in case of bad weather and in snow. However, many things have now changed. In 1962, the Chinese army invaded the Depsang  plains, pushing the Indian Army down the Chhongtash gorge. The graves of the Indian soldiers are to be seen here. The Chinese army declared an unilateral ceasefire and withdrew towards the east, but at a vantage point overlooking the Depsang plains. We could see the aluminium sheets over the Chinese posts reflecting the sunlight. The bones are now replaced by jerry cans. There is a rough jeepable road. Yes, a jeepable road which leads from Depsang la almost till Karakoram Pass. On both sides of the road jerry cans line the route. These cans, named after  German soldiers, (nick-named ‘jerrys’ during the World War II)  are now playing their part on this historic plateau; apart from containing kerosene oil they guide travellers, army bunkers were built by making a wall by piling  them up and they are even used as chairs."
................................................................................................


"Karakoram Pass 2 


"From Depsang la we reached the ‘Track Junction’ and camped in the open. On 11th  August, the French team  rested, while we Indians, with an Army escort, visited the Karakoram Pass. The road cuts across the high plateau and descends to the Chip Chap river flowing westwards rather quietly. It emerges  from the Lokzung range, now held by China. It is a  deceptive river and our jeep was stuck in the middle of it  without a warning. A 1-ton truck was called for and it crossed the river in style and pulled us out. I was excited when we  reached the famed camp ground of Daulat Beg Oldi, that famous  ‘DBO’. Hundreds of caravans for centuries had camped here. It was believed that the rich man, Daulat Beg was buried here with his treasures. On this vast plateau nobody has been able to  locate his  grave. A few kilometres ahead the vast plains turned into a narrow alley, leading northwest.  The wind was strong and the afternoon sun was beating strongly when we reached Polu, hidden behind a small ridge. Such small ridges or valleys, like the ones at Polu or at Chhajos Jilga,  were selected as  camping  places by caravans.  These ‘camps’ were small mud shelters and when the Indian Army first moved in, they found the body  of a trader, crouching and sheltering against the Karakoram winds."

This must be the plains described by James Hilton in his Lost Horizon, ad the plateau where the lost travellers are met by a Lama from Shangri-la. 
................................................................................................


"To Gapshan


"We were now to  proceed west for our exploration and climbs in the Rimo group of mountains and glaciers. From the Track Junction a trail leads to Gapshan, 23 km.5  As we marched on this vast plateau, the truth of being on the Depsang came home to us. 

""All around appeared mountains ranges, none of which was less than 20,000 feet high, whilst to the west rose two peaks of much greater height; yet in distance they seemed below us, for the land around sloped away down on all sides. In whichever direction we looked the sky appeared below us and the world shrunk out of sight. In fact we felt as if we had risen above  the world and were now descending to it in front of us. 

""(Dr. Bellew on Depsang Plateau)"

Author of 'Three Cups Of Tea' has sort of copied this, in the first phrase (the part about being surrounded by high peaks), with changes to suit his description of the village where he took refuge, supposedly, from exhaustion of a climb. 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Along the Shyok 


"The first day of the trek was a disaster. The first few crossings were difficult and our group was divided and stranded. The horses like their typical Ladakhi owners would always go ahead and not look back, for they had to reach the campsite at Chong Jungle (3690 m) (also known as Horup). As we had started late, no one could reach the camp and people had to spent the night en route. A tired and haggard party arrived into the camp early morning for breakfast. Half a day of rest was declared and then we made a short journey to Burma (3760 m). The first crossing was that of the Chang Chenmo river. The Chang Chenmo (Ororotse) gorge flows in from the east and it is one of the deep valleys leading from the Shyok valley to the Aksai Chin plateau. There was a prominent track traversing the Chang Chenmo and crossing Lanak la (5486 m) to reach Kun Lun plains and Western Tibet plateau. This was an old trade route used by traders from the Tibet.

"We came across a maidan with stones and offerings with prayer flags. This signified that we were in the presence of Thangsing Karmo, a place of worship for Ladakhis. A huge stone to east of the Shyok, appeared as if doing a namaste. The Buddhists worship here, especially on the full moon of the lunar ninth month when people gather in large numbers. This falls generally in the October and November months when the water level is low. As we looked back from the trail, this rock dominated the skyline.
................................................................................................


"Staying at Burma (3760 m) for the night and now getting accustomed to cold crossings we set off very early the next day. Our aim was to reach Chumed and Char Bagh. We were assured that after Chumed, crossings would be easier and the water level would be low. True to this assurance, after the third day, at Char Bagh (3920 m), the water level was low. But the final crossing at Char Bagh was a terror in itself. Our Kumauni porters, who were not used to crossing deep rivers, were stuck on the wrong bank. The entire party and the horses, unmindful of the resistance, went across and camped. After a while we saw this group sitting on the opposite bank and not willing to come across. All we could do was keep on shouting, plodding and encouraging them. When everything failed, our energetic Ladakhi member Motup Chewang climbed up a rock and started throwing stones at them, as if trying to push horses into water. After a lot of ‘persuasion’ they gathered courage, held hands and with terror written on their faces, came across the river, hoping that this was for the last time. One of them remarked, ‘What sins I have done in past life to be crossing the Shyok so many times, never again’, and that was the thought reflected by almost everyone.
................................................................................................


"A day ahead of Char Bagh we camped at foot of the Yurgolak fort (4050 m), which was located on a ridge about 100 m above. Though the fort walls were in a dilapidated state whatever remained was still solid and one could see the rooms and the courtyards. From the fort, looking across the Shyok valley, was the North Shukpa Kunchang nala, locally known as Nortot. By traversing this glacier and crossing an easy pass, a trail crossed to Sumur in the Nubra valley. This was the old route used by the traders from Karakoram Pass to the Nubra valley when Saser la was closed. The reason for building this fort was not exactly known, but according to one legend it was built to protect against the invasion of Gen. Chengiz Khan of Mongolia, known in Ladakh ‘Tsogpo Galden Chhang’. Another fort was built at Sumur by the Ladakhi king to offer complete security. About 300 years before the Mongolian army had invaded Ladakh. This fort is known as Tsogmak (Tsog–Mongolian, mak-troops). Their army conquered territories till Leh where one of their senior generals was killed. He was buried under ‘Namgyal Tsemo’ the semo on a hill above Leh. However much of this history may be debatable and unknown, but certainly the forts are worth preserving as one of the landmarks of the past.2"

Throughout the book, Kapadia seems, not only anxious to credit muslims where traditions might have been of far older origin (or to claim that those traditions were due to the religion when in fact they were far older), but even anxious to veil historic facts, by discrediting implications of local nomenclature and traditional history, such as the name of a fort in Ladakh, which was even built specifically to defend against Mongol invasions! 

And this is about a phenomenon unrelated to a religion. 

So while left in India feels free to verbally offend West, even while taking care to go only thus far and no further, fear of giving offense to previous colonial regimes extends to kowtowing to Mongol invaders who'd not only invaded and sought to conquer India, but gone along and burned whole cities, villages and people therein, from Persia to Russia? 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"We were staying in army bunkers at base camp on the Siachen Glacier. In the next room I could hear my son, Nawang, then a young man of 20 years, talking with equally young lieutenants and captains of the Indian army. They were discussing their exploits on the glacier, the war and agitatedly talking about the friends being wounded and killed all around them. ... They were ready to guard it with their life, they meant well. My son, excited with the prospect of defending the country with other young officers, worked hard and joined the Indian army as a Gorkha Officer. Soon thereafter he fell to a terrorist bullet in this bloody war in Kashmir. ... "
................................................................................................


"Mountains have traditionally been haven for people seeking peace and spiritual solace.  Nowhere has this been more so than in the Himalaya. It is ironical than that it is in the Himalaya, or to be more exact in the Karakoram, that a bitter and deadly, heroic  but absurd conflict  is being fought. Now for 20 long years armed forces of India and Pakistan have fought for the control of the Saltoro ridge which guards the Siachen Glacier towards its west.  This is the highest battlefield in the world and India occupies the entire Siachen Glacier but at a great price."

This would be true of Tibet, if India had defended it. As it is China is claiming all of Himalaya and stray speakers of Chinese origin are laughing at India on television channels telling India "your problem is Himalaya ", not giving a fraction of a thought or consideration to love and reverence Himalaya us held throughout India for millennia since the very beginning of Himalaya rising out of the ocean that separated India from Asia. 

But the first PM of India refused to even bring Tibet to attention of UN, or allow such a question by another nation, much less defend Tibet or even protest military occupation thereof. 

So Kapadia speaks of Karakoram but not of Himalaya in all its reach being occupied by Chinese forces. 

This is the moment before Krishna spoke, in Mahabharata war, prolonged to over half a century, because an Arjuna was sidelined by an elder in favour of a Yudhisthira who was always more amenable to opposite camp than to his own, and sitting with his head in his hands after losing a wife in a bet he had no right to make, as she pointed out. Neither India nor Himalaya were theirs to give, but the Arjuna had been exiled. 
................................................................................................


"It was in this situation that we started working for a proposal for Trans-boundary Peace Park. This would ultimately enable both the armies to withdraw in conditions of honour and dignity and it  would not prejudice their positions in Kashmir as a whole. It would stop further degradation of a magnificent mountain area, save hundreds of lives, billions of rupees and possibly give an indicator to solve the Kashmir imbroglio." 

It's naive thought, imagining that a movement copying Vinoba Bhave and his goodwill expeditions after independence - one regarding landlords, landholdings and redistribution of land to benefit landless, accomplished via goodwill and gifts; another that of surrender by dacoits of Chambal region. 

"Boundary Parks are not a new idea. The first one, Waterton Glacier International Peace Park between Canada and US was established 70 years ago and today there are 169 such parks, involving 113 countries.  Several of these trans-boundary parks are specifically designated as Peace Parks, which are intended to provide a peaceful solution to a conflict or a potential conflict or rehabilitation of an area after a conflict. In Asia and around India the concept of trans-boundary parks is well known for there are parks between India and Bhutan, India and Nepal, Pakistan and China and Nepal and China. There has been a dramatic increase in trans-boundary parks in the recent years, a demonstration of their viability and usefulness. In 1988 there were 50 parks as against 169 today. There are plans for few more trans-boundary parks."

Worse than naive, it's as dangerous, bordering on suicidal, as Gandhi insisting that the then new Government of India force refugees from across the new border in North-West, to return across the border, even if it were only to be massacred by those who had massacred over ten millions already. 

Worse, it's as dangerous as the then PM of India subsequently not only stopping the Indian military from proceeding to liberate rest of Kashmir, but then going on to not protect occupation of Tibet by military forces of China, refusing to raise the question in Tibet, and doing nothing about Chinese appropriation of a huge amount of territory in Aksai Chin. 

Withdrawal of forces in any region of Himalaya would only involve the two untrustworthy nations who have occupied the lands with force, to inch further - by several thousands of square miles. 
................................................................................................


"One very strong supporter and mover of this idea was Aamir Ali who lives in Geneva and having worked for the United Nations, knew how to approach this matter. We prepared brief notes and plans and sent it to various officials and organisations in India and Pakistan.  But with these countries at the height of war in the 1990s, our proposals  hit a blank wall. When I met one of the senior secretaries in the Government of India, he dismissed the idea with contempt and even raised the usual Indian question, ‘why is a foreigner and a Muslim (Aamir Ali) interested in the Siachen Glacier?’2 Officials refused to listen to my pleas, suggesting that all I could do was to file a public interest litigation in the Supreme Court. Fortunately the Indian army was more open to this idea.  Today most of the senior officers are in know of  this plan and supportive of it.  Of course, without their political masters deciding in the matter no further aims can be achieved, at least in India."

The very next paragraph raises a question, were these efforts at correspondence being carried through the Kargil war, or begun thereafter? 

It's hardly possible that the responses he quotes from Indian army were during or after that treacherous war, when several soldiers sacrificed their lives! 
................................................................................................


"The political tranquillity and climate again changed and stopped all rounds of negotiations between India and Pakistan.  Finally on 13th December 2001, armed militants attacked the Indian Parliament and the troops were moved. The countries were on the brink of war.  One had to keep the hope that situations change, people change and the dawn always comes only after the darkest period. And we waited for dawn  on the Siachen. Positive signs seemed to emerge  as the idea was kept alive."

Kapadia mentions 2001 attack specifically, but not the Kargil war! 

Wonder why! 
................................................................................................


"I saw further signs of hope. First was at the Banff Film Festival in Canada where I could interact with a group of senior IUCN representatives. They seemed interested and we formed a small committee. With their contacts in Pakistan, we could carry the matter to the right quarters there too. But the advice from both the Governments was to keep the issue open, lie low and push it gently. That’s what we kept on doing. In 2001, the area of Aletsch, the longest glacier in the Alps, was designated as a World Heritage site. We thought, why not aim for the same for the longest glacier in the Himalaya? Major support from UIAA3 gave a major fillip to the Siachen Peace Park proposal, which in collaboration with the IUCN4 started taking keen interest in the matter. The UIAA supported and organised a ‘Summit Climb’ in the Alps where Indian and Pakistani mountaineers would participate together. And so it was Mandip Singh Soin and myself from India and Nazir Sabir and Col. Sher Khan who from Pakistan teamed up in Geneva and stood on the summit of the Monch peak. On the summit, perhaps for the first time in several years, flags of India and Pakistan were unfurled together on any mountain in the world signifying that we mountaineers and environmentalist appeal together for peace in the mountains, a fact particularly significant in the ‘International Year of Mountains’ in 2002."

Naiveté at best, dangerous in reality. 
................................................................................................


"No sooner, Indian and Pakistani mountaineers met in Geneva, we realised how much we had in common at a people to people level; we spoke the same language we had the same tastes in music, we had same interests (Nazir, a cricket buff like me, kept suggesting,  to the former President of Switzerland5, ‘Sir lets play cricket between our two nations, even before we climb mountains’). There was a strong desire for all of us to visit each other’s countries.  We realised that it was only political differences that  kept us apart. At no time during the climb, tied to the same rope, did it matter to me that my companion was a Pakistani or a Muslim and to him that I was an Indian or a Hindu- our lives depended on each other. 6"

Be that as it may, to those who died for no fault of theirs by attacks through terrorists sent from the terrorist factory across the border, it did matter, one might bet safely - whether in Taj or in local trains, stadium in Hyderabad or while shopping in a middle class local suburban market in New Delhi. 
................................................................................................


"Several recent developments have led the world community, specially the mountain lovers, to pay attention to solving the conflict and lend help to rejuvenate the glacier. This includes the Italian Ev-K2-CNR Committee’s  proposal  to push for a Siachen Peace Park as part of its commemoration of the 50th anniversary of the first ascent of K2 and at the World Parks Congress in Durban in  September 2003. Talks were held after a long time  between India and Pakistan to discuss various issues, specially the Siachen. (I write this in March 2004 and perhaps situation may have turned for the better by the time you read this.). And – India and Pakistan played cricket  in March 2004 after more than a decade!"

That certainly did not stop the terrorist attacks, in fact a major one came soon post this - the most famous one, in fact; attacks against Taj and other targets in Mumbai were within less than five years post his "India and Pakistan played cricket in March 2004 after more than a decade", and while congress was in power in centre!
................................................................................................


"At present, armed military men still face each other across the ridges of the Siachen.  On both sides of the line of control, it is said that to honour the blood of brave soldiers that has been spilled, not an inch of territory should be given up. One could say even with more force that the sacrifice of brave men could best be honoured by protecting this spectacular mountain area consecrated by their sacrifice. Again the wheels of peace are moving positively and there is a complete ceasefire in fighting in Kashmir and particularly on the heights of the Siachen for last few months. ... "

Naiveté bordering on stupidity, that! 

Or is Kapadia attempting to make up for the sacrifice of his son's life, to a bullet from a terrorist, in Kashmir? 

" ... If the peace returns, the concept of the trans-boundary peace park would fit well in giving a positive dimension to the process. It would work not only towards disengagement, but towards the creation of a park to protect the environment to allow the ibexes and snow leopards to roam, the wild roses to grow and the mountaineers to return to the Siachen Glacier. A majestic area of mountain landscape redolent with the romance of early exploration deserves the best. Our youth, be they soldier or civilian, Pakistani or Indian, they deserve to enjoy such an area."

Dangerous naiveté, considering not only that the nonstop terrorist attacks that were held back only a little, post surgical strikes by India, and the demonetisation, but basically continue. 

True, it's far less post 2014 than it had been during UPA decade, but that won't happen if military were withdrawn at any point of border. 

Dangerous naiveté, considering not only that the nonstop terrorist attacks that were held back only a little, post surgical strikes by India, and the demonetisation, but basically continue - but also Bharatpur. 

As long ago as during early 1990s, it'd been noted that the famous bird sanctuary in Bharatpur was suffering, due to the migratory flocks from Central Asia and Siberia being reduced alarmingly to paltry numbers, due chiefly to bring shot fown in their flight over Pakistan. 

Since then, starvation situation in that country was discussed on internet and on television shows in Pakistan channels, describing poor having been reduced to eating things one would not describe, apart from donkeys, used more relevantly for transport due to shortage of fuel and situation of financial disaster in Pakistan. 

Whatever makes Kapadia imagine that Siachen, or any other part in or near Pakistan, would be safe haven for Ibex, or any other beautiful fauna, birds or anything else, as long as people of Pakistan can access the region without intervention and being stopped from hunting the fauna and birds to extinction? 

A glacier wouldn't stop them! 
................................................................................................


"‘We are nations linked by Himalayan geography. Nations, which do not understand and respect geography are condemned by history. Governments and people of both countries should realise that there is a humanity that binds us together. Whatever our game, and whichever our side of the fence’.7 

"With peace returning to the glacier, there are several proposals to clean up the glacier (involvement of world community and its finances are a very distinct possibility) and there is a proposal that civilian mountaineers from both sides could walk up the glacier from their respective fences and shake hands at the border pass, unfurl their own national flags and bring that spirit displayed in the Alps to reality on the Siachen Glacier."

Dangerous naiveté, indeed. There's no guarantee there won't be a terrorist amongst that handshaking mob, is there, or would they be frisked by Indian military before approaching the fence? Say, fifty miles before the border? 

Really Kapadia should have known better, having trekked siachen strictly in dark of night, due to danger during day, during light hours, of enemy fire! 
................................................................................................


England didn't go to war eager either for WWI or WWII, remember! People in England had cheered Neville Chamberlain like crazy, in tears, when he'd returned from Munich, having browbeaten Czechoslovakia into surrendering, breaking treaties by England and renaming on the military protection promised to Czechoslovakia by those treaties - just as Indian did to Tibet! 

1962 was follow-up therefore by China as logical as WWII was that of Munich, and if subsequently India wasn't reduced to a Poland or a France or even Russia of 1941, its only because JFK helped India, when asked by the then PM of India confidentially, by sending a quiet message to China. 

Kapadia mentions China's 'unilateral withdrawal and ceasefire' repeatedly, but neither why, nor the fact that Chinese promises aren't worth the paper thry are written on, even if it were only recycled paper. 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

"Dedicated To 
"Lt Nawang Kapadia 

"He loved  Himalaya and gave his life defending them 

"‘It is better to die in valour than be a coward’ 
"Had I the heavens’ embroidered clothes, 
"Enwrought with golden and silver light, 
"The blue and the dim and the dark cloths 
"Of night and light and the half  light, 
"I would spread  my cloths under your feet: 
"But I being poor, have only my dreams: 
"I have spread my dreams under your feet; 
"Tread softly because you tread on my dreams. 

"W. B. Yeats"
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"LT. NAWANG KAPADIA


"Nawang Kapadia, born on 15-12-1975, ... since childhood Nawang had a desire to join the Indian army. He trekked extensively in the Western Ghats and in the Himalaya. He visited the Siachen Glacier during an expedition and met many army officers, which helped him to make up his mind to join the army, specially the Gorkha Regiment.

"Nawang joined the prestigious  Officer’s Training Academy, Chennai, in August 1999 and was commissioned as an officer on 2nd September 2000. He joined the 4th Battalion of the 3rd Gorkha Rifles, and he was proud to be amongst them.

"He was posted  to Kupwara in the troubled valley of Kashmir where he participated in operations. While rescuing  a jawan comrade Lance Naik Chitra Bahadur  he was killed by a single  terrorist bullet at 1110 hrs on 11-11-00, on Guru Nanak Jayanti day (kartik full moon). He was cremated with full military honours at Mumbai on 14th November 2000. Nawang leaves behind his grieving parents Geeta and Harish, brother Sonam and many friends in Mumbai and in the army."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
CONTENTS
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

MY HIMALAYA - INTRODUCTION 

TIBET 

1. TIBET :  HUNDRED YEARS AFTER YOUNGHUSBAND 
(Three Visits to Tibet by three different routes and Kailash Manasarovar and further west) 

ARUNACHAL PRADESH 

2. Tsangpo - The Final Exploration (Exploring the Tasngpo – Siang bend) 
3. Twang Tract (Trek on the Bailey Trail and history on 1962 War) 

BHUTAN 

4. Across Bhutan in 18 Days (Traverse across Bhutan by car covering history and monuments) 

SIKKIM 

5. Kangchenjunga Story (History  of mountaineering on this massif) 
6. In Shadow of Kangchenjunga (Important places in Darjeeling-it’s history, Sherpas, Gorkhas and  history of Sikkim) 

UTTARAKHAND 

7. Nanda Devi Juggernaut  (Expeditions to history of Nanda Devi Sanctuary and it’s environment problems) 
8. Nag Tibba- Honest Serpant  (A small climb in lower Garhwal) 
9. The Bagpipe Treks (Short treks to Madhari Pass, Budha Pinat and Churdhar) 

HIMACHAL PRADESH 

10. The Tilley Hat (Trek across the Sainj and Tirthan Valleys, Kullu) 
11. The Plan B (Trek across the Shaone Gad to Supin valley, Kinnaur) 
12. Bara Bahangal the Land of Passes  (Trek to the hidden  valley in Dhaula Dhar) 
13. Into the Pangi Valley (Treks and climbs in the Pangi and Miyan nala valleys) 

EAST KARAKORAM 

14. In the Land of Argans (Climbs in the Arganglas valley, East Karakoram) 
15. The High Altitude Golf Courses (Climbs and trek  near Karakoram Pass, Col Italia) 

SIACHEN GLACIER 

17. God That Did Not Fail (A Journey across the Karakoram,  first ascent of  Padmanabh and first exploration of Teram Shehr Plateau on the Siachen Glacier) 
18. Saga of Siachen (History of  the Siachen Glacier with a climb and trek to its northen-most point) 
19. Siachen Peace Park ( Proposal for a Peace Park on the Siachen Glacier to end the war) 

Appendices
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
REVIEW 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
MY HIMALAYA - INTRODUCTION
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"I started enjoying hills at a fairly young age. It started like a train leaving a station slowly and then picked up speed. From early small treks I branched off to climbs, international joint expeditions to the Himalaya and much more. I suffered injuries that almost crippled me and sadly, lost few friends in mountains. All these events are covered in my first two books; High Himalaya Unknown Valleys and Meeting the Mountains. The present book covers last decade of the Himalayan trips that I have undertaken."

"I received the Patron’s (Royal) Medal from the Royal Geographical Society. I was happy that unknown valleys of the Indian Himalaya and explorations of these valleys were thus recognized. Again there was a choice to be made, albeit indirectly. I decided not to let grass grow under my feet. There were areas in the Himalaya, which I had not visited due to clashes with business seasons. I had not visited valleys in Arunachal Pradesh, Bhutan and eastern Himalaya. Studying these, many ideas developed to explore.  Due to the reflected glory of my son, Lt Nawang Kapadia, our army was cooperative and allowed permissions to trek there. Visiting the McMahon Line in the Tawang Tract and exploring the Tsangpo-Siang Bend were high points of my visits there. And in between, a quick trip to Bhutan allowed me to taste what could be future possibilities. Both these areas beckon me and I am sure to be there. Three trips to Tibet by three different routes, each in a different seasons and with different companions were pleasures of a different kind. These allowed me to observe changes in this vast land and study its Indian connections."
................................................................................................


" ... With age catching up, we teamed to undertake enjoyable trips to accessible but relatively unknown areas. One year it was Arganglas valley in Ladakh, then Tirthan valley in Kullu and last year the Pangi valley in Lahaul. We enjoyed these smaller climbs and walks so much that it has become an annual ritual."

" ... whenever I was tired of the city there were smaller trips at hand; from a four-day jaunt to fifteen days. This was in the company of different friends who had less time. We reached Chur Dhar, Budha Pinat, Nag Tibba, Bara Bangahal, Shaone gad and many more. My affair with the Siachen glacier continued and I made two more visits there. With the war continuing on its heights, with groups of peers, I started working towards peace on the glacier.  An Indian companion and I  joined two Pakistani mountaineers and climbed a peak in the Alps as a symbol appealing for peace. After a long time, flags of both countries were unfurled together on a mountain summit.
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
August 31, 2022 - August 31, 2022. 
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
SECTION 1 : TIBET
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Tibet, known as the roof of the world, has a reputation to be remote and difficult for travel. During my three visits to this charming land, I experienced exactly the opposite. A  flight takes you to Lhasa easily or there are roads to drive in. Lhasa itself is like a mini Hong Kong, and roads though not highways, are comfortable enough to travel.

"During my visits, spread over five years and by different routes, I was able to observe Tibet from different angles; infrastructural  development, religious hegemony, Chinese rule, interaction with Tibetans and Indian connections with Tibet. All this, coupled with its long history and its present ,"

That last bit seems more of indication of censorship dealt with Indian Express style circa 1975-77, rather than a doubly clumsy typo. 
................................................................................................


"My last visit to Tibet started exactly to the day, 100 years after the Younghusband expedition in 1904. Younghusband marched through a prominent chorten in front of the Potala palace and ‘unveiled Lhasa’. Tibet today is fast developing as a major destination.  Within few years it may be a different world. But the main occupant of the Potala, the Dalai Lama is in India and not allowed to return. He is revered by every Tibetan and has declared recently to accept the Chinese rule for peace and progress of his people. These are the choices for this wonderful country."

If anything, this remote roof of the world ought to have been left alone and protected as a spiritual retreat for Earth, not a mini Hong Kong, and not at the expense of its inhabitants. 
................................................................................................


All this talk of Tibet bring developed by China and lhasa being mini Hong Kong only bring to mind the deliberately kept filthy the nature of facilities used by pilgrims to Kailash-Mansarovar from India, which comes through in the two separate accounts by tracellers from India who were avowedly not religious. 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
August 31, 2022 - August 31, 2022. 
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................ 
1. TIBET : HUNDRED YEARS AFTER YOUNGHUSBAND 
(Three Visits to Tibet by three different routes and Kailash Manasarovar and further west
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"At the western end of the road below the Potala Palace in Lhasa stands a huge  chorten with a gate in the centre and  wide roads on either side. On 3rd August 1904 the British army had marched through this gate, symbolizing the fall of Lhasa. Younghusband had reached and ‘unveiled Lhasa’ a week later. We stood opposite this historic chorten , exactly 100 years to the date after the event.

"The Younghusband expedition 1903/04 was organized to thwart the Russian interest in Tibet, so it was thought. Lord Curzon, the then Viceroy of India felt that the Russians were supplying weapons to Tibet. He persuaded the British Government to authorise a major military expedition to reach Lhasa, which had been closed to visitors for a long time. Thus the Younghusband mission was born. Soldiers gathered in Darjeeling; Sikhs, Dogra and other Indian sepoys under British officers including L. A. Waddell and F. M. Bailey, and marched across Nathu la at height of winter in December 1903. Supply lines were built up and they penetrated deep inside the Chumbi valley with usual British military efficiency. Finally Lhasa was reached but like the present day Iraq, no WMD (Weapons of Mass Destruction) or Russians were found. After signing a one sided treaty which established a permanent British presence in Tibet, Younghusband returned.1"
................................................................................................


"Lhasa and Surroundings


"Much water has flown in the Tsangpo since, as the old adage goes. Tibet has undergone change, political upheavals, ethnic rivalries, development of its infrastructures and now is a part of the international tourism circuit.  Many border roads have been built and entry points opened. A modern international airport and a super fast railway line with modern carriages to Lhasa will be ready in time for the Olympics to be organised in Beijing in 2008. After the symbolic opening of Tibet by Younghusband the world has changed for the Tibetans."

Kapadia gives two exquisite photographs here, one of Potala Palace in Lhasa really beautiful, another of Kailas, sublime, across Rakshas Tal. 

Kapadia also gives a good map of Tibet around Lhasa. 
................................................................................................


"A modern jet, operated by the Chinese airlines connects Lhasa with Kathmandu.  They serve some of the worst food but the view compensates  for everything. The panorama starts  with Gaurishankar, Everest and Makalu, a grand view beyond imagination. As the aircraft takes  a sharp northerly turn, focus shifts to the right as the Kangchenjunga massif and peaks of Janu and Jongsong come into view. Soon ‘the Plateau’ of north Sikkim is seen and then we fly over Tibet. ... "

"This was my third visit to the Tibetan plateau, each time following a different route.3   I have witnessed many changes in Tibet under the Chinese rule. Over decades the only thing that has not changed is the Chinese ruler’s hatred of the Dalai Lama, whose photographs and literature are banned and anyone found with it is deported. However faith survives and most Tibetans wear a locket with Dalai Lama’s photo.  Prayer houses in remote villages have his photo; well hidden from view but  very much in the hearts of people, and that’s what the Guru wanted in the first place!"
................................................................................................


"In the old pictures a big shantytown is seen opposite the Potala. This area has been cleared by ‘cajoling’ occupants to move to the outskirts.  The square has been beautified and is now a major tourist attraction called Potala Square.  It wears a festive look with several Chinese statutes and a four-lane highway passing at the foot of the Potala. Lhasa and surroundings have excellent roads and well planned townships. Fancy streetlights, taxis, museums, huge bill board signs, posh hotels and bright coloured restaurants gives it a feel of Hong Kong. Progress yes, but then ideologically no one has any say, least of all the Tibetans, as to whether they want this progress or what it means to them.  Schools teach  Tibetan as a language, locals can travel to mainland China and many are employed in the tourism industry.  No political dissent  is tolerated and no one  is ready to voice any views, specially as  many  Han Chinese have settled  in Tibet and are in position of power."

Interesting typo, 'statutes', when he meant statues. 

Aren't communists opposed to idol worship? 

Isn't erecting of statues idol worship? 
................................................................................................


"In centre of the Potala square flutters the Chinese flag near the site of a pillar that was erected in 821 signifying the Sino-Tibetan treaty. This treaty gave China  the first foothold in Tibet, roots of their claim date thus far back.  It was again at this place under the 1959  ‘Lhasa uprising’ hundreds of Tibetans had gathered to protest. They were dispersed and the Dalai Lama fled to India. Rest, as they say, is  history.4"
................................................................................................


"The spiritual centre of Lhasa is the Jokhang temple with the Barkhor circuit around it. At anytime of the year you will find devout pilgrims from far away villages, performing chham, the Tibetan way of bowing to the deity. It wore a colourful look and in small stalls in the mall, statues of Mao were being sold with that of Buddha!  Near the temple and in Potala square, boards were pasted with Chinese circulars and statues of liberated peasantry were erected in Beijing style. Tibetans read them with curiosity.  They seem to be living without much fear and not much poverty was evident –less than you would see in India. The three monasteries around Lhasa are as ancient as holy. Sera is the nearest one with Ganden and Drepung a little away. Each of these represented a way of life with hundreds of lamas being trained here. When we visited, they seemed to be flourishing, well maintained and with several lamas performing rituals.  Norbulinka, the summer palace of the Dalai Lama was another attraction. With its Japanese style garden and long walls it was peaceful haven for his holiness when he stayed here. A large radio, presented by the Prime Minster of India in 1952 is displayed and one wonders how it must have been ferried across passes by humans and mules."

One doesn't recall mention of the extermination camps by any foreign visitors or diplomatic corps of any countries during 1930-1945 in Germany, either. Few writers dared be blacklisted, but those who did, too, were not aware of the extermination, not until the conquering armies of Russia and West discovered them, or even later, until Nuremberg trials and the documentary film footage that shut up disbelief in the inhuman conduct by the regime. 
................................................................................................


"Younghusband Mission


"Soon it was time for us to start on our journey across the Tibetan plateau.  In 2004 the road to Gyantse was being repaired and widened into a four-lane highway. Soon a wide road from Gyantse to Yatung would be joining the road from Nathu la in Sikkim and to Kolkata. As per the agreement reached between India and China large container traffic from the warm water port of Kolkata would drive across this road to supply Lhasa, giving fillip to trade and bring supplies to Lhasa directly rather than driving across the entire Chinese mainland."

So India helps China supply the Chinese occupation army in Lhasa et AL, and China attacks India promptly at Galwan. 

Well done, UPA. 
................................................................................................


"We passed the beautiful Yamdrok Tso (lake), Karo la and the foot of Nojin Kang  peak.  From your car you are within a touching distance of its icefall. Nakartse was as dirty at it can be. In fact throughout our travels in Tibet, we always wished for better hygiene, one thing that has been missing in development of tourism beyond Lhasa. As a rule toilets were dirty, rooms and streets left much to be desired.  Gyantse township was being improved with wider roads and celebrations to mark the 100th anniversary of Younghusband’s expedition year were under way,  called ‘The Younghusband invasion and the defeat of British’. The Gyantse fort, in centre of town, witnessed fights between Younghusband’s troop led by General McDonald and Tibetan forces. Today as one climbs up to the Gyantse fort, at the entrance there is ‘The British Hate Museum’. It contains stories of how brave Tibetans defeated the British. Of course history records that Tibetans were soundly beaten, but not without a fight. From the early part of the last century deceptions by Chinese and twisting of history has remained their hallmark."

Of course. 

That whole claim by China to Tibet was, is, has been a lie. 
................................................................................................


"As the Younghusband expedition entered Tibet the first major battle was at Chumik Shenko where the Tibetan general from Lhasa had gathered a large army with primitive weapons. As both the armies met, there were friendly exchanges and the Tibetans admired machine guns and modern weaponry that the British had brought. Someone from the Tibetan side fired one of these and threw stones.  This led to Indian soldiers opening fire and killing over 3000 Tibetans, a truly gory example of any battle. 

"Going through several gorges soon the Younghusband expedition reached Gyantse.  Tibetans fled from the fort, which was quietly taken by the British. Presuming that the battle for Gyantse was over, a large contingent of soldiers marched towards Lhasa across Karo la.  The Tibetans, realizing their opportunity returned in strength and re-conquered Gyantse and the British found it difficult to dislodge them. Finally fresh reinforcements from famed Gorkha regiment were called for. As the main column returned, on 30th June 1904, Gorkhas mounted a major assault to re-capture the Gyantse fort. After establishing defences they fired mortars and artillery to make a gaping hole in the walls and its defences.The final storming of the fort began at 3.30 am, on 6th July 1904. Lt J D Grant and Havildar Karbir Pun led the assault. They climbed a cliff as Tibetans threw stones and mud. They got nearer to the wall along  a route on which stones could not reach but many climbers slipped. Finally these two reached the top at 6 p.m. followed by others. As Gorkhas made a charge with khukris Tibetans ran to the top and jumped off the cliff to their deaths. Over 500 Tibetans died in the assault. For their bravery 8 Gorkha Regiment received a special citation. Lt J D Grant was awarded the Victoria Cross and Havildar Karbir Pun was awarded a First Class Order of Merit. Gorkhas marched ahead across Karo la, Yamdrok Tso and without any resistance entering  Lhasa through the chorten."
................................................................................................


"Gyantse and Shigatse and Northern Road


"The other important aspect of Gyantse is the Kumbum stupa. This unique structure rising seven storeys is an architectural wonder having been built in the 9th century.  At every floor there are small temples with  exquisite paintings which have lasted centuries. Its top offers views of the Gyantse fort and the wall, which was climbed by Lt. Grant. Between Gyantse and Shigatse, the second most important town in Tibet, there is a wide road, covering distance quickly. Shigatse was a mini Lhasa with modern facilities and it’s centrepiece was the Tashilumpho monastery, the headquarters of Panchan lama. Sven Hedin, the Swedish explorer had drawn excellent black and white sketches of the monastery and comparing them a century later one can see that nothing has changed much, the streets and buildings are the same. One hopes that faith is same for there are disputes about who is the ‘real’ Panchan lama. While we were in Shigatse, Panchan lama drove through the streets in a cavalcade strictly guarded by the Chinese soldiers. People quietly bowed to him and some celebrations were held. As Indians, we had more respect from the locals (‘as you come from the country where the Dalai Lama lives’) and we interacted with lamas, locals and guides. They were comfortable talking to us but their eyes were always alert for eves droppers, even within their group.5 Grains are collected as tax from rural areas and at vantage points there were clusters of road builder’s huts. Many Tibetans felt that what China took from Tibet (gold, precious metal, gems, food) was far greater than what was given back to them (roads, houses, infrastructure).
................................................................................................


"From Shigatse starts the second part of Tibet. The road is rough and as you drive across the Tibetan plateau population is sparse and towns become smaller. Lhatse is at the junction where a bridge across the Tsangpo leads south to Kathmandu, while the road west goes along the river. There is a pass to be crossed where we met Mr. Po, a Chinese cyclist who was going across from Peking to Central Asia, ‘to see my country’. He was staying with Tibetans and had no qualms about travelling alone amidst them.  On the road frequently we saw double-decker buses carrying Chinese tourists visiting Lhasa and proceeding to the extreme west of Tibet. These tourists looked interested in the country but it was difficult to judge whether they were sponsored by their Government or were travelling on their own.
................................................................................................


"Little before Saga, a major military station, a bifurcation leads   north going across very inhospitable   terrain. It was this route that I had followed during my second trip to Tibet. Immediately after the bifurcation is one of the wonders of this plateau ‘the Geysers’. Huge springs of hot water burst out into the sky and splash  over a vast area. Many small bubbles of sulphur water also pour  out.  There is a small rest house and geological study station maintained by the Chinese government .   The road ahead becomes rougher and rougher and no human settlement is seen . We passed Zari Namtso lake, and almost on its shore stands a small township of the Tsochen (Coquen). Further north we were on the Shinquen-Amdo ‘highway’ and turned west passing Gertse and Gakyi to reach Shinquen which borders  Ladakh.  This was a barren stretch to drive through but amidst cold winds we would suddenly find a large flock of sheep grazing on the stony plateau. We always wondered, ‘grazing’ what?  When we stopped, curious shepherds would gather around and look at us without making any trouble . All nomads have standardized quarters on the outskirts of towns. Much of the population consists of Han Chinese who have been given incentives to come and settle here. Many herds of  Tibetan antelope  ran along the road, unafraid of our cars. We heard the stories of Chinese soldiers using guns to hunt wildlife while travelling on this  route."

On Google maps, some of the names yield nothing to search, not only since Chinese names are different but perhaps Google maps are not allowed to locate the place by original tibetan names, unless and until exact new names and spellings are used. 

But Kapadia, again, very helpfully gives a map of the region he speaks of.  
................................................................................................


"Most of the time after driving 200 kms, with no human beings in sight, suddenly a   modern township would spring up from nowhere, for example Tsochen. It had bank (China Bank exchanging dollars), hotels, modern amenities, water supply, school (Chinese teachers), telephones (China telecom, mobile phones, internet), postal facilities (China Post which operates daily services) and good restaurants (mainly Chinese) and of course, the Chinese army garrison quarters.    One wonders what these  people eat, work and why they are settled at these smaller towns."

Changing the DNA of Tibet, hoping Tibet’s natives are forgotten, if not extinguished. 
................................................................................................


"Shinquen (old Ali) was the largest town in western Tibet – with nightclubs and a Disco! A special Tourist guesthouse is built here and permits  are checked at a local Tibetan office lined with posters of Indian film actors and Indian film music playing!  It was a huge military headquarter with a small airstrip and it was from here that Chinese troops attacked India in 1962. The Aksai Chin road starts from here linking it to Central Asia; Khotan, Yarkand and Kashgar. The war was fought by the Chinese to protect this illegal road running  through Indian territories. Today regular bus services operate on this route for locals and tourists.

"Rutok (Rudok) was on the banks of the Pangong Lake, which is 2/3rd in China and 1/3rd in Ladakh. Having visited this lake in Ladakh, I compared with amazement the features and water of this lake. Like territories, even water was caught between the two political giants.
................................................................................................


"On return, one of the Tibetan guides cajoled us to climb a small hill, called ‘Lovers Hill’. It offered a magnificent view of the great Himalayan range dividing this part of China and Himachal Pradesh of India. Leo Pargial (Rio Purgial) rising above the Satluj gorge, Shipki la pass, Gya and all the peaks were clearly visible.6 But amazingly we also saw a large cantonment of the Chinese army with a huge star of People’s Liberation Army painted on the hill and an airstrip behind it.  It seemed that the Chinese did not mind tourists overlooking their military establishments, which I would have found it difficult to believe anywhere else.   We were photographing the mountain peaks with a telephoto lens, when suddenly a group of Chinese soldiers were seen approaching us. ‘It looks like now we will return via Beijing’, I murmured.  But the soldiers were also tourists like us, they came, looked at us, looked through our lenses at the peaks and murmuring verly good, verly good ran down  smiling!  From Shinquen we drove to Demchok , which is about couple of  kilometres  from the Indian border and the Indus, for a brief visit.  Across the political line stood the Indian Demchok.  A small monastery was all that it had to offer. What really surprised us was that our Indian passports did not deter the Chinese to allow us travel to any border areas as long as we had paid our fees and our visas were stamped with these places marked on it.  In fact throughout my three visits no officials, army or administration ever raised any objections to my Indian passport or ever looked up with a suspicious glance."

But any straying, such as private conversations with tibetans unreconciled to Chinese occupation, would immediately have been reported, and acted on, safe bet. 
................................................................................................


"Now we were to enter the third part of Tibet, where the holy places of Kailash, Manasarovar, Tirthapuri and Tholing math are situated. Some of these areas has strong associations with India as many Hindu pilgrims throng here nowadays."

When did they not? 

It was, always, much more a question of possibility, than of wishes. Pilgrims from India had, always, trekked to the various remote places of Pilgrimage in Himalaya, despite all hardships, then too. And now too, hardships aren't all that different, especially at Kailash-Mansarovar, what with facilities by China being primitive. 
................................................................................................


"Trek from Nepal to Western Tibet


"During my first visit to Tibet, I had trekked across the border from Nepal, a most favoured route for trekkers. We flew from Kathmandu to Nepalgunj and Simikot. Trekking along the Karnali we slowly gained ground to reach the border across Nara la (pass). On some stones we saw slogans Maowadi Zindabad  (Hail Mao Communists).  Little did we realize that this was the starting of trouble, which has engulfed western Nepal today and stopped any approach through this route.   Soon we approached the border where a stone marked ‘The Entry point into Tibet’. It was ironically erected in early 1962 when China had solved its border problems with Nepal but later in the same year attacked India for the same problem. We passed our first huge monastery of Khojarnath. This monastery being situated next to the border was saved from destruction during the infamous Cultural Revolution, when the hardened band of Red Guards destroyed much of the cultural heritage of Tibet. The Lamas ran away across the border with almost everything and returned after the fury was over. It has huge Hindu influence and many parts have paintings of Hindu Gods and Goddesses."

Needless to say, neither Khojarnath nor "gompa near ..." leads to finding anything on Google maps, since China not only changes all names to Chinese ones, but prevents search by any other names. 

Wonder if that's true of Peking, Canton, et al? Probably not. It's only Tibet that's - fractured, and - on the way to bring wiped out completely. 
................................................................................................


"Purang the district headquarters for this part of Tibet was near. We completed entry formalities and found special quarters for Indian tourists and pilgrims along with many hotels.  The streets have a variety of goods being sold (Indian currency was accepted!)  and barbeque meat seemed was  the preferred delicacy. Walking the streets, we suddenly came across a group of fancily dressed ladies.   Obviously, they were not locals, but the ‘comfort girls’. They had travelled long distance from mainland China to practice the ‘oldest profession of the world’ here for the benefit of the large garrison of the Chinese soldiers, a regular feature near all army stations in Tibet.  At the outskirts of Purang, on a hill stood the ruins of the Purang (Taklakot) fort. This was the fort that had housed several prisoners who were tortured. Sydney Wignall, a Britisher in his book Spy on the roof of The world mentions his interment in this fort and the sufferings he had to endure.
................................................................................................


"The road from Purang passes Toyo village, which houses a memorial to the great Dogra General, Zorawar Singh who died here in battle. The Dogras starting from Kishtwar had conquered Ladakh and marched eastwards into Tibet. The Chinese and Tibetans withdrew and allowed them deep inside. When the winter approached, the Dogra army was trapped in these inhospitable surroundings and was attacked by the defenders.7 On December 12, 1841, gallant Zorawar Singh fell to a bullet in the war - his army was massacred with the usual Mongoloid ruthlessness. Taklakot  (Purang) was abandoned. The flag of Lahore Durbar, however, continued to flutter in Leh. The Tibetans believed Zorawar to be a powerful person and in their primitive superstition began chopping his body and collecting different parts for strength.  Some body parts were buried at Toyo where a monument was erected and the place of worship is locally known as ‘Singhba  chorten’."

Another name that, when searched, Google maps bring forth a basket of gurdwara, oatjs and even a church, all in India, but nothing in Tibet. 

Why don't Google maps simply respond with facts? Say, 

"Search not allowed - by China - for locations in Tibet except only by official Chinese names, assigned after 1959"? 

Or similar statement. 
................................................................................................


"Manasarovar and Kailash area


"A long winding two-lane road now takes visitors comfortably and fast to Raksas Tal and Manasarovar with the grand view of the holy Kailash. We gave a lift to a Chinese army officer in our car. After initial hesitation I was chatting with him as he spoke fluent English and seemed rather friendly. He was a philatelic stamp collector and we decided to exchange Indian and Chinese stamps, which we did later by post. At the first view of Manasarovar and Kailash I watched him curiously.  As we alighted, he did a proper namaste to Kailash and Manasarovar and kneeling down on ground like any other Tibetan performed a chham.  We Indians were brought up with hatred towards the Chinese, but such gestures and our experiences clearly portrayed that all are not cruel and non-believers like western writers would like us believe. We met many friendly Chinese soldiers and except once at Saga, we were never stopped photographing anything that we wanted to."

It was never officially taught - the 'unfriendly Chinese' bit - but matter of experience, whether by Indian visitors and diplomatic corps families in China then, or Indians and Europeans visiting Chinese restaurants in US, where - after they'd responded with affirmative when asked if thry were open, we were asked us to pay before soup because 'the accountant had to leave, for some emergency', and then, after we paid, extremely rude harassing treatment would ensue, screeching at us to leave, asking if we meant them to wait on us whole night! This screeching was around 9:30p.m., within about five minutes of us having paid, within two minutes of having finished soup, and within half an hour of having been welcomed and told to stay as long as we wished, when responding to our query about their being open. 

Afterwards, European contingent remarked about how Indians were friendly and Chinese hostile - not merely rude, but hostile - and this remarkable was to someone who fought for India, on every possible topic, including India's rights to nuclear power. 
................................................................................................


A photograph here of Mount Kailash, titled 

"Kailash rising above  Barkha Plains."!!!

This title is intriguing, but equally startling is the clearly visible seemingly staircase, at higher reaches of the pyramid shaped face of Kailash from this angle. 
................................................................................................


"A lot has been written about Manasarovar and Kailash, which has a central place in Hindu philosophy and the Indian mind.  The real reason could be geographical as four major rivers, which supply water to India, originate in the vicinity of this lake. The Indus flows towards the west and after entering Ladakh, takes a huge turn to flow south into the Arabian Sea across Pakistan. The Yarlung Tsangpo (or only the Tsangpo) originates at the foot of Mayum la near Manasarovar and flows across the Tibetan plateau to the east where the passage is blocked by the great massif of Namcha Barwa and Gyala Peri. Making a stupendous gorge between these two peaks it finally turns south and enters India, to the plains of Assam where it is called the Brahmaputra. Finally it merges with the Bay of Bengal."

Why does Kapadia insist on mentioning pak and avoid mentioning the separated half Bangladesh? Both are equally part of Mother India, however tourniquated off from heartland, for sake of West warring against Russia. 
................................................................................................


"From the southwest of Manasarovar near Tirthapuri originates the Satluj, flowing past the old kingdom of Guge. It passes through a gorge at foot of Shipki la to enter Kinnaur and flow into the Punjab plains to merge finally with the Indus. Towards the south from the foot of Gurla Mandhata originates the Karnali river, which flowing through Nepal ultimately joins the Ganga. Thus major water sources of India, apart from the Ganges, originate north of the Himalaya and particularly from vicinity of the Manasarovar and Raksas Tal lakes.  The channel between these two lakes called Ganga chu, is situated almost on the same longitude as the holy confluence of Ganga, Jamuna and the mythical Saraswati at Allahabad in India. These factors may have given a religious halo to the peak and the area. Perhaps some day a researcher would discover that early saints and Indian shastras (holy books) actually knew about the geographical significance and hence declared the area holy. There are gold mines at Thok Jalung, on the channel between the two lakes.8"

Kapadia obviously experienced nothing. 
................................................................................................


"Amongst several travellers and pilgrims that have visited these areas Swami Pranavanand, an Indian traveller stands out. He stayed here for several years and explored all aspects thoroughly. His two books, Kailash and Mansarovar and Explorations in Tibet are the most authoritative references on the area.9 E. Kawaguchi, a Japanese monk travelled here is disguise has narrated experiences in his book Three Years in Tibet. The greatest view from Manasarovar area is of the Indian Himalayan peaks rising in the south and seen at about at same height due to curvature of earth. No wonder Tibet is called the ‘Roof of the World’. Extending from Nanda Devi, Kamet, Abi Gamin, Mukut Parvat, the range extend towards the peaks of the western Himalaya. This is a stupendous panorama and worth travelling to just for the view ."
................................................................................................


"Tirthapuri, Tsaprang and Guge


"We travelled southwest from Manasarovar to Tirthapuri and as tradition has it, any Tibetan pilgrim before visiting Kailash, has to pay obeisance here. This was the extent of Hindu influence into this area as Indian gurus from the south had reached here centuries ago. The Satluj originates from the plains below Tirthapuri  where the watershed divides the  Indus and the Satluj  river systems.  There are several shapes of mountains, which curiously resemble Nanda Devi. There is a hole through which you put your hand and pick up three stones. The three white stones signify  your karma to be very pure leading you to heaven and three black stones send you towards hell.  Luckily everybody falls in between, picking some white and some black stones!."

Neither Tirthapuri nor really Guge, but Tsaprang leads to a spot identified only in Chinese script, with 'Guge hotel' nearby. 
................................................................................................


"From Tirthapuri we drove across Bogo la (pass) to enter the southernmost district of Tsaprang. No words can describe the scenery, which must be seen to be believed. Surreal colours of mountains, deep gorges, backdrop of range after range of unbelievable shapes of peaks, was captivating.  The high peaks of the Himalaya and Mana pass were on the horizon. The Satluj flowed in the centre of the range, forming a wide gorge. No wonder, so many travellers and pilgrims  were attracted here. We camped little before the Satluj gorge and on the next day crossed  a bridge, to reach the small township of Tholing (Thuling). The Tholing math (a typical Indian expression for a Hindu ashram), was established by Adi Guru Shankaracharya who was the earliest person to have crossed the Himalaya across Mana pass from the Indian shrine of Badrinath. He had performed Hindu initiation rites on the King of Guge, under whose kingdom this area fell. He carried back a statue, a mix  of Buddha and Vishnu, to be consecrated at the Badrinath temple. Later an earthquake destroyed it and now a new statue has been consecrated.

"The Tholing math, near a modern town was in ruins with a very eerie feeling. In the centre was a typical square where a Hindu would perform a havan (puja with fire) and the wall must have had  huge statues of Hindu Gods and Goddesses.  All this was ripped apart during the Cultural Revolution in 1967-1974.  Today, the monument stands in ruins. As a sign of changing times, the Chinese had put up boards that these temples were destroyed during the cultural revolution, a kind of an expression of regret, and we could see Chinese archaeologists measuring and photographing the area.  We were told that a major restoration drive based on old pictures is likely to be conducted.
................................................................................................


"A few kilometres from Tholing stand the ruins of Guge, a place of mystical quality.  A huge fort stood here and today, though you can see only ruins, one is awestruck by its magnificence. From the Satluj valley at its foot you see a high hill in a brilliant setting, with many holes, which soon turn out to be caves, mud walls and monuments. Inside are paintings, which have luckily remained intact, showing the variety of visitors to the court of the King of Guge and Indian Gods and Goddesses.  Jesuit Father Andrade had crossed Mana pass after Shankaracharya had stayed here and converted the King to Christianity!  After a few years, the local lama clergy  took objection and rose in revolt. The King had to run away for a few years and he returned as a Buddhist to restore the kingdom.

"The centrepiece of attraction at the Guge ruins  is the Winter Palace. It is a huge cave through which one has to descend  and its dark rooms with small windows are uniquely placed to keep the King and his entourage warm during the very cold winters of the Tibetan plateau. It offers a good view and gives you the feeling of how the King must have spent long months of winter, warm but without many  of the modern day comforts. 

Next Kapadia gives two photographs, exquisite, one each, of Tholing math and Kumbum monastery. 
................................................................................................


"This is what Lama Govinda, a spiritual traveller from England, had to say about Tsaprang and Guge. 

"It may be that the others might have felt oppressed by the loneliness and strangeness of the place, but to us it was just paradise – an enchanted world of rock formations which had crystallised into huge towers, shooting up thousands of feet into the deep blue sky, like a magic fence around an oasis, kept green by the waters of springs and mountain brooks. A great number of these nature-created towers had been transformed into dwellings- into veritable “skyscrapers” – by the people who had lived here many hundreds of years ago. They had ingeniously hollowed out these rock-towers from within, honey combing them with caves, one above the other, connected by inner staircases and passages, and lit up by small window-like openings.   (Lama Angarika Govinda, Way of the white clouds,  p.232)"
................................................................................................


"Rongbuk and Everest Base Camp


"With this the third part of Tibet was over and the only thing that remained was the visit to the Rongbuk monastery at the foot of Everest.  We crossed the Tsangpo by a ferry at Saga (where a bridge is now being built) and drove to the banks of the beautiful Paigusto Tso, admiring the northern face of Shisha  Pangma. A rough road, now a major shortcut, took us to the Rongbuk monastery, looked after by several nuns.10  Many Everest expeditions have  camped here and today, vehicles reach the base camp, which has built-in toilets, quarters for liaison officers and in season you can imagine  over 300 tents spread around. The stories of ascents of Everest from the north are many. As a vignette from the Younghusband days, small colourful ekkas drawn by mules would have taken tourists from the monastery to the base camp. The Everest was almost within touching distance and the play of light at different times of the day would have to be  seen to be believed. Last rays of sun made the mountain golden soon to be followed by reflections of radiant moonlight. One from our group had tears in her eyes looking at this magnificence."
................................................................................................


"Return 


"We drove back to Tingri for the descent from the Tibetan plateau cutting across the Himalaya at Thorong la. It was a natural route passing between wide gorges, the Milarepa Cave en route was a holy place but the townships of Naylam and Zhangbo, were as crowded and dirty as can be and filled with moneychangers and trucks. The custom formalities were completed here and soon we passed the Chinese flag to cross the ‘Friendship Bridge’ to Nepal. Hundreds of Nepali porters scrambled to carry luggage across the bridge for a small payment.
................................................................................................


"As we had our first coffee the Indian influence was all around us.  Several pictures of Hindu Gods, film stars and cricketers adorned the walls of every restaurant, barber’s shop and shopping area . But the major statement was made by the display Dalai Lama’s picture at almost every place -- a picture that was banned by the Chinese to be taken into Tibet. Having experienced Tibet’s material development by China, which perhaps Tibetans would have never achieved by themselves for a long time, triggered many discussions on what was better, the material progress as we had seen or this symbol of Dalai Lama’s photograph which portrayed freedom and spiritual realism? It was a hard choice.11"

Hard choice? 

Ask any prisoners. 

Didn't many Indians opine, post independence, that British rule was better? Yet few migrated, compared to them. 
................................................................................................


"In a shop we saw stickers being sold -  the Indian flag with a message written on, ‘India – Love it or Leave it’, a message by the Dalai Lama for the Tibetan population now sheltering in India.  Our choice of course, was obvious. We loved India and were soon back home having experienced Tibet from Younghusband’s days to modernity."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
August 31, 2022 - September 01, 2022. 
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
SECTION 2 : ARUNACHAL PRADESH
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"The best time to visit the Arunachal Pradesh is late autumn or early winter. Rest of the time it may rain or weather may be foggy, denying one pleasures of mountain views. Being a cloth merchant in Mumbai for  thirty years this was peak of business time, coinciding with Diwali and  the Hindu New Year. Thus until my premature   retirement from business a couple of years ago, I had missed visiting this range. There are not many who have gone deep in these hills and forests, especially due to restrictions imposed on travel after China’s  designs on this land. Now as the area gradually awakens, there is much pleasure that awaits a traveller, trekker and climber. The forest are forbidding but the best you will find in the Himalaya, mountains are remote but magnificent and people are out of their isolation recently, but are friendly. There is no better invitation to enjoy this area."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 01, 2022 - September 01, 2022. 
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
2. TSANGPO - THE FINAL EXPLORATION 
(Exploring the Tasngpo – Siang bend) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"The Brahmaputra, one of India’s mightiest rivers, originates in lake Manasarovar in Western Tibet. It starts off as an unimpressive rivulet and cleaves an easterly course across the Tibetan plateau. The river, called Yarlung Tsangpo (Tsangpo means ‘river’ in Tibetan) in Tibet, steadily swells up being fed by glacial melts from the Himalaya. It takes a southern course at the Namcha Barwa massif in what is known as the Tsangpo gorge. Further south, at Pemako, the river tumbles over a giant waterfall, thus acquiring the energy and momentum with which it sweeps into India. Over a century explorers and mapmakers were puzzled as to where and how the Tsangpo cuts through high mountains and after the gorge, which direction it takes. One school of thought believed it to proceed further east to join the Irrawaddy or the Salween and flow into the Myanmar. Others believed that it flows south into India what is now, Arunachal Pradesh. But here too it was matter of conjecture as to how it flowed south: to the Subansiri, or into the Siang (also called the Dihang) or into the Dibang further east. Due to various names and hostile tribal areas, the course could not be fully investigated. The final question was that does it flow into the Assam plains to form the Brahmaputra? ​ 

"Aerial photography and satellite imagery have now confirmed beyond doubt that the Tsangpo enters India, is called the Siang and forms a major tributary of the Brahmaputra. But, all said and done, seeing is believing, and nobody had done that so far, that is reaching the spot where Tsangpo flowed into India to be called the Siang.
................................................................................................


"The Tsangpo bend expedition 2004 was organised with two main objectives: firstly, to reach the bend where Tsangpo enters India and secondly to see if Namcha Barwa could be viewed from the Upper Siang valley. The expedition comprised of Harish Kapadia, Motup Chewang and Wing Commander V K Sashindran.

"We had come only some distance after landing at the Dibrugarh airport. The first thing we noticed in Dibrugarh was the drive  through the famed tea gardens. The one nearest town was called Cha Khowa, it being the first one to be established by the British more than a century ago.  Cha means tea and Khowa  means plant so this name, given by the British, was simple as it meant ‘tea garden’. Soon we crossed the mighty Brahmaputra in a huge ferry, which accommodated four army trucks and a number of people on this two-hour ride across. As the boat was expertly navigated looking between two bamboo poles as indicators, and going through several channels, we relaxed on the upper deck.2"

Kapadia gives a photograph of spectacular Brahmaputra Valley gorge, enclosed in greenery and flanked by mountains. 
................................................................................................


"The Long Winding Road


" ... We immediately started our journey via a roundabout road to Tuting from where we would start our trek. The first halt was at Ziro in the Kamla river valley. The drive was amidst thick forests and you could observe a variety of people and their customs on the Apatani Plateau famed for its beauty and local customs.

"This Siang Frontier Division (now known as Upper Subansiri) had recorded an unfortunate incident of massacre at Achingmori in 1953.  Hostile Tagin tribes inhabited these   valleys and they had a distrust of visitors.   A party of Assam Rifles was resting in this village with their weapons stacked at one side. They were unarmed and were distributing salt as a gesture of goodwill.  All of a sudden, locals attacked them and they were massacred to a man. The main reason was that this party had employed porters from another Abor sub-tribe, whose members while accompanying the previous column had caused much harassment to the villagers. The Assam Rifles were out for blood and the retribution for such hostile acts   was burning of entire villages, a practice well established since  the British times. But the then Governor Jairamdas Daulatram, on advice of Nari Rustomji, an administrative officer who loved and understood tribals, ordered not to act aggressively. The culprits were arrested and punished but villages were not burnt.  Locals were waiting for their houses to be burnt and were quite surprised when this did not happen.  This allowed for the first inroads of acceptance to be made by the Indian officials in the area.3
................................................................................................


" ... Christianity is prevalent here and there was a large Baptist church at Ziro and many small churches built in bamboo huts. This was the earliest spread of the religion in the area and villagers who earlier followed ‘Donyi-Polo’ (the Sun and Moon Gods) religion were converted to Christianity. Though foreigners are not allowed to enter Arunachal Pradesh, local priests who are trained at Shillong, continue the worship. ... "

Who conducts training at Shillong?
................................................................................................


"We drove to Daporijo in the Subansiri valley, across a high ridge of Joram Top. ... "

" ... We saw large fields of chillies being grown, in a variety of colours and shapes. These were very hot but no Arunachal meal is complete without a dose of hot chillies. One particular variety  is known as the ‘Mithun Mirchi’ (mithun chilly) as it  is so strong that by eating it even a Mithun  can be tamed.  These were small but extremely potent chillies, the jaan leva khursani, (mirchi that can take life). Eat three of them, and your life could be in danger. Our friend Motup ate some mithun mirchis and literally for weeks, he complained  of serious acidity."

"​ Soon we were at Along which was the original trade centre for salt and was called ‘Alo’. The next day after completing formalities we started driving towards Tuting along the Siyom river. The clear water of the Siyom began to merge with the muddy flow of the Tsangpo. The first view of Tsangpo, (called the Siang or Dihang here) was stupendous.  It now led us to our destination."

"Ahead, as our taxi negotiated a sharp bend at village Pakong and Jengging, the three of us suddenly shouted ‘Waah’ shocking the driver that major part gone wrong. Far in the distance were the peaks of Namcha Barwa and Gyala Peri. It was rather rare to have got a clear view for we were told that almost throughout the year the area remains cloudy and foggy. ... "
................................................................................................


"By late evening we were comfortably stationed in the Rest House at Tuting and making our final arrangements. It was a small little village with Dipun Peak (3338 m) rising in background. Yang Sang chu drained into the Tsangpo from the east. This valley contains several trekking opportunities with high altitude lakes and the peak of Doni Lipik  (4612 m)5 The only attraction in Tuting was ruins of a Dakota aircraft, which crash-landed here in 1988. We visited village Jiddu across the Tsangpo crossing over a Foot Suspension Bridge or FSB and we were to cross many such FSBs during our trek. These bridges were locally constructed of bamboo planks over steel wires. Many times they slanting on one side, some footholds are broken, swings  high over  turbulent river, but it gets you across ! Tuting in a way was the end of the inhabited world for only about two small villages were situated ahead and a special clearance was required to proceed further.   These last kilometres from the Indian side would physically link up the exploration of   Kinthup and the British."
................................................................................................


"The Riddle of the Tsangpo ​  


"In 1715, Fathers Ippolito Desideri and Manuel Freyre stood on Mayum La and were the first outsiders to view the source of the Tsangpo.  They travelled along the Tsangpo to reach Lhasa. Their report that this was the beginning of the great river was confirmed only in 1913. Several other explorers followed them. Among them were George Bogle (1774) who described the middle course, Thomas Manning (1811) who followed the route of Desideri from its source, Edmund Smythe (1864) and Sven Hedin. 

"​With the interest in the Tsangpo growing, the Survey of India deputed the first of its Pundit explorers, Nain Singh6 to venture here. He travelled in disguise as Tibet was closed to outsiders, and in two epic journeys, in 1865 and 1874, followed the course to Lhasa and beyond.  Reaching Chetang, east of Lhasa, he was forced to turn south as his subterfuge was revealed to the Chinese. He crossed into India at Tawang. His notes and information were invaluable. Another Pundit, Lala was deputed to continue south from Chetang where Nain Singh had reached but he failed  in 1876 and 1877.
................................................................................................


"The Chinese lama unfortunately sold Kinthup to slavery and disappeared.  Kinthup escaped and reached Marpung, 35 miles (56 km) downstream but was captured. However later he was allowed to go on a pilgrimage. He crossed the Tsangpo to opposite bank and prepared 500 logs with special markings. These were to be thrown into the Tsangpo, and if they appeared in the Brahmaputra it would conclusively prove the course of the river.  ​ 

"In 1882, he was allowed on another pilgrimage to Lhasa from where he arranged for a letter  to  be sent to Nem Singh in Darjeeling informing Harman about the logs and dates when he would throw them in water. Unfortunately Harman had left India and the letter was not opened. Not knowing this Kinthup returned to Marpung and threw logs into the river. Afterwards he followed the Tsangpo down stream as far as small village Onlet (Olon). It was close to Dalbuing (called Tarpin by Kinthup).  He could see the haze of the Assam plains and a small village (Korbo?) on the banks of the Tsangpo in India. He was about 40 miles (64 km) in a straight line from the border. He returned to Darjeeling in 1884 and took up his old job as a tailor. Two years later the Survey debriefed him, but he was  hardly believed. It was only in 1913 that his description was acknowledged as remarkably accurate.7
................................................................................................


"Attempts to follow the course of the Siang/Tsangpo upstream from Assam were abandoned due to tribal conflicts. F. M. Bailey8, who was a member of the Younghusband expedition to Lhasa, explored the Lohit. As the Lohit flowed from Tibet, north to south in to India, that left no room to doubt that the Tsangpo had to be flowing south into the Brahmaputra as it could not cross the Lohit to go east to the Irrawaddy basin.   Later he joined General Hamilton Bower’s Abor expedition to go further north. In 1911-12 A. Bentick followed Kinthup’s steps but challenged Kinthup’s discoveries.  As a result F. M. Bailey returned to the area to check the topography. H. T. Morshead9, a surveyor accompanied him . They travelled east of the Tsangpo to Showa and then turned west to Gyala Sindong to try to locate the falls at Pemakochung. He found Kinthup’s topographical descriptions accurate except that the waterfall was on a side stream and not on the Tsangpo. They travelled upstream along the Zayul  river (the Lohit in Assam) and by late June reached Shugden gompa (monastery). He discovered that a river not far to north from here, the Nugong Asi chu, ran into the Tsangpo. He was very near to the border, as it is now known!

"Finally they travelled upstream to Chetang and turned south to reach Tawang and Darjeeling.   Details of their travels formed the basis on which the McMahon Line was drawn on the maps at the Shimla conference in 1914, which determined the borders between India and Tibet.  Kinthup was summoned to Shimla, debriefed again and given Rs. 3000 for his services. He died in Darjeeling in 1915, relatively an unsung hero who had done much to explore the course of the Tsangpo.  Though journeys of F M Bailey and Kinthup had effectively settled the doubts bout the exact course of the Tsangpo one gap of 40 miles (64 km) on each side, remained to be explored.  On the north the Chinese have presence near the entry point to India."
................................................................................................


"Pemako ​ 


"The area from where the Tsangpo flowed between Namcha Barwa and Gyala Peri was known as Pemako one of the holiest parts for Buddhist pilgrims The Pemako region extends across the political borders till Yang Sang chu valley near Tuting and the whole region was a site of pilgrimage for Tibetans, Monpas and Adi  for circumambulation. Tensing Norgay’s wife Daku was on a pilgrimage to holy Devakota cave in the Pemako area when due to the altitude sickness she passed away.10

"In 1924 Captain F. Kingdon Ward and Lord Cawdor managed to close the gap further. They climbed down the gorge at several points and it convinced them that the river dropped fast and dramatically thousands of feet in more or less unbroken rapids but there was no possibility of any waterfall. They could not proceed further down stream towards India.11
................................................................................................


"The bend unfolds: Tuting to Gelling


"It takes 3 to 4 hours to go to Gelling from Bona, where the road ends. Gelling is the last village on the right bank of the river inside India. It is a large village and is the seat of the local Panchayat. From Bona, the trail runs parallel to the river rising and falling gently. The passes through paddy fields at the base of the hill on which Gelling (1220 m) is situated. From the foot of the hill it was a continuous one and a quarter hour climb to Gelling.12 Our porters, like all in Arunachal, were carrying the dao, ( a sharp longish iron blade knife). These are used for a variety of purposes and no one will move without a dao attached to his waist. It is almost like a piece of clothing. And as for modern gadgets, they carried a cricket bat and would start playing the game at the slightest opportunity. Cricket near the Tibetan frontier was a novelty !
................................................................................................


"Kepang La 


"​Kepang la, situated northwest of Gelling village, could be reached in an hour or two. At 1915 m it is a well  trodden pass. The ridge to the west and east of Kepang la, forms a part of the McMahon Line, called here as ‘Line of Actual Control’ (LAC). To the northeast of the village is a high vantage point at 2073 m.

"In 1962 the Chinese invaded the NEFA territories. Though the main force of attack was near Tawang, several columns came down in the eastern sections down the Lohit and Walong.  One attack was on Kepang la. In a skirmish two Indian soldiers were killed and there is a small monument in their memory at this pass.  Another column came down Lushe la further west. The Chinese had reached Tuting, burnt some villages and retreated later. The Indian army moved up in strength, constructed roads and camps so today one can travel through the lower valleys by road till Tuting.  These allowed an easier approach but the romance of exploration of the Tsangpo was not over as yet!"
................................................................................................


"Bishing ​ 


"From Gelling we had to descend all the way down to the river in an hour and crossed it on a FSB that was 200 m long. In the next two hours, the trail climbed up to Bishing. A huge waterfall, called Sibi Dingo, probably 160 m high, hurtles down from the ridge above the village. It dominates the last half an hour of the walk and must be awesome in the monsoons.
................................................................................................


"Many old accounts of this region and maps mention a place called Korbo located on the left bank of the river on the foot of the ridge that forms the Top Spur. As per maps, if coming from Tibet, this should be the first village in this valley on the Indian side. We were shown a major clearing below Bishing, where the earlier village existed. Since 1963 Korbo (the Tibetan name) shifted to Bishing (970 m) which is a typical local name."

Effect of Chinese attack? 
................................................................................................


"Bishing village is the quaintest one that we passed on the trek. Rice is grown in the fields close to the river. Higher up on the hill slopes where irrigation is not possible, the forest is cleared for growing millet, maize and pumpkin in jhum cultivation style. Once a piece of forest is cleared, that area is cultivated for 3 –5 years. It is then abandoned and the cultivators move to a new location. In any other part of the world, one would have serious reservations about this system, entailing cutting down forests, but here, the vegetation grows so fast and so densely that deforestation is unlikely to occur in the normal course of events. There was a row of granaries, called kinsung, on the northern edge of the village. These wooden structures built on stilts, were used to store rice, maize and pumpkins. . The peculiar feature is the presence of a circular flat piece of wood sitting on top of every stilt below the superstructure. These are built to keep rats and snakes away.
................................................................................................


"26th November was a clear morning. Motup and Sashindran left with local guides to climb a ridge behind the village towards Pema Jong. Going up steeply they cut through forest to reach the high ridge. And they were rewarded with a magnificent view of high Namcha Barwa glittering like silver in horizon. At its foot was the great bend of the Tsangpo as it enters India. After their energetic efforts, we were now eager to reach our destination. ​ 

"That evening, a full moon night, we sat around campfire and apong (local beer) was served freely. The local ladies after a hard day’s work came out in their finest dress and were singing songs, which we did not understand, but appreciated. As the wood turned to ambers, a great bonhomie prevailed among this variety of people, which represented almost all of India. Our porters from lower areas of Arunachal were Adis, people of Bishing were Monpas who had migrated from Tibet. My staff was from Kumaun, far away in Uttaranchal, our friends were from Assam and member Motup Chewang was a Ladakhi, (short, stout and strong), Wing Commander V. K. Sashindran, a Brahmin Iyengar from Chennai in south India (providing intelligent talk and medical care) and me, a Gujarati from Mumbai thrown in (like a good pickle) for good measure. Plenty of fruits were served for our pleasure and we ate oranges like never before. Although close to the Tibetan border, we were at lower altitude, as the plateau of Tibet did not rise for several kilometres ahead."
................................................................................................


"To Guyor La, on the Line of Actual Control (LAC)


" ... The river takes a southerly turn below Bishing. It is probably 4 –5 km as the crow flies from this bend to the point where the river enters India. We descended to the river, passed Korbo and then skirted up the ridge on the northern bank of the river. The dense forest and ensnaring vines made the going tough. It took four hours to reach Kasi nala (1220 m)- our campsite for the next two nights.

"Trekking in the forest was a novel experience. Our guide Yonton would walk in front preparing a trail by hacking vegetation. The other guide Shering would be clearing  thick branches above. The branches were in the habit of dropping leech snakes or other insects on the encroaching travellers. This was despite the fact that this was the best season (without rain), to be trekking in these forests. In the rains or in any other season, we would have been filled with leech and attacked by snakes. There are several legends about snakes, enough to scare anyone.  For us the only saving grace was that many snakes do not appear in winter."
................................................................................................


" ... It  got dark by about 4.00 p.m.  Rice and lentils were cooked and each porter  could polish off a quantity that some of us would eat in a week.  We would start at about 4.00 a.m. when there was adequate light. . We were in the eastern India and the time zones were different.

"From this location we climbed up to Guyor la (1760 m) another pass on the McMahon Line. Unfortunately it was located in a heavily wooded area and offered no views. A metal plate nailed to a tree trunk bore the India Lion insignia and marked where our territory began. The porters had been vexed by the climb up to Kasi nala and were determined not to return the same way. While we were away at Guyor la some of them charted a trail to the riverbank. The next day we descended steeply to the river and camped on the bank of the Siang (the Tsangpo). There was no dearth of firewood as the riverbank was strewn with driftwood. We were reminded of the remarkable effort by Kinthup to throw marked wood in the river. The open space was a welcome respite from the claustrophobic campsite at Kasi nala."
................................................................................................


"The Final Exploration: To the Tsangpo – Siang Bend


"The next day we set off on our final objective – the bend in the river.  The trek involved walking across boulders strewn on the riverbank by a landslide in the past followed by an ascent to traverse a cliff. The winding Siang touched the rock cliffs at several places and all these have to be surmounted with difficulties by climbing along the cliffs, traversing in the forest above and then descending on the other side. The traverse was 1.5 km long and through thick foliage. A descent followed by a few kilometre’s walk brought us to a point on the river bank from where the bend on the Tsangpo can be clearly seen. Huge rocks offer vantage positions for photography. Steep slopes covered with impenetrable forest make the ‘Spur Tip’, the border point, inaccessible, though only a little away. The river made a  ‘S’ shaped bend as it entered Indian territories. The top spur projects into the concavity of the second bend. At the opposite end of the second bend along its right bank is the mouth of Nugong Asi nala which today marks the official boundary between India and China on the river. The snow-capped Dapang peak (5570 m) in Tibet, near Shugden gompa reached by F. M. Bailey, was visible at the head of the valley.  The Tsangpo entered India at 580 m. The altitude at our camp, four kilometres downstream was 568 m. This gradient is maintained all the way to Pasighat and this explains the velocity of flow. Watermarks on the rocks and cliffs show that it rises by 5 to 15 m during the summer months." 

Again, when searched on Google maps, neither Dapang peak nor Shugden gompa result in locating either, but lots of gompas far away are shown; and while the specific gompa might have actually been destroyed, surely a mountain peak in Himalaya wasn't destroyed by China? 

So really, Google maps ought to reply "forbidden search" or "guess he new - Chinese - name if you wish to locate the place". 
................................................................................................


"In India the Tsangpo, called the Siang (or Dihang), flows past Tuting to meet the Siyom at Pangin and flows down to Sadiya in the Assam plains. Here, joined by the Lohit and the Dibang, it becomes a large river and is called the Brahmaputra. It flows through the Assam valley to Bangladesh, now called Meghna. Finally it merges into the Bay of Bengal. The small rivulet originating near Manasarovar lake thus completes its journey in eastern India, as a large river thousands of miles away. It is a river, which posed several riddles since 1715."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 01, 2022 - September 01, 2022. 
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
3. TREKKING IN THE TAWANG TRACT (Trek on the Bailey Trail and history on 1962 War) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Visit to Tawang Tract, Western Arunachal Pradesh


"Whenever I am visiting New Delhi, I love to spend an afternoon with the famous writer Bill Aitken over a lunch. ... ‘Harish you must now visit the east’, he told me, almost like Horace Greeley’s advice to young investors.1 ‘You have gone to many valleys in the central and western Himalaya but it should not happen that you miss the eastern Himalaya like Arunachal Pradesh and Bhutan’. That was the germ that he planted in my mind a few years ago and I decided to act on it in the year 2003.  No sooner, I started planning for a trip to Arunachal Pradesh the first person that came to my mind was Romesh Bhattacharji, a retired government officer who had spend several years in the northeast. He was an authority on these areas having travelled extensively there, observed well and finally had written a book on the northeast.2 So armed with suggestions from these two gentlemen I was set to enjoy the east. And to qualify for being ‘young’ trekkers we had a good average age between three of us!"
................................................................................................


"Mountains of Arunachal Pradesh


"This part of Arunachal Pradesh from the border of Bhutan till Tsangpo (Brahamaputra)  gorge, where it enters India, is the easternmost part of the Indian Himalayan range.  It was classified as the ‘Assam Himalaya’.  Most  high peaks here lie on the McMahon Line, the international border,  or little to the south of it.  The valleys towards north across the border are flat leading to the Tibetan plains while valleys to the south fall steeply towards India into thick forest of Arunachal Pradesh.  Some of the well-known peaks are Gorichen group - a group of six peaks, Kangto 7042 m, Unnamed peaks around  6400 m and Nyegi Kangsang 6983 m. The peak of Takpa Shiri, around which both Monpas and Tibetans performed a circumambulation, Kingkor  or a Ringkor, (a wider circle), lies entirely in Tibet and both this circumambulations have now been stopped by the armies on both sides. A loss of a fine tradition! 3
................................................................................................


"Gorichen II was first climbed in 1966 by an Indian army team. Peak Kangto was climbed by the Japanese in 1988 approaching it from  the Tibetan plateau in the north. Nyegi Kangsang (6983 m) was attempted in 1995 by a team from Indian Mountaineering Foundation which mistakenly claimed an ascent, proved wrong later.  Today on the latest maps, Kangto (locally known as Sher Kangri, the ‘eastern mountain’) is 7042 m and stands as the highest peak in Arunachal Pradesh (and on the McMahon Line) and the only peak above 7000 m in the eastern Indian Himalaya, east of Bhutan. The Himalayan range east of the Tsangpo gorge, where it enters India, peters out into smaller mountains."

Google maps shows Kangto as Chinese property. 
................................................................................................


"Brief History of Tawang Tract


" ... For centuries Monpas travelled to Tibet for supplies and trade  and the area was administered by the monasteries in Tibet or by the Tibetan kings.  The head lama of Tawang monastery was appointed by the Tashilumpho gompa, Shigatse in Tibet and the sixth Dalai Lama, who was born at Tawang, travelled from here to Lhasa ."
................................................................................................


"Nain Singh


"Though Monpas and Tibetans travelled across the passes from earliest years the first known detailed account of travel and its mountains was brought by Pundit Nain Sigh. He was working incognito for  Survey of India and had travelled from Leh to Lhasa  in 1874 –75. He was surveying the area and taking notes for the British.  His intention was to proceed to Peking, but fearing detection he changed plans and turned south. Crossing Brahmaputra at Chetang in Tibet he crossed over to Tawang Tract  via the Karkang pass and reached Tawang on  24th December 1875. Local traders wanted to monopolise trade with Tibet and generally did not allow people arriving from across the border to proceed to the Assam plains. Nain Singh was forced to stay at Tawang till 17th February 1876, but during his stay he continued the survey work around the Tawang Tract. Only after depositing all his goods in Tawang he was allowed to proceed and reached Udalguri in the British territory of Assam on 1st March 1876, completing an exploration of 1405 miles (2250 km) between Leh-Lhasa-Tawang and Assam.4

Again, no results when searching for Chetang in Tibet, or Karkang pass. 
................................................................................................


" ... In 1913, in a conference at Shimla where Indians, Tibetans and Chinese participated, what is now known as the ‘McMahon Line’ was drawn on maps under Sir Henry McMahon, demarcating the boundaries between NEFA and Tibet. This line was not recognised by the Chinese though Indians and Tibetans signed it in presence  of the Chinese officials.  This became the bone of contention and led to conflict later."

Obviously British should not have accepted China's sovereignty over Tibet. 
................................................................................................


"Bailey and Morshead


"To draw the line on the map government required details of this area. Lt Col. F. M. Bailey and Capt. H. T. Morshead, two British officers were deputed by the Government to survey the Tibet-NEFA  border. The route from the south was bounded by thick forest and hostile tribes and hence it was difficult to approach from the British territories. These officers crossed the Yongyapp pass east of the Tsangpo gorge and travelled from village to village through some very forbidding country in Tibet, along the Tsangpo (Brahamaputra)  to Chayul and Tsona Dzong. From here they turned south to cross Tulung  la (pass] into what is now the Indian territory. They travelled southwards  via Mago, Lap, Pota, Poshing la to Thembang. Descending to Dirang Dzong they again turned north across Sela to Tawang. Finally they crossed westwards into Bhutan to reach the Indian plains. During this long great journey they undertook a detailed survey of the terrain and H. T. Morshead, who was a qualified surveyor, climbed several points, erected cairns and took large number of readings. This became the basis for Sir Henry McMahon, Defence Secretary,  to draw the famous  border line known after him, the ‘McMahon Line’. Their route was called the ‘Bailey Trail’.5"
................................................................................................


"1962 Indo-China War


"The war between India and China in 1962 in the mountains of NEFA  brought this area, specially the Tawang tract  to notice of the world. As the Chinese had not recognised the McMahon Line, which divided Arunachal Pradesh and Tibet, the seeds of conflict were sown early. The Chinese declared their own claim line which ran  almost near the Brahmaputra river in the Assam plains, thus claiming the entire Arunachal Pradesh as their own."

How very modest, not claiming everything ruled by mughals, since basis of Chinese claim to Tibet is treaty Tibet was forced to sign by Kublai Khan, who styled himself Mongolian Emperor of China. 
................................................................................................


"When the Chinese occupied Tibet in 1959 the present Dalai Lama fled from Lhasa and entered India from Khinzemane near the Thagla ridge on the McMahon Line, reaching Shakti and Tawang. He was welcomed by Indian troops and ultimately escorted to the Indian plains and he settled in India. This created more tension between two neighbours."

Even though the then PM of India, and subsequent congress leaders, did everything possible to not help either Tibet or Dalai Lama, but kowtowed to China in every manner except publicly physically, in every matter and manner except agreeing to give up all territories demanded by China. 
................................................................................................


"After 1959 the Chinese moved troops till the border. The Chinese government appealed for settlement of the border dispute in the west in Ladakh and along the McMahon Line in the east, but their main aim was to retain large parts of Aksai Chin in Ladakh,  through which they had built a road. The Chinese were using the dispute in the east as a quid pro quo for  the territories to be gained in the west. The situation became tense by early sixties."

There's no guarantee that such a compromise would work except temporarily, if that. Reality is very likely that China intended to occupy banks of every Himalayan river if not more. 

In any case, India needed to have defended Tibet and not having conceded Chinese claims, just as infua needed to have had a good relationship with several other countries such as Formosa, Japan and Israel, to name just a few, apart from being friends with neighbourhood countries in Central Asia and South East Asia, rather than being snobs. 
................................................................................................


"In response to aggressive movements of troops by the Chinese the Indian Government, against the advice of the Indian military, ordered establishment of forward posts in what was known as the ‘Forward Policy’. Many posts in both the sectors were established facing the Chinese in an eyeball confrontation. All the diplomatic efforts to bring a political solution to the border problem failed. Finally on the night of 19 and 20  October 1962, the Chinese attacked the Indian forces both in the eastern and western sectors. In a swift move they overran Indian posts. The Chinese forces suffering heavy loses came through the Thagla ridge, Bum la and Tulung la passes across the border in large numbers."

We remember army trucks arrive in the square in the New Delhi subarb, taking away trucks filled with fathers of schoolmates, who were neighbours, but hadn't been quite so visible as the daughters who had played in the large square vigorously every evening. 
................................................................................................


"One contingent of the Chinese soldiers came down the Bailey trail from Tulung la, Mago, Poshing la to Thembang, thus cutting through to the rear of the Indian garrisons stationed at Dirang Dzong.  This resulted in fighting and heavy loses to the Indian forces. Later after a gap of two weeks, towards mid November, the Chinese forces ran down till foothills along the Tenga river and almost reached Tezpur, causing a major panic in the city. Treasuries were evacuated, records and food stocks were burnt and many fled across the Brahmaputra.  With poor political and military leadership Indian soldiers, poorly equipped and armed, paid a heavy price and many were killed or taken as prisoners and the loss of morale and prestige was high. Villagers fled from their houses. On 19th November 1962, exactly a month after the invasion began, the Chinese Government declared a unilateral ceasefire and in next few months they withdrew back across the border. They remain across the McMahon Line, which they still do not recognise. Indian army slowly moved up the valley, at first establishing posts away from the border and today all the points  on the border are guarded by well-equipped and well-trained Indian soldiers.9"

It's unclear if Kapadia means McMahon Line when he says border, where India has posts. 

China's withdrawal was chiefly if not entirely due to US - or, more to the point, JFK - threatened quietly; the then PM of India had, despite all the bravado of non-alignment and displeasing conservative US, had sent a quiet appeal to JFK to help, and he had promptly done the needful. 
................................................................................................


"Later Years


"After the Indo-China war in 1962 the entire area remained out of bounds for mountaineers or any visitors for a long time. The first expedition to this area was in 1966  from the Indian army  to peak Gorichen II (6488 m) which they climbed. Since then Gorichen II and Gorichen East (6222 m) has been attempted and climbed by several teams. Some army officers and security personnel undertook treks on several trails along the border and their articles and notes are useful for future trekkers.  Now trekkers and climbers are welcome though the rules of the ‘inner line’ are to be followed and fees are charged to foreign trekkers.10 

"This was area which we had selected to trek and visit. The approach to Tawang starts at Tezpur and three of us flew there on 2nd October 2003, where we met our four Kumauni porters who were waiting for us at the railway station. The day was spent to look around the historic town of  Tezpur on the bank of the mighty Brahmaputra river."

Kapadia includes two beautiful photographs here, one of Tawang monastery and another of memorial to all soldiers. 

Next, Kapadia gives a map of the region marking out the events and spots. The book is becoming valuable, not just for the simple and factual descriptions and beautiful though not plentiful photographs, but equally for the maps, too - especiallygiventhatGooglemapsis prevented by China in identifying searched locations. 
................................................................................................


"The Story of Tezpur


"About a kilometre outside Tezpur stands a hill which  overlooks the vast expanse of the  Brahmaputra river. It is  known an Agnigadh or the ‘Fort of Fire’, and is associated with a legend. 

"Usha,  was daughter of Banasur, a demon. The father was much protective  and she was kept on top of this hill which was surrounded by fire, agni. The fire prevented any intrusion on the hill to protect  her chastity and education. When Usha  matured and came of age she dreamt of love with a handsome prince. She described her dream to her friend Chitralekha, a great artist, who drew the face of the person she had dreamt about. This was the face of Aniruddha, grandson of Lord Krishna. The artist Chitralekha, managed to get Aniruddha to this hill and Usha met him and married secretly. Her father, Banasur, came to know of this fact soon. Though Banasur was a demon, he was worshipper of Lord Shiva, and with his help he declared war  with forces of  Lord Krishna. Thus the two great Lords, Krishna and Shiva fought for the respective parties,  in this legendary battle of  ‘Hara-Hari’. During this battle so many people were killed that the blood flew down to the city and even made Brahmaputra red. Once peace was arrived at both parties decided to establish the city of Tezpur, literally ‘Tez’ i.e. blood and ‘pur’ meaning city;  ‘city of blood’."

Kapadia fails to mention in which language exactly does Tez mean blood; the story bring from Mahabharata, related language should be Sanskrit, not a foreign language, so the z of Tez (which identifies the word as possibly of Persian origin) is probably incorrect and used by British wrongly, instead of original j; Tej is related to light streaming from someone like a star, and Tejpur would make it city of valour. 

In fact, the name Tajapura seems more appropriate for the city being surrounded by fire to keep a beautiful young woman safe from stray males, since it'd glow and emit light, shedding light on surroundings. 
................................................................................................


"Travel to Tawang


" ... By late evening we reached the army camp at Tenga,  named after Tenga river, flowing  east into the Kameng and spent a comfortable night. 

"Next day in 25 km we reached Bomdila, the district headquarters of the West Kameng division and nowadays a popular settlement with some tourists visiting it during the season.  Crossing the high ridge after the town, we should have obtained the views of Thembang and the  Gorichen range, but the fog and clouds prevented it. The road descended to Munna and led to Dirang. From here, a steep climb led to the famous Sela pass.  At Nyukmadong we stopped at  the first major army memorial on the route. All along this road  there appeared to be a tradition of putting up many memorial stones to the soldiers who had lost life in the 1962 war with China. The tradition continued in the later years with memorials to  various army  casualties in the construction of the road or even by local villagers. Nyukmadong witnessed a furious battle between Indian and Chinese forces, the ‘Battle of Nyukmadong’. A memorial has been put up near  the road as a tribute to those brave soldiers who made the supreme sacrifice.
................................................................................................


"Climbing up steeply, the road led us to the Sela pass (4270 m), a historic and important landmark on this route.  A major  fight with the invading Chinese soldiers took place here. Indian army’s loses were heavy and several memorial standing around here tell a grim story. Immediately after Sela there is a small tarn while a narrow unmetalled  motorable road leads towards west,   to a small  but holy gompa, Banga Jang, near the  Bhutan border via Chebrila lake (17 km)."

Neither Banga Jang gomoa nor Chebtila lake can be ground by search on Google maps. 
................................................................................................


"The road descended towards the north to Jaswantgadh, so named after the valiant fighter Subedar Jaswant Singh of 4 Garhwal Rifles.  The monument erected near the Nuranang river is a tribute to the ‘Battle of Nuranang’ between the Chinese  and the Garhwal Rifles. Holding up the invading enemy  for a long time,  ultimately Subedar Jaswant Singh paid the supreme sacrifice and was killed by the enemy bullets. A large memorial stands here in his memory."

His is the very real story that's made of legendary material. 
................................................................................................


"A few kilometres ahead, you get the first view of the Tawang town, far in distance in the northwest and particularly the Tawang monastery, which is highly revered in this area. And towards north and northeast, if weather is clear,  beautiful peaks including  Yangtze, Gorichen and others appear. The road steeply descended  to Jang and crossed Tawang river, flowing from the Gorichen massif  towards west to Bhutan.. ... "
................................................................................................


"Around Tawang


" ... paying our respects to the army memorial in the centre of Tawang town. It is beautifully constructed in the style of a Buddhist chorten and with names of every soldier who laid down his life in the fight in 1962 written there – totalling 2420 ! It recalls the tragic event when in a short but brutal war, Chinese ran through from the borders on the 20th October to capture Tawang,  almost within 24 hours. In this  fight many soldiers were killed and Chinese occupied Tawang. They stayed here for almost six months, but luckily caused no harm to the local villagers or did not desecrate the Tawang monastery."
................................................................................................


"We visited Bum la (4501 m) by road. It is on the McMahon Line overlooking the Tibetan  areas.  En route we passed a tall rocky point, ‘Joginder hill’.  From top of this hill, Subedar Joginder Singh held back the Chinese forces for several critical hours before he was killed. He was the only person to have been awarded Param Vir Chakra, the highest honour of the  war."

Their stories should have been taught in schools. 
................................................................................................


"Little south of Bum la towards the east stands the lovely grounds of Geshila, where we camped for one night. The entire McMahon Line ridge,  forming the  northern border of Arunachal Pradesh,  was seen from ‘Mahipat Top’. We could see the Tawang river valley leading from Jang and Mago (consisting of two villages Nyuri and Dyuri) and to Gorichen base camp, the road leading from Jang to Sela pass and several peaks rising on the McMahon Line almost till Tulung la. The forests and the lakes around Geshila  were exquisite and any visitor to Tawang interested in mountains and nature must visit the place.

"We drove to Zimithang going towards west of Tawang passing Lumla and Gorsam chorten, a historic monument  constructed in similar style as the Bodhnath chorten near Kathmandu.  Several pilgrims make it a point to visit this chorten and in early days, Tibetans used to come across the border  to pay respects here.
................................................................................................


"Little ahead of Zimithang  lies Hathung la (pass)  and the Thagla ridge which was the scene of conflict between the Chinese and Indian forces. The dispute about this ridge and the exact alignment  of the McMahon Line here started the conflict between the Chinese and the Indian forces. Nyamjang chu (river) flows from Tibet at foot of  this ridge into the Tawang river to flow towards Bhutan.  A small grazing ground  Khinzemane  on this river at foot of the Thagla ridge became a historic location. Dalai Lama, on his flight from the Chinese forces in 1959, crossed over into India from here and later because of establishment of army posts near this river that the Chinese attacked Indian forces on the night of 19- 20  October 1962.  From Khinzemane, Zimithang and to Shakti village the Chinese ran over the Indian army brigade at Tawang and then proceeded south."

Kapadia thinks China needed a reason? Other than wanting to hit India hard, that is? Just to make India "shiver and tremble", as Chinese leaders told UN the world must do before China? 
................................................................................................


"Weather in Arunachal Mountains


"The weather in Arunachal is very fickle. A party  has to select a proper  time for a visit. The mountain range of Arunachal receives cold winds from Tibet and humid warm climate from the Bay of Bengal. It has some of the highest rain in the Himalaya and with thick forest the weather is wet and foggy. It rains heavily from April till mid September, ruling out any trekking and climbing. From then to early November is the only period when high altitude trek would be enjoyable,  with possibilities of good views in the mornings. From mid-November till March areas are snow bound, cold  and  foggy.
................................................................................................


"Thembang


" ... When the Chinese approached the village most of the population  had ran away towards Nofraq in the eastern Arunachal.  Entire village was evacuated and just at the outskirt, as the war records show, a major fight took place between the Chinese who had came down the Bailey trail and a company of the Indian army (4 Guards). Most of the Indian soldiers were killed and the Chinese loses were also  heavy. Thembang like all other places remained under Chinese control for sometime."
................................................................................................


"The climb to Lagam, a holy monastery,  began by passing through village of Semnak and then  traversing through thick forest.  The entire trek was through  finest rain forest,  so thick that routes traversed ridges, never descending to the valley.  As the ridge went up and down the trails also followed its contours. This was quite different than  in the other parts of the Himalaya like Garhwal or Ladakh, where villages are at sheltered places in the valleys  and the trails generally followed the valleys.  The exquisite forests and its varieties would require almost a separate chapter in any visitor’s logbook to Arunachal.

"The trail climbed steeply again to a disused army road which led us to Thunla, and to Thungri  a vast open ground where on our return we obtained some magnificent views. All these places were camping grounds for shepherds, locally called as Chaurikong  (‘chauri’ is female yak and ‘kong’ their places to stay).  The weather had settled down to a pattern with views up to 6 or 7 a.m. With the rising sun, the clouds will rise from the valleys and covered the entire surroundings for rest of the day. This too only in autumn months, otherwise it will be either raining or foggy all along. In fact Tilman, who was looking for Kangto and Gorichen, could not get a single view of these mountains during his travels in 1938.

"We continued on the trail along the ridge following a broad path. Even though it had not rained heavily for last few days, the roads were slushy and the broad trails were  made always through very thick forests not allowing any views of the surrounding. Forest was beautiful and a great reward,  and due to autumn and height we were spared the experience of leech clinging on to us. Along with malaria (for which we were taking tablets), dealing with leech is another problem. All villagers wore high ankle rubber boots and most of yaks or goats were bleeding due to leech-bites. Continuing  on the trail along the ridge following a broad path we stayed at Khudumbara (3420 m) and climbed to Changla, an open grazing ground, surrounded by old army bunkers.   It was 19th October 2003, exactly 41 years to the date when Chinese had attacked the Indian forces in 1962.  It was intensely cold and looking at those bunkers where Indian army soldiers had stayed with simple pullovers, small amount of ammunition and long march till Tipi behind them, one could sympathise with these brave defenders.
................................................................................................


"From Changla the trail steeply climbed to Poshing la (4170 m), a major pass en route surrounded by abandoned army bunkers.  Next morning it offered us a clear view of mountains: from Gorichen, Kangto, unnamed peaks east of Kangto to  possibly till Nyegi Kangsang. The forest and mountains with the rising sun made it a romantic point except that it was too cold and of course the view was ours only till 8 o’clock. 

"We descended via Pang la into the valley of the Sangti river. En route we passed few shepherds who were withdrawing from their base at Pota. Descending through the forest and going up the valley on the right of the Sangti river, we established ourselves at Pota, a lovely camping ground in late autumn colours. Camp was in between two nalas, one was flowing from Chhe la pass towards our northwest and Dhongchang tso (lake} towards our northeast. This was going to be our camp for next few days."
................................................................................................


"The traditional trail for Gorichen base camp runs from Jang, Mago to Chokersam. We had decided against following it as it followed the valley all along and would not have offered us the views, which we had enjoyed.  Now it was late October and the first snows arrived at Pota overnight. With Poshing la, which we had to re-cross, behind us, we quickly had to decide to return as we were warned by  GB that too much snow on the pass would prevent  horses re-crossing it. Hence in next two days we crossed Poshing la to Changla and reached Thungri. 

"From Thungri we followed abandoned army road and in a march of 18 km reached Chander (2800 m).  It was a small and primitive village but with the best views that the entire trail had to offer. The morning of 28th October was clear and magical; villagers went about their normal work, shepherds were walking towards the forest, goats were grazing around and in backdrop was the entire mountain range of the Tawang Tract and with the distance Kangto was towering over every other peak.
................................................................................................


"Mundama 


"One of the advantages of trekking in such a damp area in early winter or late autumn is the phenomena of the Mundama, which is the name in Monpa dialect for the famed ‘Brocken Spectre’. 11 

"The Bailey trail traversed  from north to south along the high ridges with valleys dropping steeply on two sides. Standing on the ridge we were exposed to the early morning sun. Our shadows falling on the damp mist clouds towards the west many times created a colourful rainbow with our shapes and movements reflected in the centre of it. This was the Brocken Spectre at the best, the Mundama.  One was lucky (as villagers told us) to see Mundama or the Brocken Spectre, and these  Arunachal valleys are blessed with this spectacular site during autumn months. 

"On one of the last days of the trek, we got up early in the village of Chander. As we walked on the edges, a beautiful sunrise from the east greeted us.  Our images were reflected in centre of a lovely rainbow to the west.  Soon several rainbows were created one after the other and we waived our hands, which were clearly seen, making different shapes. I had seen such a phenomenon of the Spectre of the Brocken, only twice before in my life. It was on a hill near Mumbai, a week before the approaching monsoon, I stood at the edge of a fort on the Western Ghats with my son, Lt. Nawang Kapadia and as we saw our imprints in centre of the rainbow on clouds we waved out. Nawang soon joined the army as a Gorkha Officer and made the supreme sacrifice in line of duty. As  I looked at myself in the Mundama at Chander  I waived my hands and gave a salute to those brave soldiers of the 1962 war who had defended this area for us to enjoy today and to my son Nawang. It was a fitting ending to a great visit to these unknown valleys."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 01, 2022 - September 02, 2022. 
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
SECTION 3 : BHUTAN
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Bhutan has few roads. The main artery is from Phuntsolling on the Indian border to Thimphu, the capital of Bhutan. The other artery runs from Thimphu to Trashiyangtse in the far east  of Bhutan. To see Bhutan in relative comfort these roads are your best bet. It allows a visitor to savour its history, people, culture and forests. From the high passes, views of Bhutan peaks are grand too. 

"Woven with a rich but turbulent and complicated history, it is a most enjoyable place to travel. One can interact with very friendly people. ... "

Kapadia notes something about Bhutan that's equally true of Tibet, except the Tibetans weren't given a choice, and visitors are opining about "development" being a fair deal in exchange for freedom lost by Tibet! 

"It is worth noting that even in times when monarchy is considered to be an archaic institution,  the Bhutanese people love and admire  their benevolent and kind King.  He lives life with austerity, cares for welfare of the state and its people. Recently the King has voluntarily set the wheels of  democracy in motion thus diluting  his own powers. A rare thing in modern world, but it is also the reason why people here opt  for absolute monarchy. Bhutan has many lessons for the modern world and this is just one of them."

Tibetans worship their ruler, Dalai Lama, despite all the hardships they have been through, despite his having neither protected nor freed them or himself, despite everything! 

If that's not love, what is? 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 02, 2022 September 02, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
4. ACROSS BHUTAN IN 18 DAYS (Traverse across Bhutan by car covering history and monuments)  
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"The invasion and subjugation of Tibet by the Chinese Communist Army was one of the most tragic events of modern times; not only because it resulted in the annihilation  and torment of countless innocent victims, but also because mankind is in eminent danger of losing one of its ancient and most successful cultures. For, whatever its imperfections in terms of modern democracy and in spite of its material poverty, the Tibetan theocratic system seems to have produced a people as content, as tolerant, as courageously independent and as free from cramping taboos as can be found anywhere.  Today, Bhutan is almost the only place where this remarkable culture still thrives on its native soil. Like Tibet itself, this small mountain kingdom has remained beyond the reach of all, but a very few western travellers. Like Tibet, true, it has in the past owed its immunity to foreign influence, largely to the policy of the Government of India to define the political integrity of neighbouring states. Unlike Tibet, it is still independent, though how long it will retain this happy position if you would dare to guess.

"Foreword by Eric Shipton. 

"From the book Two and Two Halves to Bhutan 

"by Peter Steele"

Steele probably didn't think India could defend Bhutan, either. 
................................................................................................


" ... We were in Bhutan, called by many names: The Dragon Kingdom, the Hidden Kingdom or Shangrila.1 Till recently Bhutan had kept its doors closed to onslaught of tourism and restricted number of visitors were allowed. Television, internet and films were not freely permitted till 1998. The benevolent King had intentions of protecting the traditions, culture and environment of the Kingdom – almost like what was envisaged by Shipton in the above quote. 

"At the airport ‘foreigners’ had to pay steep Visa fees and a hefty charge per day of visit.2  For Indians entry was free, no per day charges and we could use Indian currency – we are not foreigners in Bhutan except for passports.  Paro (2100 m) was a beautiful town, surrounded by forest. On the first evening we visited the small bazaar which was almost time-wrapped, with wood carved windows, small houses and dominated by a huge dzong (fort). This was going to be a usual pattern during our travels in Bhutan and we visited several huge dzongs.  We had planned to drive across Bhutan – from west to east and partake its culture, history and beauty."

Some things may have changed. In 2015 we were not only given free literature about Bhutan by some Bhutanese young on a flight from Calcutta, as we left at Bagdogra, but invited most lovingly to visit, just because we asked what they were looking at, and if they had extra copies! What's different since Kapadia is thst they said we didn't need passports, being Indian! So they invited us to extend our Sikkim visit and visit Bhutan as well. 
................................................................................................


"Early History


"Sindhu Raja, who was converted to Buddhism by Padma Sambhava (Lotus Born), was one of the earliest ruler on Bhutan, in the 8th Century A.D. For several centuries after this many Tibetan kings crossed passes to ravage green valleys of Bhutan. The main contact with Tibet was through religion. Dujom Dorjee was the first Bhutanese lama who repulsed Tibetan invasions in 1527 and controlled the entire country with the name of Dharma Raja (a king rules as per religious truths) . He built most of dzongs as defence. To devote all his time to religion he appointed the institution of Deb Raja (the king who dispenses bounty) to run the country.

"The first Europeans to enter Bhutan were Fathers Estevao Cacella and Joao Cabrel in 1627. They met the second King who was visiting Bhutan from his home at Ralung monastery near Gyantse in Tibet.  They trekked with the King and wanted to preach Christianity, but were denied permission politely.  They left for Shigatse in Tibet, where Cacella, and later Cabrel crossed back to India from Nepal.
................................................................................................


"The areas south of hilly borders of Bhutan were called duars, fertile flat lands and today home to  many tea gardens. This is a narrow strip of  land about 40 km wide and 400 km long with 18 passes (doors or duars). In 1772 Deb Judhur swept down to Cooch-Behar from Bhutan and challenged the British who were in control. Warren Hastings sent the army under Captain Jones. The king compromised and requested Hastings for peace. George Bogle was commissioned to represent the British in 1774, main intention  being  to open routes to Tibet.3   

"Dr Hamilton (1775), Captain Samuel Turner (1783), Captain Pemberton (1838) and Ashley Eden (1864) followed to open Bhutan further and establish relations with British India. Ashley Eden’s mission was  badly treated by the Bhutanese and was forced to sign a treaty for restitution of Assam duars. To punish Bhutanese for this, the British declared war on the Bhutanese in 1865, called the ‘Duar War’.

"There are three major Duars; Char Duar, Alipur Duar and Buxa Duar. The British in early 19th Century knew the importance of these tea-growing areas and hence occupied it. Bhutan attacked the British but were repulsed. Finally the ‘Sinchula Treaty’ was signed which gave these areas, including Darjeeling and Kalimpong, to the British and onwards to India. The compensation to be paid was Rs 10,000 per year a later raised by Punakha Treaty to Rs 50,000. Today it amounts to large sum and Indian government pays the sum by adjusting it against the grants given to Bhutan!."

" ... Later Bhutan remained closed to all outsiders."

" ... In last 50 years, especially with support of India, the King has become all powerful, all the better, as Bhutan has had some excellent Kings."
................................................................................................


"Modern Times, Changing Times


"With the Gorkha invasions in Nepal, many fleeing Nepalese had settled first in the duars and later in the foothills of Bhutan, for almost 4 generations now.  Some of them served as slaves of Bhutan nobles till 1963 when slavery was abolished. The father of the present King set them free. It is strange that until  the early sixties they were slaves! There are many Nepalese in Bhutan, many speak Nepali but the stigma of being a slave still remains, and there are no intermarriages."

" ... The youth are turning to India for work. Compared to Nepal, things are better but winds are blowing from all directions. Bhutan’s forests need to be protected so 2nd June, the King's birthday, has been declared as ‘Tree Planting day’. At present they say there is no corruption except at lower levels, but if this catches on and more roads are built the forests may be in danger. ... "

Here, a personal treat, a photograph of Jomolhari - although from another angle, from Bhutan. We'd seen it from Nathu la. 
................................................................................................


"The earliest climber to Bhutan was Spencer-Chapman. He had seen the peak Chomolahri (7500 m) on border of Bhutan and Chumbi valley of Tibet. Chapman climbed the peak via the south ridge in 1937.  For decades the peak was left alone. In 1970 an Indo-Bhutan armies’ team, led by Col. N Kumar attempted the peak. Two Bhutanese and two Indian officers including Col. Prem Chand and Dorjee Lhatoo reached the summit. The second attempt was mounted two days later and three climbers attempting the peak  were seen near the summit - never to be seen again. It was first believed that Chinese may have shot them. But later Chinese co-operated in trying to locate their bodies on the Chumbi side but there was no trace of them."

Which hardly goes to exonerate China, even if bodies had been found! 

"After a few years, Junko Tabie, the Japanese lady who had climbed Everest, came to climb Masagang, the highest peak of Bhutan on the border of Tibet. She failed narrowly but based on her experience, a strong Japanese team reached the summit the following year. Doug Scott, Victor Saunders and Sharavathi Prabhu climbed Jitchudrake. "

Why haven't we heard more of her and of the likes of her? 

"Soon the Government of Bhutan closed peaks for climbing  soin last two decades there have not been any major expeditions. A large area thus remains unexplored for climbers when areas  are opened."
................................................................................................


"Guru Zhabdrung Ngwang Namgyal was in the Ralung monastery south of Lhasa. The King did not like him and he was to be executed. Hence he ran away to Bhutan with a rare golden statue of Buddha. After few years the Tibetan discovered the loss and attacked Bhutan several times to recover it. The guru built this fort and hid the statue in it. When a large Tibetan force attacked, he reasoned that this statue is cause of all troubles, so he made a duplicate. When the Tibetans came to the dzong, he threw the replica into the river. Tibetans were shocked, called all Bhutanese mad for throwing away such a precious statue and went back, never to attack again. The original statue is still at Punakha Dzong but can be seen only by the Gyalpo (King) or Je Khenpo (chief lama) once a year."
................................................................................................


" ... Britain signed a treaty in 1910 agreeing not to interfere in the internal administration of Bhutan, which  in turn agreed to be guided by an advisor from Britain in matters of defence and external relations. The Gyalpo visited Delhi for the Durbar of King George V. Sir Ugyen Wangchuk died in 1926 and was succeeded by Jigme Wangchuk. Bhutan’s doors during this time remained tightly shut for the outside world and only a few foreigners entered the country."
................................................................................................


" ... A camera bag was forgotten by one of our companions in one of the three monasteries we visited and was later not traceable.  We made a big fuss and took a policeman to the monastery. The bag was returned quietly. ... "
................................................................................................


"Eastern Bhutan


"We were now driving to Mongar (1500 m) and Trashigang (1700 m) in the eastern most Bhutan. This was a thickly forested area, much less travelled.  Usually tourists do not proceed east of Bumthang, as facilities are few . We travelled across two passes, Shertang la (3000 m) and Thrumsing la (3780 m), the latter being the highest motor road in Bhutan. We missed the views but forests, again were great. Trashigang6 is the eastern most town in Bhutan.
................................................................................................


"This was botanist country, well surveyed first by F. M. Bailey in 1924. He travelled  in west and central Bhutan  and found some rare Himalayan poppies. Two more botanists, G. Sheriff and Frank Ludlow made extensive journeys to every corner of Bhutan. In 1933, they crossed from west to east and in 1934 and 1936 they collected plants from the east and crossed into Tibet. They made two plant-collecting expeditions soon after the war mainly in eastern Bhutan. Sheriff and Ludlow knew Bhutan as no foreigner had ever done before.

"These areas have  seen much modern history too. The British had already established a presence in Bhutan and such remote areas.  After the Indian Independence, an Indo-Bhutanese Treaty of Friendship and  Co-operation was signed in 1949. This allowed full access to Indians and Bhutanese in each other’s countries.
................................................................................................


"The 1962 Indo-China war changed everything for Bhutan.  It is believed that the Dalai Lama while fleeing from the Chinese in 1959, wanted to enter Bhutan from Tibet. The King refused, as he was naturally scared of the Chinese army coming into the kingdom. (The Dalai Lama has not visited Bhutan since, nor has the King, who keeps the Chinese happy, invited him!) It was a wise decision as Chinese may have taken over Bhutan for good, taking that as ruse. Dalai Lama then entered India from far eastern corner of Bhutan-Arunachal Border at Khinzemane, an area held by India but within few kilometres of the Bhutanese borders. During the war Indian troops were on the Thagla ridge, which Bhutan claimed as theirs and protested mildly. Many injured and retreating Indian soldiers came down to safety through Bhutan. The fearful King (of the Chinese) signed a comprehensive treaty with India and almost everything since then in Bhutan is linked to India.  India pours in lots of money and goods, undertakes road constructions and both armies jointly patrol the borders with China. Bhutan’s defence and  foreign affairs are in consultations with India.7  The King is wise and does not irritate Delhi. In 1971 when Bangladesh was created, at India's calling, Bhutan a member of the UN, was first to recognise it as a new country."
................................................................................................


"The Far East


"From Trashigang we drove to Rangjung monastery, 16 km away. This wonderful monastery was renovated by lamas from Mysore (South India) and had old connections with Ralung gompa near Shigatse. We were allowed to photograph inside and young lamas were studying scriptures were least bothered by our presence.
................................................................................................


"Goma Chorten, was en route to Trashiyangtse.  There was a huge rock- signifying evil in one’s mind. To purify himself Guru Padmasambhava cut it with a sword; you can see the mark. Then he meditated here; his head mark can be seen. With meditation he conquered the evil mind, but evil spirits still cropped his head as a serpent. He cleverly   buried it under the evil mind itself - under the rock. That was his simple message: conquer evil in the mind by burying it under the mind itself.
................................................................................................


Another beautiful photogph given by Kapadia, with the caption - 

"Takstang Gompa or Tiger’s Nest Monastery near Paro."

This is an unusual one, in that most other photographs one has seen show the long, winding staircase up the mountain's side leading up to the gompa. This one is slightly more frontal, and again immediately brings to mind James Hilton's Lost Horizon, and its very evocative imagined Shangri-La. Does this one have a village below the cliff, or is all of Bhutan that village? 

Next page has two more photographs of beautiful monasteries, captioned - 

"Tongsa Dzong (above) Central Bhutan and Rangjung monastery (eastern Bhutan"

Indeed, these, more than anything else one reads, are a strong pull on heart and mind to Bhutan, next to Himalaya itself. 

But then, that's the whole essence of Lost Horizon. 

"The last place we visited was Kora Chorten at Trashiyangtse, a holy circle visited by Arunachalis also. It was about 10 km away from Arunachal Pradesh- the point where I had stood a year ago!  It was a touching moment for me. Many passes lead across from here to India and for locals and Indians borders are open.
................................................................................................


"With this our travel in Bhutan, west to east was complete. Ideally we would have liked to drive out to India from Samdrup Jonkhar in the south, a much shorter route. But this road is closed due to terrorism and this was one of the last chapters in the history of Bhutan in 2000-2003. Many Bodo and ULFA8 militants of Assam, who were fighting India for separation, had entered lower eastern Bhutan in 1990s, established camps in thick forest and operated from there. As the Indian army did not enter Bhutan territories to flush them out this provided them a safe haven.

"Much pressure was put on Bhutan by India to fight these terrorists. The King pleaded against bloodshed, fearing the threat to himself and his people if he fought the militants. Finally the King had to agree to act and appeals were made by him to militants to give up arms. Finally as they did not respond the King personally led a Bhutanese army Brigade to attack the camps. The militants fled and as they entered Assam, the Indian army took over. ... "

Glad that ended well. 

" ... The Queen Mother has built a series of chortens on Dochu la (3150 m) (near Thimphu) as thanks giving to gods for this brave action by the King. ... "

Worthy of the reason and vice-versa. 
................................................................................................


" ... All that remained was to drive back the way we had come to complete our eighteen-day journey across the Dragon Kingdom. What we had witnessed and enjoyed was unparalleled natural beauty, friendly and honest people, rich culture and history with controlled tourism development. With the world changing fast Bhutan cannot be in isolation for long and we wondered what the next decade will bring for Bhutan. The King cannot keep Bhutan closed forever. Afterall, an open-air museum for future generations as well as the welfare of people is at stake.

"On the other hand Bhutan cannot allow  -all carpet-baggers who wish to visit. Bhutan will have to find the golden mean to develop the state and preserve its culture and environment. As a Buddhist tenet states; ‘Peace is not absence of chaos, it is peace within chaos’.
................................................................................................


"While returning we saw a red figure sitting on a rock on the banks of river. He was Rimpoche (Precious Teacher) of a nearby monastery and was meditating. He had a very pleasant disposition, calm and serene.  

"The Rimpoche was not disturbed with our presence and did not even look at us. He continued chanting and meditation, like he must have done for decades. I went near him, he opened his eyes. I had never seen a calmer face and quieter eyes. He continued prayers silently as we photographed him at close quarters and was not upset. As we left he waved us a good bye with a faint smile but continuing with his prayers. To me this was the true spirit of Bhutan. As long as such devotion continues, Bhutan will remain the major bastion of Buddhism, peace and serenity."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 02, 2022 September 02, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
SECTION 4 : SIKKIM
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"The first ascent of Kangchenjunga, the world’s third highest peak,  was a major event in the history of mountaineering. In 2005, as we celebrate the 50th anniversary of that historic event, the history of the peak is surely recalled. There are many people involved with the peak; many issues and institutions have flourished below its shadow. The traditions, folk-lore, Sherpas, Gorkhas, history and politics of Sikkim –are all under the watchful eyes of the peak. It is worshipped by the Sikkimese and it  blesses  hundreds of tourists who throng to get a glimpse. It towers  so high that it forces men to rise to view it and fight shadows in the mind."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 02, 2022 September 02, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
5. KANGCHENJUNGA MASSIF -  
A BRIEF HISTORY 
Kangchenjunga Story (History of mountaineering on this massif) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"No visitor to Darjeeling can fail to notice the mighty range of mountains  on the horizon. Whether  moving on the mall or sitting at Chaurasta, one would certainly notice this great range of mountains.  In fact, it is one of the prime reasons for many tourists to visit Darjeeling.  Most of the hotels are built facing this great mountain range and you can sit down on a terrace or at a coffee shop and look at this great range of peaks."

Wish we had had that!
................................................................................................


"Kangchenjunga, is the  easternmost of the 8000 m peaks. It is called ‘Five Treasures of Snow’, after its five high peaks. The highest of these five is the third highest summit in the world and  the highest peak possible to be climbed from India. The peaks stand  in some isolation from the main axis of the Great Himalaya.

"Kangchenjunga  has always been worshipped by the people of Darjeeling and  Sikkim as  God.  No one was allowed to climb it  until recent decades. Until now every climber or climbing group that has reached the summit has stayed at least 5 ft. below the top. ... "

Somehow, that feels good, despite a wonder that this has been obeyed! 
................................................................................................


" ... There are basically two major approaches to climb Kangchenjunga or reach near its base. The  approach from India is via Sikkim. One can go to Gangtok, and proceed to Chumathang and Lachen. From here a little difficult trail leads  to what is known as ‘Green Lake’.  The Green  Lake has now almost disappeared and there is only a vast camping ground on the banks of the Zemu glacier,  one of the longest glaciers in eastern Himalaya.  From this eastern approach one can see the huge east face of Kangchenjunga rising hundreds of feet above.  In fact the face is so stupendous and rises so steeply that despite being attempted first in 1929 by a German team it was not climbed till 1977. The other approach is from Nepal and it is the eastern-most peak of the Nepal Himalaya. Rising from the Kangchenjunga glacier the peak is surrounded by many other glaciers. As Siikkim was closed to foreigners till very recently, this approach from Nepal became rather popular with trekkers, explorers and mountaineers. It was by this route that the  summit was climbed for the first time. 

"Before 1949, when Nepal was closed, all approaches to climb Kangchenjunga  had to be made through Sikkim. As the Sikkimese  worshipped the peak as a deity,  no climbers were allowed in the areas near the Kangchenjunga massif, let alone climb the peak."

Where did the German team in 1929 attempt from? 
................................................................................................


"When the ‘Chogyal’ (the King of Sikkim) was asked for  permission to climb Kangchenjunga from the Indian side, he was told that the first summitters of the peak  had stayed 5 ft. below the main summit, and thus the Gods of Sikkim were not offended. The Chogyal,   little angrily replied, ‘Yes I know that. But the summitter was 6 ft. tall so actually his head was 1 ft. above my God.’   Whether it is true or not that the Gods were offended, after the first ascent, plenty of bad weather and rains devastated Sikkim. However, since then  major expeditions have climbed Kangchenjunga via many different routes and it has remained one of the most beautiful and prized objective for  mountaineers."

Bad weather in Himalaya regions isn't a joke. 
................................................................................................


Kapadia gives two photographs,  captioned -

"Kangchenjunga peak from Darjeeling (above)." 

And

"Himalayan Mountaineering Institute with trainees. (Below)"

The first is a somewhat familiar, usually seen view of Kangchenjunga, taken as it is from Darjeeling. It's beautiful in white and blue, but our memory is of a saffron-golden Kangchenjunga seen above Gangtok, early in the morning, as we were leaving for Bagdogra. 

Now it's clear why the driver, local, stopped the vehicle to show us the peak that was wonderfully, suddenly, clearly and majestically in view, after the days we'd spent in Gangtok and around, when it was not visible. He was being good to us in the best way he knew how.
................................................................................................


"Next to be interested in Kangchenjunga was Capt. W. S. Sherwill, a British Revenue Surveyor, who crossed the Singalila ridge from the Kulhait river to investigate the geological structure of the Kangchenjunga range. He also carried out a survey of the area west of Dzongri and Kabur. Like a scientist following an explorer he made a map of the headwaters of the Ringbi, Yunga and Yalung rivers. In 1855 one of the three Schlagaintweit brothers (German), Herrmann von Schlagaintweit was put in charge of the Magnetic Survey of India. But he failed to obtain permission to travel in Sikkim. On the advice of Dr. Campbell, who was still Superintendent of Darjeeling, he set off to follow the Singalila ridge northwards. He climbed the small peak of Tonglu  and reached the high point on the ridge  of Phalut. It was from here that Schlagaintweit painted panoramas of Everest and Kangchenjunga. These panoramas are today,  rare pieces of art of those times available to researchers. He wanted to proceed further towards Kangchenjunga but  soon  his party was turned back by Nepalese soldiers."

The name Singlila must be deformed (by British, most likely) from original name 'Simhaleela', literally 'Lions' Play'. 
................................................................................................


"Surveyors continued their interest in the range. From 1878 to 1881 Capt. H. J. Harman (British) began the regular survey of the Sikkim Himalaya.   He also  attempted to climb some of the high mountains, including Chomoyumo (6836 m) and reached Donkhya la.  In 1881 he tried to reach the foot of Kangchenjunga but due to a dense forest en route he contracted an illness and  died the same year.  But he had sent his findings to the Survey of India and a map of his survey (1 inch = 16 miles) was published in 1882. To carry out a further survey, the Survey of India selected two Indians.   The Chogyal was reluctant to let foreigners roam the area. Thus, two Pundit explorers, as they were called, were  sent to the area during the period   1879-1881. They were  Lama UgyenGyatso, a Tibetan teacher in Darjeeling, and Babu Sarat Chandra Das, headmaster of a school in Darjeeling. They  travelled extensively from Darjeeling through the regions of Dzongri, Kang La, Yalung, Kangbachen and reached Chorten Nyima la  north of the main massif and the northernmost point of Sikkim. A map of the district north of Kangchenjunga (1 inch = 16 miles) was later published."

Again, such accomplishments of Indians should have been taught in schools. 
................................................................................................


"Around the same time the first views about the possibilities of climbing the peaks were expressed. Major J. W. A. Michell, an Englishman read a paper before the Alpine Club in London on Kangchenjunga and in conclusion added that he saw no reason why an expedition to the Himalaya, under the auspices of the Alpine Club,  should not succeed in climbing Kangchenjunga. His was a rather naïve opinion on  the possibilities of an  ascent of  Kangchenjunga. In his article published in the  Alpine Journal he stated, “one of its northern spurs at any rate seems to present no insuperable obstacles.”"

Inquisition et al only, and strictly, applicable to heresy against institutional strictures, of course, while abusing faiths of others a routine must, the usual principle acted on by those of later three abrahmic creeds. 
................................................................................................


"Rinzin Namgyal (Bhutia), another  pundit, assisted W. Robert of Britain in 1883-84  in exploring the Talung valley. The following year he returned, first to explore the Yalung glacier, ascending to 5800m.  He then followed Chandra Das’ route north to  Jongsong La and  Chorten Nyima La, returning down the Lhonak river valley and, via Lachen, to Darjeeling. He thus completed the first circuit of the Kangchenjunga massif.  His map of the country ‘map of Kangchenjunga’ (1 inch = 16 miles) was subsequently published.
................................................................................................


"During  the beginning of the  last decade of the 19th Century, two British officers paid much attention to Sikkim and the Kangchenjunga massif. First  was  J. C. White , who was the  Political Officer in Sikkim and resident in that country for some 20 years. He  made several journeys of interest.  In 1890 he travelled from Dzongri  over Guicha La to the Talung glacier.  In 1891, accompanied by T. Hoffmann, a photographer from Calcutta, he travelled to the Zemu glacier to reach a height of 5350 m.  White then continued on his own northwards up the Lhonak valley to Naku La (5540 m) on the Tibetan border.  Hoffmann had taken the first photographs of the northern face of Siniolchu (6887 m) during this journey.  Both  of them popularised  Sikkim in their own way. Hoffman gave a lecture with his brilliant photos at the Royal Geographical Society in London while White wrote his classic book Sikkim and Bhutan.

"Another book that made Sikkim well known was Among the Himalayas  by Major W. A. Waddell  of the Indian Army Medical Corps, who had made several journeys of exploration in Nepal and Sikkim.  In 1896,  accompanied by Kinthup (a great name in exploration,  of the Tsangpo/Brahmaputra episode) as Sirdar, he travelled to Dzongri and the Semo La (2 km west of the Kang La). From a knife-edged ridge above it he enjoyed a magnificent panorama of the massif though Kangchenjunga itself was blocked from view. As a Government official, Waddell did  not risk descending into Nepalese territory to set foot on the Yalung glacier and felt obliged to turn back.
................................................................................................


"In 1899 came  one of the major explorations of the Kangchenjunga massif.  A party of six, brought together by D. W. Freshfield of England, included Prof. E. J. Garwood and C. Dover, both from England. But more importantly it included one of the finest photographers of that time, Vittorio Sella, and his brother Erminio, both from Italy. They were accompanied by  Pundit Rinzin Namgyal who was already familiar with the area. The party made a seven-week autumn circuit of the mountain in the direction opposite to that followed by Rinzin in 1884. The entire route followed unknown areas, much of it at a great height.  Having travelled up the Teesta valley and along the Lachen river, they climbed  along the  Zemu glacier reaching  5350 m.  Freshfield was most impressed with the surrounding beauty as they camped on the glacier. Photographs of this area  published by V. Sella are still considered classics of black and white photography. Freshfield, who had seen many great mountains  in the  world, was  so impressed by the beauty of Siniolchu peak that he described it as ‘the most beautiful mountain in the world’.

"The party then crossed into the Lhonak valley and  proceeded  west over Jongsong La into Nepal to descend along the  Kangchenjunga glacier. From here they trekked to Kangbachen and ahead to Tseram. Finally they crossed back into Sikkim by crossing  Kang La and  returned via Dzongri.   An excursion was made to the summit of Kabur (4825 m)  from where they had an extensive view of the southern face of Kangchenjunga and the upper part of the unexplored Yalung glacier.  A second excursion was made to Guicha La before the party headed south again down the Rathong valley back to Darjeeling.  Freshfield’s classic book Round Kangchenjunga, contains most of the information with  many photos, and panoramas by Sella. It  is the most standard reference to the Kangchenjunga massif. Unfortunately a great fire destroyed most copies of the book and only about 50 copies of the original edition survived."

As long as subsequent - and hopefully better - publications were possible, the fire merely ensured a higher value to the remaining copies of that first edition!
................................................................................................


"With the turn  of the Century came the first serious climbers to attempt Kangchenjunga.  The first attempt  was made  by a small Swiss party in 1905.  Dr. J. Jacot-Guillarmod, C. A. Raymond and A. A. Pache  were under the leadership of A. Crowley of Britain, who also invited along an Italian hotel-keeper from Darjeeling, R. de Righi.  From the head of the Yalung glacier (on the never before ascended Nepal side) they proceeded up the SW Face (one of Freshfield’s suggested routes) and established Camp 7 at 6200 m. The  high point reached was about 6500 m.  On  1 September  Guillarmod, Pache, de Righi and three Sherpas  were descending to a lower camp when they met with an accident. Pache and the three Sherpas were killed, while de Righi lay  half buried in the snow.  Raymond descended alone on hearing the survivor’s cries for help but Crowley remained in his tent drinking tea. He later wrote  “a mountain accident of this sort is one of the things for which I have no sympathy whatever …..Tomorrow I hope to go down and find out how things stand.”  He considered that “the doctor is old enough to rescue himself, and nobody would want to rescue de Righi”.  But despite Crowley (who was the self styled ‘Great Beast’ and a controversial figure) all was not in vain. This was the first serious attempt from the Nepal side  and much detailed information of the Yalung glacier basin was obtained and subsequently incorporated into Garwood’s map. The expedition also brought back additional information and useful photographs on the climbing prospects of this side of the mountain. Pache and companions today are part of history. A monument to their memory was erected on the Yalung glacier near the Base Camp, and even today, after almost 100 years, “Pache’s Grave” is marked  on the map and every visitor to  the base camp makes it a point to visit it.

"An Englishman, Dr. A. M. Kellas,  visited the Sikkim Himalaya several times. His association with Kangchenjuga area was to leave a permanent  mark in the exploration of the area.  He made four trips to the range, on each occasion spending a long time and visiting many different valleys. The first two trips, between 1907 and 1912 were mainly  undertaken to the east and north of Kangchenjunga. He reached Zemu Gap (5880 m) from the north and  the Simvu Saddle (5390 m). He made  three attempts on Simvu (6815 m) and Nepal Gap (6400 m)  exploring  the Langpo and Kangchenjunga glaciers. Dr Kellas generally travelled alone,  with local Lepcha and Sherpas as support.  His list of achievements are outstanding. In 1910 alone, he made ten ascents of peaks over 6000 m. In 1912 he was back again and after climbing Kangchenjau  (6889 m) he visited the area to the immediate east and north of Kangchenjunga;   Green Lake, Tent Peak Pass and the foot of  Jongsong Peak.

"Kellas made two more visits to the Sikkim Himalaya in 1920 and 1921. He was in the area south of Kangchenjunga, visited  Kang La and  Kabru and made an ascent of  Narsing (c. 6100 m).  During his explorations this  tireless but modest mountaineer had taken many valuable photographs of the glaciers to the east of Everest and most of the still unknown high mountains to its north. Of course he covered almost all peaks  of the Kangchenjunga massif.  Immediately after returning to Darjeeling in 1921 he set off with the first Everest Expedition but died of heart failure at Kampa Dzong. What Kangchenjunga gave him, Everest took away!
................................................................................................


"Raeburn paid two visits to the area south of Kangchenjunga. The first was with Lt. Col. H. W. Tobin,  who later was the Editor of  the prestigious Himalayan Journal. They crossed Guicha La to reach  the Talung glacier and ascended the Tongshyong glacier in an attempt to reach the Zemu Gap from the south.  The second trip was  with C. G. Crawford, (later, President of the Himalayan Club)  to visit the Yalung glacier  and its surrounding areas. From about 5800 m on the spur running westward from the Talung Peak  they had a discouraging view of Kangchenjunga’s  SW slopes. They returned over the Rathong Pass (5197 m). In 1925 a photographic expedition to the southern glaciers of Kangchenjunga was undertaken by N. A. Tombazi who was stationed at  Bombay. He had  twice been to Sikkim (1919 and  1920), on one occasion visiting the eastern glaciers (where he had reached  height of about 6000 m).  With porters, he left Darjeeling in April and trekked north across Dzongri and Guicha La.  They crossed the Talung glacier  and  ascended the Tongshyong glacier.  Zemu Gap was reached ,for the first time   from the south.  Tombazi concluded that it would not be possible for trekkers to reach Zemu gap. After climbing Kabru and visiting the Rathong glacier  Tombazi returned down the Singalila ridge.  He brought back a fine collection of photographs of the mountains."

Here, Kapadia gives a lovely photograph of the Darjeeling railway, and another of Siniolchu peaks. 
................................................................................................


"In May,1926, Capt. J. E. H. Boustead crossed Zemu Gap via the Guicha La and re-crossed it. This would have been the first complete crossing but H. W. Tilman who reached the Zemu Gap in 1936 doubted whether the Col that Boustead had crossed had in fact been the Zemu Gap and not another Col, one at the very head of the Tongshyong glacier.

"E. F. Farmer, an American, visited the Yalung glacier from the Kang La during May 1929. He had a secret intention of climbing Kangchenjunga alone. Camp 3 was pitched at the foot of the mountain. On 26 May Farmer set off with Lobsang and two porters to begin the climb. Despite poor weather he continued climbing, instructing three porters to wait for him. He did not return that night. The following day he was seen climbing again (apparently towards the Talung Saddle, 6685 m). He was never seen again."

That didn't deter others, it'd seem. 
................................................................................................


"With these explorations much was known about Kangchenjunga massif and its surrounding peaks. Now it was an attractive prize for climbing parties. As Nepal was closed to foreigners the Sikkim side was the only approach open.. With the British in control of India it was possible to obtain permits easily. Moreover Calcutta was the headquarters of the British Raj and within a short journey one could reach Darjeeling and start for the mountains rather quickly.

"1929 - 1931  were  busy years  for Kangchenjunga. A German expedition of nine members,  came  to  make the first resolute “attack”  on the mountain.  Its  leader was Paul Bauer.  Base Camp (Camp 3) was set up on 18  August 1929 not far from the Green Lake (Zemu glacier).   The plan was to “attack”  the mountain via the NE Spur.  The crest of the spur was reached on 16 September.  Camps 8, 9, 10 were all made in ice-caves, the last being at  7100 m.  The high point reached by them was about 7400 m.  A difficult retreat had to be made under  bad weather conditions.  The second German expedition with  10 members and same  leader,  Paul Bauer came in 1931. They followed the 1929 route and an advanced base (Camp 6) was established at the foot of the NE Spur on 13 July.  Continuous bad weather delayed the placing of Camp 11 (an ice-cave at 7360 m) until 15 September. During this period, H. Schaller and Sherpa Pasang were killed in a fall while climbing up to Camp 8  and Sirdar Lobsang and porter Babulal died from illness. But with resolute approach, the  “attack”, continued.
................................................................................................


"A few days later the highest point of the NE Spur was reached (7700 m). But to reach the summit they had to cross to the north ridge. Between the NE Spur and  the main N. Ridge there lay a depression and then a steep snow slope up to the ridge. With its ice-flutings it was in too dangerous  to attempt,  so once again the climbers were obliged to retreat. Thus the dream of Germans to climb Kangchenjunga was not fulfilled.   After decades Will Bauer  organized an Austrian expedition to climb Kangchenjunga via the same route. Here too the team was unsuccessful, not reaching any higher on the mountain. They were thwarted by poor weather and illness.

"Little before the time when Paul Bauer was attempting the peak of his dreams for the second time, an International expedition consisting of  five Germans, three British, two Swiss and one Austrian attempted the peak from the West. Its  leader was Prof. G. O. Dyhrenfurth who had managed to receive permission to pass through Nepal. They left Darjeeling in early April and crossed  Kang La and Kangbachen.  Base Camp was placed close to Pangpema on the Kangchenjunga glacier. The plan was to attempt the north ridge from below the North Col (by the N. W. Face). On 9 May while proceeding to establish  Camp 3 on the first snow terrace above the ice-cliff, E.Schneider and Sherpa Chettan were caught in an avalanche  and Chettan was killed. Another memorial was added at the Base Camp of Kangchenjunga. The expedition then tried the N. W. Ridge with the hope of climbing up from below Kangbachen. U. Wieland and Schneider reached 6400 m  before giving up.
................................................................................................


"After few years, in 1937,  a small British party planned and organized by C. R. Cooke which included  Lord Hunt and Mrs. Hunt decided to enjoy the North Sikkim areas.  One of their  principal objects was to examine the North  Col  of Kangchenjunga  and to assess whether it was a feasible route  as an alternative approach to Bauer’s 1929 route.  Between November 14 and 19, Cooke and two Sherpas set off from the Twins glacier and tackled the 760 m high wall of rock and ice.  The difficulties  proved too much for such a small group and Cooke was obliged to turn back.  The route was not thought to be a practicable one on account of its difficulties and dangers. 

"With this the first round of explorations ended  as  the Second World War  intervened. There were no climbing or a major trekking parties visiting the  area till 1953."
................................................................................................


"Explorations  After the  Second World War


"G. Frey (Swiss) and Sirdar Tenzing    made a reconnaissance of the Yalung glacier  and its tributaries in October 1951. They, with G. C. G. Lewis and J. W. R. Kempe  returned to the Yalung glacier during May 1953.  From Darjeeling they went up the Singalila Ridge and crossed Chhiya Bhanjang.  During their reconnaissance they were able to examine the S. W. Face of Kangchenjunga closely, and came to the conclusion that  despite F. S. Smythe’s adverse view in 1930, a possible route up the face might indeed exist.

"Armed with the report of this expedition the British were now greatly interested in this route and were planning to make the first ascent of this mighty peak. In 1954 J. W. R. Kempe returned with a six member   British Reconnaissance Expedition. Their object was to discover a practicable way up to the great ice-shelf running across the S. W. Face.  Three possible routes were investigated during May.  One to the left of the main icefall facing the mountain, another from below the Talung Saddle, and third more centrally in the vicinity of the main icefall.  A safe route was worked out nearly to the top of the lower part of the icefall via a rib, at the top of which Camp 7 was placed (5790 m).
................................................................................................


"First  Ascent of Kangchenjunga 


"The British reconnaissance  set the stage for the final ascent of  Kangchenjunga and with the team led by Lord Hunt having achieved  the historic first ascent of Everest on 29th May 1953,  they turned attention to Kangchenjunga.
................................................................................................


"An  expedition of nine members, led by  Dr. R. C. Evans, left Darjeeling early in March and approached the Yalung glacier  through Nepal.  Sikkim was now closed. An attempt was made to force a route up from Kempe’s 1954 Camp 7 site by N. D. Hardie (New Zealand)  and G. C. Band. This was found to be too difficult and was abandoned.  A new base camp was made just below  Pache’s grave.

"The route  ascended the snow and ice slopes to the left (west) of the ‘ Western Buttress’, crossing ‘The Hump’ to the upper icefall and to the ‘Great Shelf’. From here it continued up by the ‘Gang-Way’, to the right (east) of Freshfield’s ‘Horseshoe’, which they now referred to as ‘The Sickle’. Camp 6 was placed at the top of the ‘Gang-Way’ at  8200 m. From this high camp, on 25  May 1955,  George Band and Joe Brown climbed to the summit. They stopped short of the summit as per the promise given to the Maharajah of Sikkim that the top of the mountain would remain inviolate.  The following day, 26 May, Norman Hardie and H. R. A. Streather repeated the climb.  Oxygen was used both times. The only sour note to this great achievement was that Sherpa Pema Dorje, exhausted after his carry to Camp 5, died at Base Camp a few days later."

Had it been them instead of him, would they then take the strictures seriously, as they did post deaths in Egypt and later misfortunes of those that opened the pyramids and disturbed mummies? 
................................................................................................


"The Ascent from the East


"Kangchenjunga peak was left alone for many years thereafter as after its first ascent climbers gave attention to other unclimbed high peaks. It was in 1977 that Paul Bauer’s route from the NE Spur was climbed by an Indian Army expedition led by  Col. N. Kumar. Sikkim had now become an Indian State and the authority of Chogyal had diminished. Thus  permission was obtained to attempt Kangchenjunga from the east, the Sikkimese side.  The team established Base Camp at Green Lake on the Zemu glacier  with much equipment.   On the lower section of the  route  Havaldar S. Singh was killed in a fall while descending fixed ropes below Camp 2."

Perhaps if they paid attention to beliefs held by locals who have been here for millennia, rather than ape disdain by west against anything not abrahmic, they might not risk deaths, but perhaps it's been only lower level employees of the prestigious climbers, not much of the bosses who would have mattered? 
................................................................................................


"Finally they crossed the  N. E. Spur (1931 route) and reached the N. Ridge 24 May 1977.  Their highest camp was placed on the ridge at 7990 m.  From there Major Prem Chand and Naik N. D. Sherpa established a high bivouac on 30 May. On the following day they continued to the top, stopping just short of the actual summit.  Thus the German route was now climbed.

"With this, Kangchenjunga was climbed by two routes. Now  climbers attempted and climbed  peaks in the Kanchenjunga massif  from all sides. The main peak was climbed by the North ridge route by Doug Scott and his team, and teams traversed other peaks of Kangchenjunga, climbed several routes and the mystery  surrounding the peaks  no longer existed. But the challenge remained, for Kangchenjunga would never be an easy peak to climb.
................................................................................................


"Kangchenjunga is a beautiful high mountain and  the presiding deity of the Sikkimese people. It stands beautifully above North Sikkim and towers over hills of Darjeeling and surrounding areas.  Now after being  explored and climbed it  still retains its awe, majesty and beauty.  It always will. With Sikkim opening its doors for visitors, Kangchenjunga and its surrounding areas are most attractive for everyone to visit.
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 02, 2022 September 02, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
6. IN SHADOW OF KANGCHENJUNGA 
(Important places in Darjeeling - it’s history, Sherpas, Gorkhas and history of Sikkim) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Kangchenjunga is the third highest peak in the world. It rises almost 12000 ft (3700 m) from Zemu glacier to its 28,165 ft  (8585 m) summit. The Zemu glacier extends almost up to the eastern base of Kangchenjunga from where, in a stupendous steep wall, the summit rises. The massif  is almost north to south in orientation, thus the east wall faces the sun directly, from early morning. The sun,  rising from Bhutan in the east, disappears by about 3.00 p.m. behind the summit of the Kangchenjunga.  The long shadow of Kangchenjunga descends on the Zemu glacier and it darkens as the time passes.  Campers at Green Lake on the Zemu glacier would be in virtual darkness by this hour. As the sun sets on the western horizon behind the peak, unseen from the Zemu glacier, the fading glow towards the east is the only indication that dusk is approaching. Thus one almost feels what Doug Freshfield described as the eastern sunset.

""We spent on  the whole an enjoyable evening, and witnessed a sublime sunset and afterglow. The sunsets in the high Himalaya, though less vivid than those I saw afterwards in the Bay of Bengal, were often singularly beautiful. The colours were tender and exquisitely graduated; pools of green and gold sky were ringed round with ruddier tints of the melting vapours. We noticed more than once a peculiarity, referred to elsewhere in India by Sir J. Hooker, the false sunset in the East, where a glow, as strong as that when sunset and sunrise fade into one another on the northern horizon in the Highlands in June, would shoe above the mountain tops, while zodiacal rays, or appearance resembling them – thin bars of light - shot across the zenith, uniting what appeared as separate sources of illumination.

"(Doug Freshfield, Round Kangchenjunga, p 129, Edward Arnold, London 1903)"
................................................................................................


"The sunset, its golden rays lighting up the Kangchenjunga peak is a sight that many visitors in Darjeeling await fervently. It is a rare event as clouds generally cover the peak around evening and one would have to be blessed to watch a beautiful sunset. The crowded streets of Darjeeling today look modern in appearance, but the Chaurasta, the historic square in the centre of town has retained its charm. Tourists throng the square; legendary Sherpas have sat on the benches around here playing cards, chatting or just eating an ice cream.

"Ghoom at 2258 m is the highest point on the way to Darjeeling from the plains. Its pristine surroundings and a famous monastery had attracted the bard Rabindranath Tagore to spend a few months here and write some of his well-known poems. Today the Ghoom monastery is an attraction for tourists where the lamas blow their long conches and give a taste of what Sikkim was like many years ago. Like poets, Kangchenjunga has inspired artists for several generations.  For example, Mumbai’s galleries have some excellent paintings of Kangchenjunga rising over Chortens in Sikkim,all by a leading artist, M.K. Kelkar."
................................................................................................


"The foothills of Kangchenjunga produce tea of excellent quality. Darjeeling tea is on the menu of almost all restaurants in India and abroad. The best quality Darjeeling tea is yearly auctioned at about Rs. 17,000 (US $ 400) per kg and is purchased by the Royal families of England and Japan. Never refuse, if you are ever invited for tea with the royal families!

"Darjeeling gained importance not because of Kangchenjunga, but with the attraction for Everest. Nepal had closed its borders thus outsiders  could not explore or attempt the highest peak in the world. As a result, an approach route from the north was developed. Starting from Darjeeling where   all bandobast was made, the party would trek over high passes to the Tibetan plateau to reach Rongbuk, north of Everest, to attempt the mountain. Darjeeling gained importance as a bazaar for arranging supplies  and employing  Sherpas and porters."
................................................................................................


"Himalayan Mountaineering Institute 


"This mountaineering tradition continued with establishment of the Himalayan Mountaineering Institute (HMI on Birch Hill, at one end of Darjeeling. Since 1956, it has trained several young students to keep up its motto ‘May you climb from peak to peak’. Its corridors are well decorated and bustling with activity. In its premises stands a telescope with a caption that reads; 

""This is a powerful Veb Carl Zeiss Jena telescope capable of astronomical observations. One can view the beautiful Kangchenjunga range through this telescope. It was presented by Adolf HITLER to Maharaja Judh Shumsher Jung Bahadur Rana, Commander-in-Chief of the Royal Nepal Army. It was passed down to his son General Shamsher Jang Bahadur Rana who presented it to Himalayan Mountaineering Institute on 7 July 1961."

"The force behind this institute was Sherpa Tenzing Norgay who made the first ascent of Everest with Sir Edmund Hillary in 1953. As the nation celebrated, Jawaharlal Nehru1, the then Prime Minister of India, asked Tenzing to establish a training institute for budding young mountaineers ‘to produce a hundred Tenzings’.  Tenzing was the soul behind this institute and served as its director and advisor . When he died in 1986, he was cremated above his  beloved institute and a bronze statue stands in his memory today looking towards Kangchenjunga."
................................................................................................


"Since its inception HMI has played a historical role, and several legendary Sherpas were its first instructors. Da Namgyal was instrumental in opening the route towards the summit of Everest in the 1953 expedition. This gentle Sherpa while rock climbing near Mumbai fell and injured his head and was in coma for many days. Though he recovered he was never his true self again and finally this injury claimed his life decades later. Micken Gyalzen, the first chief instructor of this institute, had climbed Manaslu and many other peaks.  Ang Temba was also a legendary ‘Tiger’ on the 1953 Everest expedition.  He was the shortest Sherpa on the expedition and, as the legend has it, he married the tallest Sherpani on that trip!  But the person who was perhaps far ahead of his time was Sherpa Wangdi. Around 1970s he established a ‘Sherpa Guide School’ on the outskirts of Manali in the western Himalaya, with a band of trusted Sherpas from Darjeeling. These Sherpas would accompany expedition parties as guides and Wangdi would organize expeditions with his equipment and knowledge.  But local babus did not appreciate this intrusion by an outside expert  and Wangdi faced many difficulties. Unfortunately there was an accident on one of the expeditions organised by him and this gave enough leverage to officials to harass him forcing  him to close business. In later years he suffered from tuberculosis and as I walked with him from his quarters to the hospital, just two kilometres from Manali, it was painful to see him coughing and having to rest at almost every 100 m. HMI also had on its staff Ang Kami, the prince among Sherpas. Colourful, jolly and he would burst in a dance at the slightest provocation. Ang Kami had carried luggage to the South Col of Everest several times and finally reached the summit in 1965, then one of the youngest persons to have climbed Everest. He joined a Mumbai based expedition to Bethartoli Himal in 1970. While the team camped at foot of the main peak an avalanche trapped the party. Four climbers, including Ang Kami, were killed. His body was never recovered. The streets of Darjeeling were sad at the loss of this charming son especially as Ang Kami had left behind a 90-year-old mother.

"The first Principal of HMI was Nandu Jayal, one of the best mountaineers India had produced at that time. Once,  finishing his duties with the students at HMI, he rushed through plains of Nepal to catch up with the Indian team, which was climbing Cho Oyu. Thinking that he was well acclimatised due to his stay in Darjeeling and conducting the course, he climbed, gaining height rapidly. Not much was known about high altitude pulmonary oedema during those times and he was struck by the illness at night. Before he could either recover or descend quickly, he died on the mountain. India lost one of its brilliant mountaineers.
................................................................................................


"At the end of every course, the Graduation Ceremony in the square at HMI is an unforgettable experience for any student. When I completed my course in 1964, on the dais were Sherpa Tenzing, H.C.Sarin (President of the Indian Mountaineering Foundation for 23 years), with S. S. Khera and Principal Brig. Jaiswal. In shadow of this high peak I received my silver ice axe badge qualifying me as a mountaineer. Many have gone through this experience. Behind this square is an exhibition, which portrays the history of Kangchenjunga and several other peaks. There are photographs of leading Indian mountaineers, flags and in one corner is the famous picture of Tenzing on Everest with some of the equipment that he had used on that climb."
................................................................................................


"In Darjeeling little below the mall is an old cemetery. It contains the grave of Csoma de Koros, a Hungarian scholar who had spent perhaps the longest time in the Himalaya after Marco Polo. He researched and learnt the Tibetan language, and translated into scripts into Hungarian, the first such translation into any European language.  One  could find memorial stones to Csoma de Koros as far away as Ladakh, Zanskar and Kinnaur, places that he stayed for a few years. He reached Darjeeling and died after a brief illness. He was buried here on 4th March 1842 in the presence Arthur Campbell (District Commissioner of Darjeeling) and other members of the Everest expedition."
................................................................................................


"Hill Railway 


"Along with the roads and rivers runs the famous railway line, now declared as a World Heritage line by UNESCO. Climbing from the Teesta valley, it puffs its way up to Darjeeling. Lines were laid from 1879 and the first train was inaugurated in 1882. New engines were designed in 1889 and worked until 1927 to pull the train over the steep slopes.  It is truly  a marvellous piece of engineering. There are ‘Z’ loops where the trains going back and forth climb up over one slope, and there are switchbacks or loops where the train gains height.  A  workshop was established at Tindharia and the romantic journey from Siliguri to Darjeeling passed through small towns. ... The coaches and engines are today well cared for by its staff and train runs only a small section from Darjeeling to Ghoom for tourists. As it halts at the Batasia garden, the smoke from the engine can be see floating towards the peak of Kangchenjunga. ... "
................................................................................................


"The Gorkha Soldiers and the Younghusband  Mission 


"Near the railway line at the Batasia garden stands an impressive memorial with a statue of a Gorkha soldier with Kangchenjunga as the backdrop. Darjeeling and its foothills were always recruiting grounds for brave Gorkhas of British and Indian armies. Traditionally, young boys from eastern Nepal would run away from their families to Darjeeling to join the British Army. They were trained in weaponry and use of the traditional weapon, the khukris.  Their motto was Kayar Hunu Bhanda, Marnu Ramro  - It is better to die in valour than be a coward.  After Indian independence, four Gorkha regiments went to the British and the other six serve  in the Indian Army.  Gorkhas have won several honours including Victoria Crosses. Rifleman Kulbir Thapa of the 3rd Queen Alexandra’s Own Gurkha Rifle was one of the earliest winners of Victoria Cross on 25th September 1915. With his khukri drawn, he cut through enemy lines in France with the fearsome shout Ayo Gorkha Re  (Here comes Gorkha).
................................................................................................


"In the early part of the 20th century a major military expedition left the foothills of Kangchenjunga. Lord Curzon, the Viceroy of India had inclination that the Russians may have their eyes on Lhasa and Tibet. He persuaded the British Government for permission to send a military expedition in 1903/04 under Sir Francis Younghusband. It came to be known as the Younghusband Mission. The army marched from Siliguri to Darjeeling and crossed from Nathu la into Tibet.  Guns were mounted on ekkas pulled by yaks, the first ever wheels seen by the Tibetans. The British marched to Gyantse, a fort on a hill rising on the Tibetan plateau. At first, on the arrival of the British, Tibetans ran away but when General McDonald proceeded ahead towards Karo la and Lhasa, they returned and reoccupied the fort. Efforts to dislodge them proved futile. The British asked for reinforcement by way of soldiers from the 8 Gorkha Rifles. Lt J D Grant and Havildar Karbir Pun climbed a steep wall to enter the Gyantse fort. As several other Gorkhas followed them wielding their kukris, the local army was in disarray, many jumped to their deaths.  For this  ‘bravery’, Lt. Grant received Victoria Cross and Pun received First Class Order of Merit. The British marched into Lhasa through a huge chorten and this was the first opening up of Tibet."
................................................................................................


"Sherpas and the Tiger Badge 


"Another ethnic group, the pride of Darjeeling, are the Sherpas. Hailing from the Khumbu district of Nepal, many families trekked across to Darjeeling to seek employment with Everest expeditions. This migration continued for several years till Nepal opened its doors for mountaineers. Many of these families produced legendary Sherpas (some of whom I have mentioned earlier. One of the well-known names was Ang Tsering who passed away recently at the age of 96. He served on several expeditions like Everest in 1924 with Irvine and Mallory and climbed high on Nanga Parbat with a German team when a tragedy claimed lives of leader Merkl and Gaylay Sherpa. During a horrific storm, Ang Tsering descended the fearsome killer mountain  with sheer strength, suffering frostbites, to alert members at the base for a rescue, which could not be mounted. ‘With  almost a superhuman endurance he had fought his way down through storm and snow, a hero at every step’, wrote member Bechtold in tribute.

"For this bravery on Nanga Parbat by Sherpas three certificates on behalf of Adolf Hitler arrived in Darjeeling. Not being able to read either German or English they decided to distribute one each, irrespective of to whom it belonged. As a result, Ang Tsering’s family has a certificate of ‘Herrn Kidar’. Many Sherpas have sacrificed their lives in the service of mountaineering.  Without these brave souls, the story of climbing would have been very different.
................................................................................................


"To honour such bravery, the Himalayan Club instituted a ‘Tiger’s Badge’. This is a bronze badge with the mark of tiger in the centre. It was awarded to a Sherpa who had performed bravely, particularly on Everest. Each Tiger Sherpa was given a small notebook with his photograph and family details. Whichever expedition he joined, the leader of that team would write remarks about his performance and recommendations. Some of these books today are of great historical value as they have signatures of Norton, Bauer, Dyhrenfurth, Ruttledge, Merkl and other legendary climbers.

"The house of any Sherpa is a museum of mountaineering history, containing several memorabilia, certificates and items presented by various mountaineers. But if you are visiting a Sherpa friend be careful before praising a piece, for no sooner you uttered the word, this warm and friendly friend may be packing this item to present to you!. Such is the hospitality and generosity of Sherpas.
................................................................................................


"Of several Sherpas living in Darjeeling today, one can name just a few. The most educated, articulate and proficient climber is Dorjee Lhatoo who served at HMI for many years. He could be rightly called a ‘mountaineering historian of Darjeeling’.  If you walk with him in the streets of Darjeeling there is no end to stories, legends and history  that he could narrate. Himself a leading mountaineer of India, having climbed Nanda Devi, Chomolahri, Everest and many other challenging peaks, he has also trained many climbers. Near him lives Nawang Gombu, who today acts as the elder statesman of the Sherpa community. He was the first person to have climbed Everest twice, in 1963 with Americans and in 1965 with Indians. Solidly built, he is often seen walking in the streets of Darjeeling and greeted respectfully by many. Children of Sherpas have not generally entered the field of mountaineering and climbing, but nevertheless they have been successful in life in varied fields  such as a television commentator, a journalist, the owner of a successful adventure company, Superintendent of Police and a well-known surgeon and doctor. People who grew up in the shadow of Kangchenjunga have certainly gone places. In the HMI quarters,  lives Kusang Sherpa, who today is the strongest Sherpa of them all. He has climbed Everest by four different routes, including the Kangshung Face. This strong but gentle Sherpa is one of the instructors.

"But unfortunately sometimes the Indian bureaucracy has not looked after these Sherpas well.  Once, walking with Lhatoo on the streets of Darjeeling decades ago, I was shocked to see legendary Da Namgyal and Gyalzen selling sweaters on the street to make a living after retiring from a long service at HMI. Due to Government regulations they were treated as lower class employees and no pension was offered to them. When they approached one of the senior bureaucrats they were brushed aside, citing Government rules.  Their needs was small, but even this respect was denied to them. Their foreign friends of yesteryears offered to help but they refused such charity with dignity and instead decided to publish their plight in the papers so that the future lot of Sherpas would benefit. We took a picture of Dorjee Lhatoo, who was then a serving instructor, standing between them and this picture was published with a caption: ‘The present and future sweater-sellers of Darjeeling’.  It made an impact and the bureaucracy, shocked and pressurised,  changed rules to offer a well-deserved pension to all instructors since.

"In 2000, at the change of the millennium, only 3 ‘Tiger Sherpas’ were alive. Ang Tsering, Nawang Gombu and Topgay. The Himalayan Club organized a special function in Darjeeling to honour them. ... Later, these three ‘Tigers’ were invited to Mumbai and were honoured before a large gathering of mountaineers."
................................................................................................


"Sikkim : a  history 


"Darjeeling has a long history, also portrayed in several paintings by different artists.  T. Howard Somervell who lived here made a colour sketch of sunrise over Kangchenjunga. Sir Joseph Hooker’s Himalayan Journals featured black and white sketches of old Darjeeling drawn in 1854 with the peak. It was Joseph Dalton Hooker, a naturalist, who was responsible for steering up the first round of political history of this area. He was friend of Lord Dalhousie and they had travelled together to India by sea when Dalhousie took over as the Governor General.  During his years of travel, Hooker came to Darjeeling, which was then part of Sikkim and teamed up with Arthur Campbell, the then District Magistrate of the area. The British had negotiated with Sikkim to establish  a sanatorium in Darjeeling and this was their first foothold. Hooker and Campbell proceeded to enter Sikkim despite being denied permission by the Chogyal.  In December 1849 as they entered Sikkim, they were arrested and, by some accounts, treated badly. This was done at the behest of the Pagla Diwan or the Mad Prime Minister of Sikkim. Taking offence at the arrest of a close friend of the Governor General, in January 1950, the British army crossed over into Sikkim and camped on the Singalila ridge. As  retribution Sikkim had to concede the areas of Darjeeling and Kalimpong to join the provinces of Bengal which later were passed on to India. The British India was thus firmly established in the foothills of Kangchenjunga and the British gentry enjoyed the walks on the malls.

"The streets of Gangtok and Kalimpong were full of festivities when Dalai Lama and Panchan Lama visited Sikkim. But the flight of Dalai Lama to India in 1959 infuriated the Chinese. One  focus of their anger was Sikkim with which they had always coveted.  During the 1962 Indo-China war, much firing took place on the high passes of Nathu la and Se la.  Historically China always recognised Sikkim as an independent country and even after it joined India as a state, China refused to change its stand. In 1967-68, situation on the passes with China was grim and at certain points, Indian and Chinese armies were constantly in skirmishes.  Luckily a war was averted.  During 2001, the Indian Prime Minister visited Peking and the Chinese negotiated a road from Kolkata to Lhasa via Sikkim, Nathu la and Chumbi valley, which was a prime need for China as it would give them an access to the port of Kolkata and bring Lhasa much closer for supplies. As a quid pro quo China agreed to recognise Sikkim as part of India. After some time when nothing was heard from the Chinese authorities, the Indian Government inquired about their promise.  Pat came the reply, ‘Please look up the official website of the Chinese Government. We have done the needful’. On the website map, below the word ‘Sikkim’ , they had added a word in red, ‘India’. Only by such subtle diplomacy  did China concede that Sikkim was indeed part of India."
................................................................................................


"Sikkim Joins India 


"Nari Rustomji was a Parsi bureaucrat from Mumbai. He was posted to several areas in the northeast and later was appointed as Dewan, the Prime Minister of Sikkim. He had an abiding friendship with Sir Tashi Namgyal, the then Chogyal of Sikkim as well as the earlier Chogyal, known as the Prince. He was a trusted confidante and advisor during the troubled period of the state.  At Durbars (courts) Nari Rustomji was always a Guest of Honour. With him was Appa Saheb Pant who was from Aundh, a princely state in Central India.2 ... "

Aundh is in Maharashtra, which wasn't a state until 1960, when Bombay province was divided; before independence, Aundh would have been princely estate, part of Maratha Empire. Central India here is meant to connote a geographic term, not to be confused with a British India province C.P., subsequently named Madhya Pradesh, Sanskrit name that means Central Province. 

" ... These two Indian gentlemen acted as representatives of the Government of India and guided the Chogyal and thus the destiny of Sikkim."
................................................................................................


"But soon the destiny of Sikkim was in the hands of three women.  The Chogyal, while walking on the streets of Darjeeling, developed a romantic association with Hope Cook, a shy American girl. The romance flourished under the shadows of Kangchenjunga and the Chogyal persuaded orthodox Lamas to grant him permission to marry an American. Hope Cook had political ambitions and she guided Chogyal to be independent of Indian influence and lead Sikkim to a different path than where it was headed.  Later the Chogyal visited Kathmandu for a regional conference against the advise of the Indian Government and what irritated the Indians most was the fact that he spent few hours with Chinese Vice Premier behind locked doors. Mrs. Indira Gandhi, who was then the Prime Minister, did not look kindly upon this. Sikkim had a large Nepali population and they were always at crossroads with the minority Lepchas to which the Chogyal belonged. In such a scenario, the third lady entered, Elisa Maria, a Belgian who had lived in Delhi, cultivating several political contacts. She counted Chou En Lai and Kamal   Ata’ark amongst her friends. She had married Kazi Lhendup Dorji in Sikkim and came to be known as Chakung Kazini. She and Kazi Lhendup became instrumental in organizing protests against the Chogyal and the institute of monarchy. Some processions turned violent and were fired on, which gave enough reasons for the Indian army to put Chogyal under house arrest and disarm palace guards.  Elections were held and the Sikkim Pradesh Congress under Kazi took power.  One of the first resolutions they passed was to join India as one of the states. This was ‘accepted’ by Mrs. Gandhi’s Government and on 23 April 1975 Sikkim joined the Indian Union. Chogyal had two sons Prince Wangchuk and Crown Prince Tenzing who was interested in politics. While driving to Gangtok he died in a car accident and the other brother renounced Sikkim to live peacefully abroad."

Kapadia does not mention what happened to Hope Cook, but there's a vague memory that she left for back home. 
................................................................................................


Quoted from Wikipedia - 


"Hope Cooke (born June 24, 1940) is an American who was the "Gyalmo" (Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མོ་, Wylie: rgyal mo) (Queen Consort) of the 12th Chogyal (King) of Sikkim, Palden Thondup Namgyal.[1] Their wedding took place in March 1963. She was termed Her Highness The Crown Princess of Sikkim and became the Gyalmo of Sikkim at Palden Thondup Namgyal's coronation in 1965.

"Palden Thondup Namgyal eventually was the last king of Sikkim as a protectorate state under India. By 1973, both the country and their marriage were crumbling; soon Sikkim was merged into India. Five months after the takeover of Sikkim had begun, Cooke returned to the United States with her two children and stepdaughter to enroll them in schools in New York City. Cooke and her husband divorced in 1980; Namgyal died of cancer in 1982.[3]

"Cooke wrote an autobiography, Time Change (Simon & Schuster 1981) and began a career as a lecturer, book critic, and magazine contributor, later becoming an urban historian. In her new life as a student of New York City, Cooke published Seeing New York (Temple University Press 1995); worked as a newspaper columnist (Daily News); and taught at Yale University, Sarah Lawrence College, and Birch Wathen, a New York City private school.[4"
................................................................................................


"Mountains and Mountaineering 


"Towards the eastern side of Kangchenjunga, where the long afternoon shadow falls, lies the Green Lake.  The circuit around Kangchenjunga was accomplished in 1899 by Douglas William Freshfield,  mountaineer, explorer and geographer. The Italian photographer, Vittorio Sella whose black and white photographs of that trip are legendary, accompanied him. Their journey has not been repeated often. Dorjee Lhatoo and his team were one of the few teams to have undertaken this.  When Charles Evans and his team, which made the first ascent of Kangchenjunga in 1955 returned to   Darjeeling, they were received by Jill Henderson, the then Honorary Local Secretary of the Himalayan Club, and Sherpa Tenzing Norgay on the Singalila ridge and given khattas, the traditional Sherpa welcome.
................................................................................................


"Sikkim and Kangchenjunga have had a long association with mountaineers.  Paul Bauer and Germans attempted the eastern and northern approaches several times but the long difficult northeastern spur defeated them. As compensation they climbed Simvo and Siniolchu, the peak Doug Freshfield had labelled the most beautiful mountain he had ever seen. After the first ascent of Kangchenjunga in 1955, the second ascent was made only after 22 years by an army team led by Col. Kumar.  Col. Prem Chand and N. D. Sherpa negotiated the problem of northeast spur and they made the second ascent of the peak. N. D. Sherpa was born in the lap of Kangchenjunga and spent his childhood in streets of Darjeeling. He joined the Indian army and became one of the celebrated mountaineers of the force, particularly after this ascent.  He was keenly desirous of climbing Everest, which eluded him due to various factors, though he attempted it several times.  This turned into frustration and he hit the bottle hard. Finally, this claimed his life at an early age and India lost a good mountaineer.
................................................................................................


"No word on  Kangchenjunga would be complete without mention of its flora and fauna. It has a variety of rhododendrons, pristine forests, orchids and  butterflies. The Himalayan Club had built a solid hut in the northern Sikkim at foot of Sela pass. This allowed the British from Kolkata to travel quickly to Darjeeling and to this hut to cross Sela Pass and enjoy the beauty of mountains. Chombu peak rising above Sela pass is still unclimbed indicative  of the several pleasures that the range has to offer today."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 03, 2022 September 03, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
SECTION 5 : Chapters 7- 8- 9 : UTTARAKHAND
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


" ... Maybe I am old fashioned but I have always been committed to Nanda Devi as my guardian Goddess and though I have travelled around other areas I always comeback with special satisfaction on beholding the Devi’s unique lines and special grace they transmit to me 

"Bill Aitken (‘A Modest Trek With Great Returns’)"
................................................................................................


"Nanda Devi, in a way, is an abused mountain, even with its stature as a Goddess. It has suffered devastation of its forest and environs, a nuclear related tragedy, being caught in international intrigue and finally barred to all devotees who may wish to reach its foot. Officials have exercised power over the area, local villagers have misused their proximity and trekkers and mountaineers have been crying foul. But despite all these developments the Goddess keeps her head high and blesses all those who may seek."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 03, 2022 September 03, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
7. NANDA DEVI JUGGERNAUT (Expeditions to history of Nanda Devi Sanctuary and it’s environment problems) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"After the first joys in victory came a feeling of sadness that the mountain had succumbed, that the proud head of the goddess was bowed. With these simple words of veneration, H.W. Tilman and Noel Odell completed the saga of finding a route to the summit of this charismatic mountain. They were standing then on the highest point in the British Empire, ‘where the sun never sets’ (The independent Kingdom of Nepal and Kashmir contained all the other high peaks known then, including Everest and K2). It was not without reason that Nanda Devi was held in such awe, for since in 1883, it had humbled at least eight attempts to reach its base.
................................................................................................


"The twin peaks of Nanda Devi (7816 m) and Nanda East (7434 m) stand majestically in the centre of a ring of peaks. Looked at from any angle, the Nanda Devi peaks stand out distinct and beautiful, particularly as the first and last rays of sunshine always caress their summits. Hugh Ruttledge who had made an attempt to reach the foot of the peaks described the Nanda Devi Sanctuary in a letter to the London Times in 1932 as: A seventy-mile barrier ring on which stand twelve measured peaks of over 21,000 ft which has no depression lower than 17,000 ft except in the west where the Rishi Ganga rising at the foot of  Nanda Devi draining the area of some 250 square miles (800 square kilometres) of snow and ice has earned for itself what must be one of the most terrific gorges in the world. The Sanctuary   of Nanda Devi is remarkable for its unique wild grandeur. Even more remarkable is the veneration that this peak holds in Hinduism, the folklore behind it and the tributes it has received from some of the finest pens in mountaineering literature. The Sanctuary and the high peaks of Nanda Devi are the major barriers between the cold Tibetan winds and the Gangetic plains of India. Without the Sanctuary to absorb the main thrust of the icy winds, Tibetan winds would have stripped the Gangetic plains, the granary of India, barren. No wonder the peaks are worshipped as a Goddess with some impressive folklore built around them. The name, Nanda Devi itself means; ‘the Bliss Giving Goddess’."

Normally, it's just The Times, and any qualifying epithets are for 'other' variations such as India, New York, Los Angeles, etc..
................................................................................................


"The humility and veneration of the first climbers was perhaps missing with later visitors to the Sanctuary. The inner sanctums were opened for unrestricted flow of visitors in 1974. Within 8 years there was so much pollution, cutting of trees and   damage that the Sanctuary had to be totally closed now till 2002. (During these years five expeditions visited the Sanctuary, two of them from the defence forces, which climbed the main peak1).  It was therefore imperative that the effect of this closure should be observed, especially as the new state of Uttaranchal was interested in knowing the state of the Sanctuary."

"The Indian Mountaineering Foundation decided to send a multi-disciplinary expedition to the Nanda Devi Sanctuary in May-June 2001. Finally, our expedition consisted of 3 trekkers and mountaineers and 4 scientists to trek into the inner Sanctuary. We were asked to study specifically the following points: 

"• Whether any further destruction have taken place since closure of the Sanctuary 

"•Whether the total closure has been beneficial to the growth of natural resources 


"• Whether the closure has been total or there have been several encroachments or 

"• Whether the Sanctuary’s fragile environment is now strong enough to allow some trekking and climbing activity.

"Based on the report of our team, a ‘Management Plan’ could be formulated by the IMF and the Uttaranchal Government.
................................................................................................


"The day we reached Joshimath, one of the screws in my specs was loose and I could not find any optical shop to fix it. Finally I located  a small shop selling watches with a friendly looking owner at the desk chewing paan (beetle-nut).  I showed him the problem. Listening to a radio, he looked around for a tool and repaired it in no time. I offered to pay for the services. He simply extended his hand and murmured. ‘just shake hands’.  I was back in the friendly land of Garhwal!"
................................................................................................


"From Dibrugheta, a steep climb through forest led to an open ground followed by a delicate traverse for 3 km. At the end of it, we descended a broad nala to the Rishi ganga river. There was no bridge so we constructed one with three aluminium ladders. Across the river we continued, after a camp at Deodi, on the trail with a steep climb through forest and an easy traverse of about 3 km to Shikari Udiar. This is a large cave where Shikaris used to stay.       ‘Used to stay’ is perhaps the wrong word to use as we could observe that the trail and caves are well used in recent times. There were signs of poaching, cutting of trees and the area was far from ‘closed’ for so many years. Our porters also had many stories to tell. 

"The trail descended steeply to the Trisul nala, which we crossed by a natural rock bridge. Soon we were at Ramani, at the foot of the historic Rishi gorge. This gorge was the key to the exploration of the route to the inner sanctuary of Nanda Devi and it took many years for this riddle to be solved by early explorers.6"
................................................................................................


"The Rishi Gorge 


"The trail climbed steeply, first through rhododendron bushes and then on rocky terrain. From some points, there were good views of the main peak.  As the trail  turned after a long traverse, suddenly we were at the foot of  ‘The Slab’. This is a slope of downward sloping rocks where we had to fix   ropes. After negotiating it carefully we were at the traditional camping site of Bhujgara midway through the gorge. 

"The trail was now what locals called the ‘Tel-mel bat’ (crooked trail).This ended in a pinnacle like feature, which was highly exposed.  After a steep climb with fixed ropes, we were again at another famous point, ‘Vaikunth Sidi’ (Staircase to Heaven) which was dangerous and exposed. No wonder it is so named, for if you climb this you reach the heaven of Nanda Devi, if you fall  you reach heaven anyway ! Climbing the huge slopes over rocks and juniper we finally reached the top of the ridge; ‘The Pisgah’ (The Promised Land) and we were inside the famed Sanctuary. The campsite,  Patalkhan (Mine of slabs) was nearby.
................................................................................................


"In the Sanctuary 


"From Patalkhan we had to cross an exposed slope, where we fixed a last piece of rope, for one slip can take you to the Rishi ganga.  After a large rock fall area, we reached the vast plains of the Southern Sanctuary with excellent views of Nanda Devi. We decided to make our base here, next to a spring, from where different parties would visit various areas of the Sanctuary. This place was christened Chaubata (four paths) and a small temple was constructed and consecrated to mark our camp.7 

"From this base camp we had wonderful views of Nanda Devi but unfortunately the famed ‘Golden Sunset’, only for one evening. ... "

Kapadia gives a photograph each of East and South faces of Nanda Devi peaks, and a map of the region. 
................................................................................................


"One of the first move was that Suman Dubey had to unfortunately leave next morning by helicopter as he developed high blood pressure. Two scientists, Dr. Sarfaraz and Anand Pendharkar, with a support team, made a camp ahead of Sarso Patal near the confluence of two glaciers; the Dakhini  Nanda Devi glacier and the Dakhini  Rishi  glacier.  They spent  days collecting water samples, rock samples, observing bharals, birds and other fauna in the Sanctuary. Rupin Dang and his support team had filmed the entire route and the expedition on video and had undertaken many studies on the flora and fauna of the route. From Chaubata, they visited the Southern Sanctuary and higher slopes towards Nanda Dekhni Dhar   before returning early on  16 June. 

"I stayed at Chaubata and organised the construction of a bridge across the Dakhini Rishi glacier so that we could visit the Northern Sanctuary. After great difficulties the   bridge was made and team was about to cross over to visit Rishi Tal, a lovely lake in the Northern Sanctuary.    However, due to the early arrival of monsoon, this plan had to be given up. The grand finale of our activities was two treks accomplished by Motup Chewang."
................................................................................................


"We were poised to enter the Northern Sanctuary when persistent bad weather turned in to heavy rain. On  19 June,  monsoon arrived in the area, a couple of weeks earlier than usual. The radio was issuing warnings. As we had to  descend the dreaded Rishi gorge on return, it  seemed wiser to call off the expedition and return to the Lata village. Very carefully, we re-crossed the difficult sections of the Rishi gorge and we crossed some of  the high passes amidst heavy rain, which was a harrowing experience."
................................................................................................


"Nanda Dekhni Dhar 


"The rain did not stop our last exploration. Motup, Samgyal and our guide, Kalyan Singh, decided to return across the high col above Chaubata. This pass connects the inner Sanctuary with Trisul nala and was used by enterprising shepherds to bring the flock into the inner Sanctuary. They discovered several cairns erected by them during 1978 – 1982.9 By using this route shepherds could bring the herds into the inner sanctuary, which was one of the reasons why the area had to be closed. 

"They started from Chaubata on 19 June in rather uncertain   weather. At first they traversed across 3-4 steep gullies to reach a small nala to Patalkhan.  They climbed up this nala and camped at 5000 m, having walked almost 7 hours that day. This camp was   a little below the Nanda Dekhni Dhar. Views from this camp were vast and exquisite. Peaks of the North Sanctuary, Trisul nala, Dunagiri and distant peaks of Chaukhamba group were visible though Nanda Devi remained under cloud.
................................................................................................


"20 June was a brilliant day. First they descended a little to cross the slopes of the upper Bhujgara nala and finally reached the col and crossed over into the Trisul valley. The descent was   steep, across gullies going south and traversing towards Tridang, the base camp of Trisul. They descended to 4400 m over a few grassy slopes but mostly rocky gullies.They found several cairns up to the lowest point they reached in the Trisul nala, indicating that this was the route used by the shepherds in the past. However on the lower slopes a large section had broken off and they tried traversing on a small ridge for almost four hours, trying to locate a route across the ridge. This would have allowed them to descend to the Trisul nala. However, finding no route, they had to climb back to the col and camp above the Bhujgara nala completing a long day of 12 hours. Next day they started to descend the Bhujgara nala and joined the traditional route through the Rishi gorge.  

"Their exertions were not in waste. With more time and clear weather, it will be possible to complete this route, from Tridang to Chaubata, by traversing diagonally across from Tridang which is traditional base camp for climbing Trisul. It offers the lower and probably, a less difficult access to the Inner Sanctuary.10 A team can climb to the Nanda Dekhni Dhar to obtain excellent views of the Inner Sanctuary, without suffering the difficulties of the Rishi gorge or disturbing the Inner Sanctuary. This could be one of the environment friendly solutions for the future of the sanctuary.
................................................................................................


" ... Where do we find the balance, that ‘Golden Mean’  to preserve this mighty river and the Nanda Devi Sanctuary,  as well as feed the human desire to borrow from it by visiting such environs? ... "
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 03, 2022 September 04, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
8. NAG TIBBA - HONEST SERPANT (A small climb in lower Garhwal) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................
 

"Nag Tibba lies in the Aglar valley and is the dividing line between two areas. Several students and trekking parties have visited it, and there are various different routes to approach its base as well as its summit. There are new roads now being built as an approach to this small but most vantage viewpoint. 

"We travelled from Dehra Dun, bypassing Mussoorie, to reach Thatyur in the Aglar valley."

Kapadia gives another map of this region thst evokes much.
................................................................................................


" ... A small but comfortable and beautifully located forest rest house at Devalsari is a treat. It is situated next to thickly wooded forest of deodars. In fact all around, there were rice fields and suddenly we had this large crop of deodars.

"It is said that once a sadhu stayed in these fields when there we no deodars. Some of the locals made fun of him and he was asked to vacate the plot. He was angry but did not want to destroy everything so his curse was, ‘You will not be able to grow any rice or food here and only deodars will grow’. His curse today has turned into blessings and this forest is a great treat. In this forest there was a small temple dedicated to Nag or the Serpent, which is worshipped in this valley. It is said that cows from Kinsu village grazed around this temple. One of the cows used to shed milk on a Shivling, a round stone, as an offering. When the shepherd saw that the cow was giving less milk everyday, he quietly followed her and he saw the cow offering the milk to the Shivling. In anger, he picked up an axe and chopped the Shivling stone, representing Shiva, into two. God  ordered him to build a temple here as repentance. So today, amidst the deodar forest we have this lovely Shiva temple with the stone, representing lord Shiva split into two."

"From the pass we had excellent view of the ranges from Bandarpunch to Himachal and the trees of this forest at the top of the ridge were a treat. ... "

It's rather frustrating when Google maps cannot identify the places Kapadia mentions, even those within India. It's bad enough China prohibits identification of places in Tibet. It'd be nice to know about this spot with "excellent view of the ranges from Bandarpunch to Himachal".
................................................................................................


" ... Both of us sat down and exchanged information about our families. As I offered him some of my food he tasted it and asked, ‘Can I take this with me and not eat here? I would like to share it with my daughters.  They have never tasted food from Bombay. They would love it.’ He asked me about my family and I told him about my two sons. The younger one, Lt. Nawang Kapadia had joined the Indian Army and  was killed by the terrorists in the bloody conflict in Kashmir. Gwanulal suddenly got up asking me to wait. He came back with small cones of deodar and rubbed them in his hands. There was only yellow powder left, looking pure like pure saffron. He put a mark on my forehead. 

"‘This is deodar ka tilla, the mark of deodar, and it is made from deodar ki pithai. These small cones are considered  holy and are available only during these times, in early winter.’ 

"He got a handful of pithai and  stuffed it in my rucksack, ‘Take these home and put it on the photograph of your son. He will be blessed.’ In this four-hour walk with this simple Garhwali villager, I had formed a lifelong friendship. Such are the ways of trekking in this land of gods. We said goodbye to each other on the pass as he descended towards his village to the north of the pass and I returned back towards Devalsari."
................................................................................................


"On the final day, came the time to climb up steeply to the summit of Nag Tibba. The route goes up and up, at first through some forest, but later on barren slopes. Finally, we reached a small temple. ... The view from the top was an uninterrupted endless beauty of mountains, spreading across, almost 200 km wide. ... "
................................................................................................


"As we had started with ‘honest dishonesty’, we ended with unbelievable honesty in this commercially crazy world. It amazed all of us.  The old chowkidar (caretaker) at Devalsari Forest Rest house calculated our charges and informed us, ‘You have to pay me Rs. 200 for the two days stay.’ He had been very helpful, bringing us wood, food, some oil, was also doing some cooking for us. 

"‘Here take Rs. 500 and keep the balance Rs. 300 as your tip’. He looked at me thoughtfully. 

"‘Why are you giving me such a large tip? I cannot accept so much. I will keep only Rs. 100’, and he returned back to me Rs. 200. He smiled and added, ‘Accepting too much as tip would spoil  me so I would not be able to serve the next guest honestly or with full attention as I have done to you’."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 04, 2022 September 04, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
9. THE BAGPIPE TREKS
Small Treks in Lower hills of Kumaun and Himachal (Short treks to Madhari Pass, Budha Pinat and Churdhar) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


" ... Bill Aitken . As we had  lunch, watching cricket and talking mountains, he would suggest several ideas enough to fill in a year of trekking. Bill specialises and believes in ‘A Lateral Approach to the Himalaya’1 and would firmly suggest ‘more of the lesser’. I would tuck the information away in my mind and when an opportunity arose, I would go on these small treks from Delhi. Some were 10 days and some were only 4 days (return). We called them ‘The Bagpipe Treks’."
................................................................................................


"Chiltha Ridge 


"One such trip was along the well-trodden path to the Pindari glacier. ... We spent the first night at Brijaling dhar and were rewarded  with exquisite views of Pindari glacier and Nanda Kot peak. At a leisurely pace we made our way to Chiltha devi main temple in the west situated on the highest point of this ridge. This is one walk I would never forget for the rhododendron flowers. They were in full bloom and in several colours, all this with the backdrop of Nanda Devi and Nanda Kot made for a wonderful setting. The Chiltha devi temple itself was an isolated place and looking on both sides of the valley.  Towards north were the peaks  in the Nanda Devi Sanctuary leading towards the Pindari and in the east and to the south were the blue Shiwalik hills. ... "
................................................................................................


"Madhari Pass


" ... From the upper Ramganga valley, a large number of snow peaks on the Pankhwa Dhar are seen, with rugged rock gorges. If you proceed further east across the Rur Khan pass, the view of the Panch Chuli range is unforgettable."

Google maps identify river flowing nearby as Sarayu.

Kapadia gives another good map of Pindari, Sarah and Ramganga valleys. 

"The trail continued to climb 800 m to reach Madhari pass (3040 m)  in 4 kms.  This pass is on the watershed between the Saryu and the Ramganga. It is a long and forested ridge and can be crossed at several points. The final approach is through a wide-open ground from where on a clear day the peaks of Nanda Devi can be observed.
................................................................................................


"Somewhere in middle of this trek near Madhari pass, a smart looking elderly gentleman sat down to join us for water and snacks. I could see a few tall stick-like objects jutting out from his rucksack. I asked him what were they and before he could reply, our Harsingh in his usual style said that he was a musician and played music at weddings and other celebrations. When I asked him to show the instrument it turned out to be a proper Scottish Bagpipe. The gentleman had retired from the Indian Army Kumaon Regiment and was trained to play the bagpipes. After retirement he began to play famous tunes at wedding and other festivals. I asked him to play for us. Suddenly the forest magically came alive. It was so uplifting an experience that we asked him to walk down with us as he was going the same way. All through the descent he kept playing tunes on the bagpipe making the mountain valleys e vibrate with its high-pitched sound. No wonder bagpipes are called highland pipes for they serenade the mountain gods."

Hence 'bagpipe treks'?

"We continued the steep descent into the Ramganga valley passing Parthi village and Kautibula.   From the bridge over Ramganga a broad trail leads to the school in Namik village 4 km away. This was a fairly large and prosperous village, full of activity.  We camped at Bhagwati temple (2270 m) above the village.

"Namik was a meeting place of other trails too. A walk down the valley would lead to Gogina and Leti where transport was available to reach either Bageshwar or Tejam. A visit can be made to the Namik glacier, which is at the head of the valley."
................................................................................................


"Sur Sungri Pass 


"A broad trail continued to climb from Namik village towards the Sur Sungri pass.  It passed through some interesting forest to reach a camp-site at Upper Ghel Gadi (2900 m). Next day, the climb to the pass, 3 km away, took   about 2 hours. This pass is named Sur Sungri  (3240 m) after a local legend. 

"In the local Kumauni language, a tiger is called Sur and a boar is known as Sungri.  As per legend, a boar once accosted a tiger on this pass. As the boar did not yield the tiger was rather angry. To vent his anger he dug a large hole near the pass, (which is prominently seen near the pass today). After a long chase, the tiger leaped from nearby slopes for the final kill. But he fell in his own pit and died.  A kind of local David and Goliath story, is the Sur-Sungri legend."

" ... Camping on the Ruger Kharak (2240 m) was a welcome relief after a tiring descent. 

"Starting leisurely the next day, we descended steeply again to the main road and walked up to Birthi village (1800 m). This was a small village with meagre facilities. We reached Munsiary in the northerly direction across Kalamuni pass (2748 m) with   views of the Panch Chuli group. The final view of Panch Chuli was worth every effort.
................................................................................................


"Panch Chuli Group of Peaks 


"The most visible symbol in the valleys of Kumaun are the peaks of Panch Chuli. As per the legend, these peaks are named after the five Pandava brothers from the Indian epic Mahabharata. The peaks represent their cooking hearths (chulis) as they cooked their last meal before proceeding to their heavenly abode. As one watches the group from the bungalow at Munsiary at sunrise, the rays directly reflect on these tops and throw the light upwards to the sky. The same scene is repeated in the evening, a little after sunset, for the people in the Darma valley to the east. Thus the legend is firmly established in folklore. 

"The Panch Chuli peaks lie in the Eastern Kumaun and are seen to great advantage from the Kalamuni Pass and Munsiary. They form the watershed between the Gori and the Darma Ganga valleys. The eastern approaches are through Sona and Meola glaciers. The Uttari and Dakshini Balati glaciers guard the western approaches. The peaks are numbered NW to SE—I (6355 m), II (6904 m), III (6312 m), IV (6334 m) and V (6437 m)."
................................................................................................


"Churdhar 


"Bill Aitken in an article mentions that the British called the peak in the foothills of the Shimla hills as ‘ the Choor’. The Choor according to Lt. White ‘is the most lofty eminence belonging to the secondary Himalaya, running south of the great snowy range from whatever point it may be seen   forms a grand and prominent object, towering majestically amidst host of satellites’.2 

"I was to see this grand peak in tragic circumstances. Our family friend Major Navneet Vats was killed in action in Kashmir. He belonged to Chandigarh. To offer condolences I flew from Delhi to Chandigarh. Looking out of the window I could see the Chur, a prominent hill, and the first peak of prominence rising above the plains of Punjab. I tucked away this view and Bill’s writing somewhere in corner of my mind.

"So one early November, keeping in mind five days of free time at Delhi, we planned a quick trip to Churdhar, one of the well-known points with historical significance and easily approachable."

This is just across border from Kumaun. 

Hence inclusion in this chapter on Uttarakhand? 

"Early next morning we climbed up steeply to the ridge behind the bungalow and then proceeded along this gently and lightly wooded ridge to camp that night at Tisri (3180 m).  From here we one could see much of the Kullu Himalaya, starting from lower peaks to Deo Tibba and Indrasan. There was light snow around and we sheltered comfortably in a shepherd’s hut.

"The climb to Churdhar (3647 m) was steep and was more tiring because of snow. We made our way to the top easily to a stupendous 360° view. A statue of Shiva adds those required 5 feet on the peak to make it reach 12,000 feet. We could see the hills of Shimla and completing the view were the peaks towards south. As the legend has it, Churdhar was the nearest point from Delhi where snow could be found even till early summer. ... "
................................................................................................


"Budha Pinath 


"For a trip to this mountain, Bill Aitken, the master himself, accompanied us. It turned out to be a group of nearly fourteen people of variety of interests and strength. We all gathered at Suman Dubey’s lovely bungalow at Kausani (1600 m), enjoying flowers in his garden and the view of the Himalaya. Our trek began right in the earnest next morning and crossing a ridge we were at Khatni. Then began the gruelling climb towards the lower Pinath temple (2400 m). It was quite tiring due to hot sun even in late winter. Lack of water made it more exhausting. We reached the temple with surrounding small houses, but to our dismay we discovered that there was not a drop to drink. 

"There were only two alternatives, either to go down or ask our faithful Kumauni young boys to bring water up to this plateau. I wonder how many times during all my treks these sturdy companions have saved the day. We took the second option and very soon a restricted supply of water was available to us. That evening was enjoyable, listening to stories by Bill and restless prowl of Suman Dubey wanting to get off to the summit. We did that next early morning as Suman ran like a hare for he wanted to reach the top and back to his lovely bungalow the same evening. Zigzagging through sparse forest, we followed Suman who disappeared from view and we were completely unaware of his reaching the top and going back causing minor anxiety. Maninder, who went down too was asked to wave a flag if Suman was at the lower temple and well. It was more confusing as tired Maninder waved the flag too briefly for us to see. That caused an animated debate whether to mount another rescue! Luckily we did not as I had confidence that Suman would be sipping beer by evening in his garden. He did just that."
................................................................................................


"The return was towards the west as we descended to Nyuli (1370 m) and camped little before Tarag tal. This was a beautiful valley, but again lack of water all along little before Tarag tal. This was a beautiful valley, but again lack of water all along was a worrying factor. Tarag tal was a seasonal lake and every monsoon the lake would fill up, and later this fertile ground was used to plant crops. We walked through rice fields and as we reached the other side, we met a road with taxis leading us to Ganai Chaukhutia (900 m).  As we ended our trek at Ganai-Chaukhutia, in a busy bazaar, Bill suddenly called me aside. He pointed to a marble plaque near a bridge. It read, ‘Pattis of Chaukot and Gewar. From this village 134 men went to the Great War of 1914-1919. Of these 112 gave up their lives’. A post box hung near it and in between the hustle and bustle of bazaar, Bill had noticed this historical item. No wonder his keen observations have been reflected in his writings which inspire many like me.
................................................................................................

Sometimes friends and the people you work with, frown upon such short quick holidays for it disturbs their rhythm, just as it builds up my rhythm to face the rigours of life. Why do you do this, they ask, like the famous question to Mallory, why climb. My reply is simple, ‘Blame it on Bill’.
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 04, 2022 September 04, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
SECTION 6 : Chapters 10 to 13 : HIMACHAL PRADESH 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


" ... Go like a child into this region of wonderful things; be sensible to the harmonies of creation; do not be afraid to be awed; be humble. Do not take too much account of time, for Nature is timeless. Rhythm, not time is her motive. Enter into this rhythm. Then you will hear the music of the heights and the voice of far and lonely place. 

"Frank Smythe 

"​(The Mountain Vision)"
................................................................................................


"For someone who is looking for hidden gems, not too difficult areas but still remote enough to be alone, then Himachal Pradesh is the place to go. One will find villages deep inside valleys but always beautifully located and with friendly people. Above the villages are pastures, which are occupied by local gaddis or shepherds. They have many stories to tell; of their migration, traditional life-style and concerns for future. These villagers and gaddis are masters of their areas and know every nook and corner.  Climbers do not have to look further, for each valley in Himachal offers from easy to the most challenging rock and ice to be climbed. ... "
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 04, 2022 September 04, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
10. THE TILLEY HAT (Trek across the Sainj and Tirthan Valleys, Kullu) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Ever since we had started trekking in the Sainj valley, I had noticed that Chris wore a most expensive sun hat, made in Canada. It was a ‘Tilley Hat’. The notice on the label said; 

""It is the best outdoor hat in the world, it floats, it ties on, repels rain and mildew, won’t shrink and will be replaced, if it wears out (Yes, put it in your will). "

"Gerry narrated a television advertisement. It showed an elephant chewing up a Tilley Hat, but as he spat out, after a wash, it was restored to its original shape. With decades of mountaineering, this hat sat well on head of Sir Chris, both were legendary and durable.  In his own way Chris has undertaken adventures, inspired a generation and created mountaineering literature – which can be left in his ‘will’ for future mountaineers.  We have been climbing and trekking together for several years and as age catches on, he has changed gears and has started enjoying smaller but unexplored climbs like the one in the Sainj valley. This was the beginning of our new phase of teaming up, already having been on three serious expeditions together in the Himalaya.
................................................................................................


"The areas of Kullu Himalaya are thickly populated, especially the inner valleys. After closing of Kashmir, tourism onslaught on this valley is maximum. Some places, like Manali, have been turned into cement townships and much forest has disappeared. To prevent such a catastrophe   in the valleys in Sainj, Jiwa  and  Tirthan nalas, a national park has been established, named ‘The Great Himalayan National Park’.   Fees are to be paid and one is allowed to trek, climb and visit the park under watchful eyes of local wardens. But this is only a wishful arrangement. On a practical level, nothing much was happening as we discovered during our trip there in June 2003.   Six British and six Indians arrived at the village of Sainj (1400 m), which is to the east of the Kullu valley.  We were informed that a permit would be necessary to enter the park and in the same breath, one of the local wardens offered to accompany us for some money on the sly. But we  elected to go down to the park office at Bhuntar  and paid our dues."
................................................................................................


"As we returned and started our trek from Neuli (1600 m) we were introduced to the pleasures of the park and pain of the villagers. The pleasures were many with one of the most protected forest in full glory; number of species of birds, flowers and thick foliage. An excellent tract maintained by the park authorities was a welcome sight. As we trekked inside it was evident that despite fees being charged and funds available, nothing much had been done, especially due to protests by the locals. The villagers, quite a few in this area, were asked not to utilize the forest products, which had been their right for generations. Grazing was banned and movement of shepherds was stopped. All this had led to a typical man vs. forest and villagers vs. political authorities conflict and we were constantly observing this, though it did not affect us.

"Our progress was slow as intended and after camping at Dhenga bridge (1860 m) we climbed up to Shakti (2200 m). It had a small forest hut and the route passed in sight of a 60 m waterfall, irises and many flowers. We continued our way up to Marur, a village of about 4 houses and braving a thunderstorm in the afternoon camped in the open grounds of Kudal. On 11 June we were established at Parkachi (3020 m), which had excellent views and was surrounded by a lovely forest. This was to be our base for the next few days.
................................................................................................


"Everybody disappeared into different valleys and soon things were happening. Gerry Wilson, Louis and myself walked till Ratikhol up in the valley at the junction of two nalas and enjoyed walking amidst flowers. Vijay Kothari with a porter climbed up a hill while some preferred to stay at Parkachi and simply read a book. 

"The team of indomitable Sir Chris Bonington with young Rajal and Radha Upadhyaya were active in the side valley of Chyos nala in the north. With porter support, they established a high camp in one of the northern offshoots and camped at Jaraun Thach. Getting up early, Chris and Rajal climbed steadily to reach a snow bound rocky peak called Jaraun (5205 m)."
................................................................................................


"The entire team regrouped at Shakti having spent an enjoyable week in the upper valleys. We had decided to cross a high ridge towards south to cross over into the Tirthan valley. As we started in a drizzle, crossing a bridge opposite Marur a steep climb through forest faced us. At first a trail zigzagged up but after 3 km there was no trail and we had to traverse right and descent steeply for about a km to a nala. We  climbed another steep slope and went on and on like this until we reached our camping place at Bhedi Thach (2820 m).  The same sort of trail continued passing a cave and finally it opened to a huge thach (grazing ground) at Dhel. There was a hut here, an observation point under point 3737 m.  The route traversed a grassy plateau through flowery meadows and as we reached the extreme end, we decided to camp amidst great view at Upper Dhel (3650 m).

"All through this climb I trekked with Radha Upadhyaya, my young friend from Nairobi, who came to the Himalaya not too often.  We spoke the same language, Gujarati. Her family  had strong Indian connections, having migrated from India generations ago.  Having grown up in Kenya, she felt more like a Kenyan rather than a Gujarati or an Indian. I distinctly remember asking her about how she could  do something for India, her place of birth. But in a truly patriotic tone and spirit she said, ‘Harish Uncle, I am not an Indian, I am a Kenyan and I would like to do something for my country with Indians’. It was an unmatched spirit that she brought with her. As we climbed up steadily she demonstrated her main characteristic  - we called her the ‘Question Lady’. Her eagerness to know about everything was so strong that anything you mentioned and she would have a supplementary question for that. ‘Why do you think Indian politics is so dirty?’  ‘What do you think of world affairs?,’  ‘Why was the Great National Park formed?’,   ‘When did Eric Shipton  come to Himalaya?’ ;  And it went on an on, on a variety of subjects. One admired her quest for knowledge, but while climbing a steep slippery slope through forest and panting heavily, I had to tell her several times, ‘Radha I am tired, enough is enough’, but then there would  be another question to that ‘What is enough’ and there we were starting all over again!  As we camped at Dhel, her uninterrupted questions continued but now at leisure, it was a pleasure.

"Next day we all walked up to a small point on the ridge Rakhundi (3954 m) and enjoyed a grand view of hundreds of small peaks towards the Kullu.  Then  the real stuff began. We had to descend from Dhel plateau towards the Tirthan valley in the south.  We could not locate a trail to descend. We had employed a guide, Vishnu Singh. He, with a disarming smile told us, ‘I don’t the route from here. I have come only this far’. He tried desperately and finally led us on a completely wrong trail. Finally we decided to cut through downwards wherever it was possible and finally we were down to Ghum Padao (3540 m).  Camping here we had wonderful views of Kand Mahadeo, a well-known peak worshipped by the locals. It looked rather different from what I had seen from Sarahan and it was now in the shape of a triangle. We continued our descent cum traverse crossing four small rivulets and a finally descended to Nara Thach. It was a long traverse and by evening everybody was tired. But the worst was still to come, as it always does, on the last day. From Nara Thach (3300 m) the trail descended, without exaggeration, almost vertically and for a very long time till we reached the Tirthan river at 2175 m."

Another lovely map here. 
................................................................................................


"As we sat down a religious procession of Kali Nag, the local deity was being carried across and we could partake some of the festivities. It was a large procession and as were photographing the God, we were asked to make a wish. If  it’s answer  was  yes, the God being carried by people on their shoulders, would jump front to back. And if the answer  was no, it would move  left to right like the shake of a head.  Radha was now in total questioning mode with the villagers; about the significance of Kali Nag, about the area, about their traditions and the valleys ahead. To all these questions Kali Nag jumped front and back giving a positive yes. But when she asked about the areas closed off by the national park,  efforts at preservation, the conflict with authorities and their desire to protect the park,  Kali Nag was jumping right and left giving a vehement no. The villagers were not happy with many aspects, wanted a change but did not know what and how. It was a classic case of the usual livelihood vs. protection issues.

"Now we were bound for Gusheni (1500 m) in two days and stayed at the forest rest house high on a ridge, with a great view but many bugs.  As we looked around to the great forest spread out before us, we hoped that it would be preserved. At the same time apprehensions of villagers needed to be addressed -- a difficult balance. We ended our wonderful trek with memories of great mountain views, unspoilt valleys, virgin forests and our laughter lingered on. We only hope that these can be left for the next generation in our will – like a Tilley Hat."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 04, 2022 September 04, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
11. THE PLAN B (Trek across the Shaone Gad to Supin valley, Kinnaur) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


" ... September 1999, we were at the Rakchham rest house.(via Shimla, Sangla to  Rakchham, little before Chhitkul,  in Kinnaur).  Flowers were in bloom; colourful fields were ready for harvesting and people were preparing for the forthcoming Dushera festival.

"Amongst our group we had one special combination. We had three Parsis, Dr. Burjor Banaji, Kekoo Colah and Pesi Dubash, each from a different profession; a renowned eye surgeon, the head of a property consulting firm and a freelance photographer respectively. This community is known for its easy going lifestyle, teasing their companions and much laughter. This applied to us but as someone said, three doses of same medicine may prove fatal !. Also amongst us we had Suman Dubey, a leading journalist from Delhi who had climbed till South Col on Everest in his hey  days. He had restless energy,   enough to wheel through any situation.  Every now and then he would pace up and down like a tiger on the prowl and would ask us to see the map. Even before we started to move he came out with his diktat;  ‘Harish just in case we are unable to cross the main pass, we must have Plan B’.  We all looked at him and said, ‘Suman lets try to go through that main pass we have planned and let us see how things develop’.
................................................................................................


"We spent 15 September walking to Chhitkul and back on a road, helping us to acclimatise quickly. We started climbing up in the Shaone valley to the south of Mastarang village. After initial steep climb the valley flattened out and a long moraine and scree slopes took us to lower Shaone (Rathia thach) (3850 m). On the 17th we shifted to Upper Shaone thach (Mathia thach) (4150 m), which was almost at the foot of a glacier.  We camped on a vast open ground and like small children our three Parsis played out their game, ‘here comes the bear’. At night as we were all inside the camp, the ‘bear’ slowly crept towards Pesi Dubash’s tent. As the tent shook Pesi was shouting in panic. The second Parsi Kekoo advised defensive measures against a bear attack: to sprinkle talcum powder liberally on the body so that the smell does not reach the bear, showing a constantly moving torch to scare him and making  loud noises by banging a plate to shoo him away. As all these measures were not possible with just two hands, we ultimately found our friend with a torch tucked in his mouth, head vigorously shaking to make the light flash and banging a plate with a mug, having sprinkled powder all over himself. Needless to say the bear was the third Parsi, Burjor Banaji.

"Along with these games, we made one recce of the upper reaches of the glacier reaching 4520 m. Our plan was to cross the Singha ghati,(‘steep pass’) which was to the northeast (left). As we reached the junction of two valleys, glacial moraine and steep walls covered every side. Suman spread out maps and first we looked towards the Singha ghati. I looked through binoculars and murmured ‘the pass looks quite severe and the walls are steep. I do not think that this will lead us anywhere”. Before I could lower my binoculars, Suman was at it, ‘What’s our plan B’. And so Plan B came to be.

"The adjoining valley  led us to Lamea pass, which literally meant the ‘longer pass’. Both the passes led into the Supin valley, but at different points. Looking at the terrain, we decided to follow the longer pass.  Slowly making our way up the glacier, each at his own pace and timings, we camped at the foot of the pass at 4680 m. Going up some steep slopes, we reached Lamea pass at 4920 m and we eyed the lovely green valley of Rupin (‘the beautiful valley’) leading down to south directly. Suman immediately wanted to make that route Plan B but we all had to oppose it as it would have taken three extra days and for these professionals, time is always premium. We traversed towards left and camped at 4630 m. The worst was still to come. A horrendous rocky terrain led us  to Ratangdi ghati (4820 m). We had to jump over boulders, a major challenge for someone as heavy as Burjor. The only thing that kept him going was stories of cricket and that too local cricket, how our state team Mumbai had won the national championship several times. He kept nodding and finally we were across.
................................................................................................


"The traditional route of descent from here was from the right and down through steep but easy grassy slopes.  In our eagerness to reach the beautiful valley of Nishani thach seen below, we cut across a steep route leading us into a mire.  We had to fix ropes to descend. The head of the Nishani thach valley led to Singha ghati, our original plan. We rapidly descended the Supin valley and that night camped at Vishkhopri thach (3650 m). This was a most romantic name that I had ever come across in the Himalaya. Vish is poison and khopri is skull (or brain). As the story goes this grazing ground in height of summer is full of flowers and its fragrance is very strong. Any young boy or girl of Jakhol or Lewari village who would come here would be intoxicated. Their heads would be full of the poison of love ! A trail from Vishkhopri thach led to Obra gad to the north and in to the Har-ki-dun valley, a popular trekking destination. Next evening we were at Lewari  (2700 m) The race against time began on 24 September morning.  Starting from the remote Lewari we had to reach Dehra Dun the same night for our train to Delhi. In next six hours, by noon, we were at Jakhol and caught a taxi to Sankhri and onwards to Dehra Dun. We kept checking our watches but as we neared the railway station plan A finally failed. The train had left about quarter of an hour ago. We all looked at Suman, jumping again with another Plan B, to stay in a hotel overnight and catch a train next morning to Delhi. This would be far preferable than driving all night on the highway. But to catch a train in India without reservations is an ordeal. There we had to play act with our Parsi friends. One of them reached the station early and informed the train conductor that we  were accompanying an important minister from Delhi, who ‘himself’ I was travelling by this morning train. It is one thing that any minister’s staff is travelling but the greatest panic is when the Minister ‘himself’ is on the train! 

"Immediately room was made for us, six seats were allotted in an air-conditioned bogie and everyone waited eagerly for the ‘Minister’ to arrive. And there he was, Suman with a long wooden shaft in his hand walking slowly towards the compartment, acknowledging salutes of bewildered railway staff. They had never seen a senior minister like him ! As he sat down in began eating breakfast, Suman gave the final edict with a grin; ‘Well plan B worked. It always does, doesn’t it’.
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 04, 2022 September 04, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
12. BARA BAHANGAL THE LAND OF PASSES  (Trek to the hidden  valley in Dhaula Dhar) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"The Dhauladhar range rises abruptly from the Kangra valley (there are no gentle Shivalik gentle ranges here). This has always been an attractive proposition for those with a short  time to visit the Himalaya. It is seen as a long white ridge from the plains of Punjab at the height of summer and hence the name Dhaula (white) Dhar (ridge). Having visited different areas, I was always curious about the land of Bara Bangahal in  this range. The map showed a small village surrounded by several high passes, many glaciers and few peaks, which rose from these valleys.  Most of these passes were used by gaddies (shepherds) to cross from the Bara Bangahal into Lahaul.  From the glaciers emerged the Ravi river which passed the village and through a gorge went to village Holi and finally to Chamba."
................................................................................................


"The time for Bara Bangahal came only in 2004. I always wondered how it would be to get in or get out along the Ravi gorge, for several villagers seemed to be doing it.  But my young climbing friend Monesh Devjani, who had crossed that gorge stated, “That’s the most difficult and dangerous thing that I have done in my life”, and he had climbed Panch Chuli little before that. I decided to be wiser and we selected to get in from the well-trodden Thamser Jot, one of the most popular routes to enter the Bara Bangahal valley.  Shepherds with thousands of sheep (no exaggeration here) and mules use it and so do most of the population of Bara Bangahal. We (Drs. Girish Lad and his wife Rekha and myself) travelled from Pathankot to Baijnath (via Palampur) on a clear sunny day. Nearby was a large monastery complex, now the headquarters of the Bon religion. We made our initial purchases and by a rough jeep road drove to Billing, which has grown as a major hang-gliding centre and is reputed to be one of the best of its kind in the world.2 The vast view of Kangra valley unfolded before us. On 12th June, a broad trail led us to Chhanai pass (2800 m) across which lay the wide valley of Chota Bangahal. Nobody could tell us who the Bangahalis are or why these  names Chota and Bara Bangahal exist. We heard  several stories. Some thought that Bangahal means a high peak and the village lies beyond high peaks, which according to them are one meter higher than any peaks in the Dhauladhar.  Rajgundha, which we reached soon was also the seat of one of the Rajas and was part of the Mandi state. Once the Raja of Bara Bangahal attacked and conquered Rajgundha, and established the Chota Bangahal. The Bangahalis were possibly Rajput descendents for all had very sharp features. They brought in workers of different castes to undertake menial occupations. The Raja of Mandi ultimately defeated the Bangahali Raja but the name and the legend remain."
................................................................................................


" ... The Bara Bangahal remains  out of bounds for six  months approachable only when the passes open, so anyone trapped inside has to remain there for the winter. ... "

" ... After a camp we descended to the main bowl of the valley. A village north of the Ravi stood in an elongated line  with a lovely rest house amidst pines nestling in the southern most part. It was sparsely populated  and everybody went about their work almost unconcerned about us. Time was of essence and two summer months had to be utilised thoroughly. There was electricity and a well run primary school.  The valley shifts every six months from the Bara Bangahal (2541 m) to Kangra. We spent two wonderful days mixing freely with villagers."

" ... The headwaters of the Ravi led to few different glaciers.3"

" ... We were debating all along and finally mustered courage and with few local supporters decided to go across the Ravi gorge, which even the guidebook declared to be very dangerous and difficult.

"We relaxed in the lovely forest bungalow, hoping to start our return journey the next day.  As both Girish and Rekha were doctors, several villagers visited them for medicines.  On the evening of 19th of June, came an elderly lady. When she was given her dose of medicines, as a parting “blessing” to us, she said, “So you are returning tomorrow by the Ravi gorge. Please be careful, it is very dangerous. I will pray for you”. Girish, Rekha and me looked at each other aghast. Here is how a kindly lady blesses you after being looked after… there is something wrong with this route surely. Instantly we rushed to the village, hired two guides and decided to go across 4749 m high Nikora Jot into the Kugti valley through which the map showed an exit. We and quite simply even the villagers were relieved that they  would not have to escort us through the gorge.
................................................................................................


"Nikora pass is not a frequently used route as it is high and leads to Kugti which is also surrounded by mountains. It is  steep and high climb with a steep descent  on the Kugti side. On 20th June, with two guides we climbed a steep route, first on the grass and later on the rocks, camping at Sagmadhi (3400 m) and the Nikoramadhi (4100 m) at the foot of the pass. Both were traditional camping places but what lay ahead was a high barren ridge.  On 22nd we reached the high pass, situated on a small depression between two rock points. Weather was poor and the descent on the other side, took our breath away.  Steep snow mixed with steep rock was a deadly ground and for those two hundred meters we remembered the Ravi gorge.  But after a camp we descended the Nanun nala, camping at two places. As we descended to the Kugti valley, the lovely peak of Chamba Kailash (5656 m) rose in front of us. In  the winter of 1983, four of us had come up the Kugti nala and crossed the high Chombu pass.  Across the Chombu pass is the Mani Mahesh ake, an often - visited temple during summer. But the valley of Kugti now looked a lovely green, vastly different from that wintry appearance.4 

"The peak of Mani Mahesh though not high was a challenge to climb. In 1968 an Indo-Japanese ladies expedition made its first ascent followed by a second ascent by a team from the army. 5"

"The steep rock face of high Nikora pass, the incomplete road to Kugti and a diesel less taxi-- are all part of the adventure of trying to exit from Bara Bangahal. The choice is either that or crossing the Ravi gorge over dangerous slabs and not sleeping for six nights after that. What would you prefer? I hope to find out someday soon."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 04, 2022 September 04, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
13. INTO THE PANGI VALLEY (Treks and climbs in the Pangi and Miyan nala valleys) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"Thirty-one years is a long period to wait to return to an area. It was in 1973 that as a young student I undertook a trip to Manali and had planned to trek into the Lahaul valley, at that time remote and unknown. We climbed Shiti Dhar peak quickly (known also as Friendship Peak), but as we returned to Manali, happy but tired, one by one all my companions deserted me. I was left alone and that seemed to be the end of the Lahaul dream for me. But suddenly in the bazaar I met my course-mate (with whom I had done the basic mountaineering course in Darjeeling in 1964), Col. Prem Chand, then a young captain, fit and raring to go.1 He belonged to Lahaul and his aged mother lived in the Rooding village. He, by a wonderful coincidence, was proceeding to his home place.

"We teamed up and crossed the Rohtang pass en  route to Lahaul. Lahaul had one central school and Prem had studied there in company of  almost all educated and now highly placed people of Lahaul. So it was trekking with ‘only a toothbrush’ as it is said. ... From Udaipur I eyed a narrow gorge proceeding further west along the river Chandrabhaga. ... "

"With Prem in command we walked up the Miyar nala to Karpat village and looked at some beautiful peaks.  That was the maximum I saw of this valley.  However, somewhere in the corner of my mind I noted down the word Pangi valley and the Miyar nala for a future trip. Though I passed through Lahaul on my way to Leh or to Spiti several times, the dream to visit the unknown Pangi remained a dream."
................................................................................................


"The Pangi valley is now well connected by a road from Udaipur to Killar and this road extends further along the Chenab river (Chandrabhaga is known as Chenab in its later stages) to Gulabgadh and Kishtwar to join the main Srinagar highway at Batot. The road is rough; once it leaves Udiapur certain portions are carved out underneath huge cliffs.  We travelled from Manali to Udaipur comfortably and wisely decided to stay put night there. Hence it was on 7th of July 2004, almost 31 years to the date of my first eyeing the gorge beyond Udaipur, I was driving with a party of 7 Britishers and 3 Indians, all friends, proceeding towards the Pangi. Soon the road gave us a test of things to come. We crossed two difficult nalas, which were overflowing and our taxis made it across in style. ... Each of remote Pangi valleys have now roads extending for 20 to 30 kms inside of the main road. Thus most of the initial steep climb is taken care of.

"Pangi is in the district of Chamba in the state of Himachal Pradesh and is generally situated east of the Chandrabhaga river which becomes Chenab after it leaves Pangi. The first major valley in Pangi is of Such Khas or the Sainchu nala. The Hudan valley is to its north and finally the Sural valley, reputed to be the most beautiful of all, completing the major valleys of the area. Killar the district headquarters is a jumble of several houses and few supplies are available here. The road going along the river proceeds north and northwest of Killar to reach Gulabghad in the Kishtwar district of Kashmir.2  The areas beyond Killar are at present under terrorist threat and one can safely traverse these roads, thanks only to several army security camps . One of the well-known peak in the Pangi area is Shiva (6142 m) which has been climbed few times, while a few trekking parties enjoy these three valleys and the intervening passes between them.  We had decided to enter the Sainchu valley which went deep inside to a vast open ground named Guru ka Alias (Guru’s cave).  Several passes to the Miyar nala lying to its east connect this valley."

Kapadia gives a map of the region. 
................................................................................................


" ... A vast flood seven years ago had flattened the forest rest house at Tuan filling it with boulders of various sizes. That evening we walked leisurely to house of Bhimchand, an 80-year-old villager whose son had gone across passes to sell yaks in the neighboring Zanskar.   Being Buddhist, in one of the adjoining rooms, he had created a small temple for prayers. He had migrated from Lahaul several years ago and had paid generous sums here to people to settle down.  His story was typical of majority of population of Pangi. Most of them were migrants who have settled here decades ago and still maintain ties with Zanskar over the high passes. As many Zanskaris also settled down here, Buddhism is the main religion in upper valleys.  We proceeded up the valley along the Sainchu nala where it bifurcated into two different valleys, Paphita and Tarundi nalas. Crossing over a small rough bridge and partly through the nala, we camped at the beautiful Bhani Guru ka Alias, ‘cave of   Bhani guru who had stayed here for several years and had died about 12 years ago. Guru ka Alias, a few kilometers away and was reputed to be the place where a great Lama from Zanskar had meditated for several decades. From Guru ka Alias a stiff route crossed a high pass into the Miyar nala and across the Munla Jot or the Kangla Jot to Padum.  As three of us went up towards this vast camping ground, two locals appeared from nowhere, returning from Zanskar where they had gone to sell yaks, one of them being Bhimchand’s son. Guru ka Alias would qualify as the valley of flowers of Pangi, for we came across large number of species particularly, the blue poppies which were growing in abundance. It was enough to allow a person into a natural meditation.

"While we were enjoying the lower valleys, our British friends left for a valley immediately due east of the Bhani Guru camp.  They crossed the turbulent river next to the camp with some difficulties and went through a vast open ground where we had spotted a huge brown bear two days ago. Camping at 4200 m next day, they climbed the peak Mund Jot (5134 m) on 14th July.  Unfortunately the weather closed in, otherwise a most magnificent panorama of the upper Miyar nala would have been theirs. Having spent few wonderful days in the Pahita nala we descended to Tuan for a day of well-earned rest."
................................................................................................


"We were now to proceed south and southeast along the Jambu nala for our intended route to Miyar nala. We hired two guides, local gaddies called Hardial and his younger companion simply called Munda (a boy). Their story was typical of the lifestyle of gaddies prevalent in the area. They belonged to Rakh village near the town of Chamba. Every year as the summer approached, with almost a thousand sheep, they would cross the high Chobia pass on the Pir Panjal range of the Ravi basin and descend to the Chandrabhaga basin near Udaipur. Slowly moving up the Miyar nala, they would cross one of the high passes into the Pangi to stay there for couple of summer months  . As autumn approached they would cross with their flock, the Pimu Jot back to the Miyar nala and crossing to Udaipur they would finally cross Kalicho pass to their homes. Such yearly cycles have continued for these gaddi folks for generations. ‘Now is the time for education’, Hardial said, ‘my two sons are studying and the elder one has opened a shop in my village. They don’t look after sheep and goats at all’. How long gaddis would continue this lifestyle is a big question mark. But quite possibly, the educated gaddi children will revitalize the system and something better may emerge, as there is no other alternative for the meat of sheep and goats. They are faced with several problems too.

"Initially we did not believe that Hardial and Munda knew the route ahead for they were not able to express exactly where the pass lay. When I persistently asked them Hardial finally said ‘To come to Pangi I have to obtain a permit for which I have to pay a bribe. I may not be educated but do you think I am fool to pay a bribe for a pass  which I do not know how to cross’,  and he laughed. As we went up the valley and across the pass, it was evident that the gaddis knew every inch of the area.  They would  return back to the same place within a month with more than thousand sheep. We climbed up the upper Jambu nala valley in three camps. To take advantage of a rest day, Chris Bonington and Charlie Clarke pushed up to climb a peak of 5105 m, which we christened Jambu peak. From there they could observe the Urgus pass (5090 m). This pass was our initial aim but the gaddies and the local villagers discouraged us saying that this pass, consisting of small glaciers has now fallen in disuse , as there were several crevasses.  The route, which was traditionally followed, has threatening rock cliffs above and in one case in the past, about 20 sheep and goats were killed due to falling debris.  Moreover a decade ago, a team of surveyors was trapped near the pass.  One of them had fallen into a crevasse and died, wedged between the ice walls.  The situation had obviously deteriorated further as we could see so it was certainly wiser to follow the circuitous, higher but safer pass to the northeast.  This would entail a  40-km detour but apart from safety it would allow us to observe the upper Miyar nala and its peaks. Thus going up a side valley from foot of Urgus we crossed the Duggal Jot or Pimu pass (5223 m). The upper valley was full of rocks with some ice tongues, which were easier to climb, and the finally a steep slope.  The real tiring bit was on the other side of the pass as we had to descend over huge boulders and rough scree to the Pimu  glacier.3"
................................................................................................


"It was now time to enjoy and relax as we reached the wide-open maidans of upper Miyarnala with several peaks seen in the horizon.  We descended along the right bank (though a wide valley and well-trodden track was seen on the west bank) as there was no way to cross the turbulent Miyar and we had to go through  a difficult gorge. Once outside the gorge, we passed beautiful villages and crossed the Miyar on an iron rope wire bridge to its left bank.  Walking was now much gentler, through forest.

"A day before we reached Urgus, Chris, had rushed through that difficult gorge for a long distance causing much anxiety, and some anger in all of us. Next day we gently asked him, ‘Shall we have the pleasure of walking with you, Chris?’ To give credit where it is due, Chris who, a day before, was running as if the Indian Air force was after him, walked with all of us as slowly as a revenue official inquiring about taxes in the villages, the next day. That was the hallmark of a true mountain lover who can be as hard as required and as interested as desired. Two days under the poplars in the Urgus valley revived us completely and we were down to the waiting taxis at Tingrat on the way to Manali. The forbidden Pangi still remains a major attraction in my mind and hopefully I will  return there someday – hopefully before the next 31 years."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 05, 2022 September 05, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
SECTION 7 : Chapter 14 – 15 - 16 EAST KARAKORAM 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"What have these lonely mountains worth revealing? 
"More glory and more grief than I can tell; 
"The earth that wakes one human heart to feeling 
"Can centre both the worlds of Heaven and Hell. 

"Emily Bronte 

"(In Praise of Mountains)"

It's unclear if the last line in brackets is giving title of a collection of poems of Emily Bronte. 
................................................................................................


"Civilization owes a lot to caravans of mules that carried goods and knowledge across high ranges. One of the most important routes was through the east Karakoram mountains crossing high passes of Saser la and Karakoram pass. The barrenness here is seen to be believed. The faithful pilgrims from Central Asia to Mecca opened the route, traders followed it and politics and war closed it for all practical purposes. ... "

The trade route existed and flourished long before there was reason for the pilgrims in that direction, unless Kapadia is speaking of the huge temple of which the present place of pilgrimage is a remnant after extensive destruction of huge statues that existed until then; in any case, there were once Buddhist monasteries along the route where traders found succour, and the very name Bukhara stems from (Buddha) Vihara, as those monasteries were called. Which in turn means the trade route existed across Central Asia long before Buddha himself. 
................................................................................................


" ... Today the trade route reminds one of the romantic tales of caravans, dangerous fording of rivers and toils of people. In all this,  mules played a central role and without their sacrifice not much would have been achieved. ... "

Sacrifice is hardly an appropriate word for humans using animals for transport, since neither humans sacrificing them nor mules willingly or consciously giving or consecrating their life was involved; it has been as much a partnership as that of horse and man in various cultures, from Mongolia to India to Europe to California, the only one outdoing that being the multiple area encompassing partnership between humanity and cattle in India, involvingnot only transportation and trade but agriculture and dairy, vital to life. 

In fact, there must be a good reason why mules are used as the epithet for unreasonable and stubborn humans. As for the trade route in Central Asia, camels were involved through most of it, although perhaps not in the Himalayan regions. 
................................................................................................


" ... As I stood at the Karakoram Pass for second time, looking across to same barren Central Asian plains I wondered when these frontiers will be opened to caravans. That will truly be a tribute to civilised society."

It's one thing Kapadia opining that some Chinese individuals aren't all that bad; it's quite another ignoring the general trend of hostile dealing China - and Chinese individuals too, including those managing restaurants (not in India) have with, not only India, but the world, in true Chingis Khan tradition. 

Return of a friendly civilisation opening trade routes and travel in Central Asia across Himalaya would involve a major change, reversing completely the Abrahmic-IV creed that sought to destroy China's adopted Buddhist and indigenous other creeds and culture of several millennia. 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 05, 2022 September 05, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
14. IN THE LAND OF ARGANS Explorations in the Paradise Shayad (Climbs in the Arganglas valley, East Karakoram) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


""Arghan, a hybrid class, resulting from the intra marriage of foreign Asiatics with Ladakhi women; they are largely employed as mule and pony drivers on the various routes leading to and from Leh. (many fold). 1"

" ... The costly and rare Pashmina wool was initially traded on behalf of the rulers of Ladakh, the Gyalpos. The Gyalpos appointed agents, known as ‘Kha-tsong’, who were all Arghons. By ancient customs the privileged traders arrived from Gartok and Rudok to buy wool   and interacted with the Arghons, who exclusively controlled the wool trade of Changthang in Ladakh under the ‘Treaty of Tingmosgang’.4  All this was to change only after Ladakh was conquered by the forces of a Dogra General, Zorawar Singh (representing Maharaja Gulab Singh). But before that, this rich community was well established and part of Ladakh’s social scene.

"The Arghon community of Leh pride themselves even now on their descent from foreign merchants who settled there during the great days of caravan trade. They came from Srinagar, and from the great trading cities of Central Asia – Yarkand, Khotan and Kashgar. ..."

Kapadia gives a map of the Greater Karakoram region. 
................................................................................................


"The Arghons also played a leading role in the trans-Himalayan trade between Leh and Kashgar across the Karakoram Pass.  The trade was carried on for years and all the goods were ferried across high and dangerous passes on mules. To help the caravans a community of Kiraiyakash was demarcated. (They were called thus from the Urdu word ‘Kirai’; meaning fee, fare, hire.) This community have   been a feature of the trade caravans ever since trade was carried on across the Karakoram. They moulded well as pony-men, professional porters and reliable helpers all over Asia. They were both Ladakhis and Yarkandis and many of them were the Arghons of Leh in later decades. These Kiraiyakash were hardy men, almost immune to hardship of travel on the mountain trails and during severe winters of Ladakh and Central Asia.

"Between 1870 and 1930, they served many exploratory and scientific expeditions, like that of Sir Francis Younghusband and Dr. Tom Longstaff. There are rich tributes to the Arghons in the published accounts of their travels. ... "
................................................................................................


"Dr. Tom Longstaff, the intrepid explorer, pays tribute to one of the most well known Arghons of his times: 

"Rasool Gulwan, our caravan leader was a great character. He had travelled through Tibet with Llittledale, and with Robert Barrett, Phelps and Church and was rated very high by all of them. He was of the breed called Arghan, of a Yarkandi father by a Ladakhi mother. Inheriting the best characteristics of both the races, he was absolutely honest; he never took bribes nor offered them.  6 

"Gulam Rasool Galwan was among the pony-men taken on by Lord Dunmore to Pamirs in 1890. This was a four- month expedition for which he was paid Rs. 10 per month. He served a host of other explorers and travellers; Younghusband, Longstaff, Phelps, Church, Wellby and Littledale. In 1914 he was appointed as the caravan leader (a very prestigious post) of the big Italian scientific expedition of Filippo de Filippi, which explored the Rimo glacier systems and spent several months in the area.

"His claim to fame came from an earlier expedition with the British Joint Commissioner in 1899. He was part of the team, which reconnoitred possible routes through the Changchenmo valley going east from the Shyok river. With the Sahibs, he explored a large unknown river valley little to its north and this valley now bears his name, ‘the Galwan valley’. This is a rare instance of a major geographical feature being given the name of a native explorer who put it on a western map --- a true tribute to the Arghons.7  In 1962, the Chinese troops surrounded the Indian army posts in this very Galwan valley and the first shots were fired here to start the Indo-China war. ... "

Chinese military forces, no doubt as per government orders, designs and plans, attempted a repetition in 2020, and, as in 1967 when China had tried a repetition of 1962, were forced to retreat after losing far more men than they'd expected, despite being prepared in 2020 for a brutal fight, armed with barbed iron rods! 
................................................................................................


Quoted from Wikipedia:- 


"There is no evidence of Qing China making any claims on the Aksai Chin plateau.[17] The Republic of China (1912–1949), having faced a revolution in Tibet in 1911, apparently made secret plans to acquire Aksai Chin plateau in order to create a road link between Xinjiang and Tibet. These plans began to get manifested in public maps only towards the end of its rule.[18] While the Republican Chinese claims included the Aksai Chin proper, they stopped at the foot of the Karakoram mountains, leaving all the rivers that flow into the Shyok River within India. (See map.) Communist China also published the "Big Map of the People's Republic of China" in 1956 with a similar boundary, now called the 1956 claim line. In the Galwan Valley, this line just skirted the Samzungling campsite, leaving the rest of the valley within India.[19][20]

"However, in 1960 China advanced its claim line to the western end of the Galwan river, running along the crest of the mountain ridge adjoining the Shyok river valley.[20] The Chinese said little by way of justification for this advancement other than to claim that it was their "traditional customary boundary" which was allegedly formed through a "long historical process". They claimed that the line was altered in the recent past only due to "British imperialism".[f][21][22][23]

Meanwhile, India continued to claim the entire Aksai Chin plateau."

"The Indian Intelligence Bureau proposed in September 1961 that the Galwan Valley should be patrolled and posts established up in the valley because it was strategically connected to the Shyok Valley.[25] Nehru supported the proposal and the CGS[g] B. M. Kaul ordered the setting up of a forward post. However, the terrain of the valley proved too difficult for the troops to proceed up the valley.[26] In April 1962, Kaul ordered that a southern route should be tried. By this time, the Chinese had announced that they were resuming patrols and it was also learnt that they had established a post at Samzungling. The Western Command's objections that the establishment of an Indian post would be a provocative act were overruled by the high command.[27]

"A platoon of Indian Gorkha troops set out from Hot Springs in the Chang Chenmo Valley, and, by 5 July, arrived at the upper reaches of the Galwan Valley.[h] They established a post on a ridge overlooking the valley from the south, on the bank of a tributary that China calls "Shimengou".[i][30] The post ended up cutting the lines of communication to a Chinese post downstream along the Galwan River, called 'Day 9'.[31] The Chinese interpreted it as a premeditated attack on their post, and surrounded the Indian post, coming within 100 yards of it.[j] The Indian government warned China of "grave consequences" and informed them that India was determined to hold the post at all costs. The post remained surrounded for four months and was supplied by helicopters.[33][34] The Central Intelligence Agency opined that the presence of the post temporarily blocked any further movement of the Chinese troops down the Galwan Valley.[35]"

" ... sporadic firing incidents occurred throughout the western front. At Galwan Valley itself, fire was exchanged on 2 September.[38] As a result of the standoff, the Chinese were compelled to withdraw some of the posts in the Galwan Valley because they could not be supplied. Indian leaders saw this as a sign of success for their forward policy.[39]"


"1962 war


"By the time the Sino-Indian War started on 20 October 1962, the Indian post had been reinforced by a company of troops. The Chinese PLA bombarded it with heavy shelling and employed a battalion to attack it. The garrison suffered 33 killed and several wounded, while the company commander and several others were taken prisoner.[33][34] By the end of the war, China is said to have reached its 1960 claim line.[20] There is however no evidence that the Chinese troops trekked through the Galwan Valley to reach their claim line.[k] The elimination of the sole Indian post in the Galwan Valley (near the tributary called Shimengou) implied that they had control up to their claim line. The Indian post at the confluence of Galwan with the Shyok River was intact throughout the war and the Chinese never made any contact with it.[40]

"The Chinese later claimed, implicitly, via a map annexed to a 1962 letter from Premier Zhou En-lai to heads of certain Afro-Asian nations, that they had reached the confluence of Galwan with the Shyok River.[l] However, the Afro-Asian nations, in their Colombo proposals for truce between China and India, drew the line very close to China's 1960 claim line. The Chinese still persist with the line on their maps, calling it the "Line of Actual Control of 1959".[m]"


"Infrastructure


"Prior to the 1962 war, China had already constructed a road linking its bases at Kongka Pass and Heweitan. There was also a feeder road leading to the Samzungling area and covering the southern tributaries such as Shimengou.[43]

"Following the war, there was no further activity in the Galwan Valley from either India or China, till about 2003. Between 2003 and 2008, China embarked on a large-scale infrastructure development exercise in the run-up to the Beijing Olympics.[44] Starting in 2010, the Aksai Chin Road (G219) was repaved at a cost of $476 million.[45] Along with it, numerous improvements to the border infrastructure within Aksai Chin also became visible.[46] The existing road to the Heweitan military base was improved and extended under a new name "Tiankong Highway". The feeder road into Galwan Valley was also upgraded to a paved all-weather road and renamed the "Galwan Highway" (Chinese: 加勒万公路; pinyin: Jiā lè wàn gōnglù).

"India also commissioned a road link to Daulat Beg Oldi (DBO) at its northern frontier in 2001, scheduled to be completed by 2012. The road would start from the Shyok village and run along the western bank of the Shyok River and then move on to Depsang Plains near Murgo. The initial road did not meet the all-weather requirement, and it had to be rebuilt on an improved alignment later. The road was eventually completed in 2019 and named the Darbuk–Shyok–DBO Road (DS-DBO Road).[47] India also built a military outpost near the confluence of Galwan with the Shyok River, called 'KM 120'. It is said to have been a source of discomfort to China.[48]"


"2020 standoff


"China is said to have initiated the construction of a large number of "supporting facilities" in the Galwan Valley in September 2019.[50] These would include dams, bridges, camping grounds and power lines along the existing Galwan Highway, as well as an effort to extend the highway further towards the Line of Actual Control.

"In April 2020, India started its own construction efforts to build a feeder road off the DS-DBO Road, along the last 4–5 km stretch of Galwan Valley on its side of the LAC. According to Zhao Lijian, the Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman, Indian forces started "unilaterally" building roads and bridges in the "Galwan region". They are said to have persisted with their efforts despite repeated protests from China, which allegedly "intensified cross-border troubles".[51] The Indian Army chief dismissed the complaints, saying, "There is no reason for anyone to object. They are doing development on their side, we are doing development on our side."[52][53]

"The problem for China was that its own roadway was still quite far from the LAC.[54] On 5 May 2020, China initiated a standoff by deploying troops in tented posts all along the Galwan Valley.[55][56] The Chinese also brought in heavy vehicles and monitoring equipment, presumably in an effort to accelerate the road construction.[57] And the Chinese government mouthpiece Global Times initiated a high-pitched rhetoric.[58] India responded by moving its own troops to the area in equal measure.[59] The Chinese eventually set up a post at a 90-degree bend in the river, close to the official LAC, which the Indians regarded as Indian territory and a patrol point (PP-14). The bend was to eventually become the new border.[60]

"To create a roadway through the narrow valley, the Chinese bulldozers dug out earth from the cliff sides, and used it to dredge the river bed. The river was constrained to flow in a narrow channel so that the rest of the river bed could be used for traffic and encampments.[61][62]

"Eventually, the standoff led to a violent clash on 15 June near PP-14 in Galwan Valley. Twenty Indian Army soldiers and an unknown number of Chinese soldiers were killed.[63][64] The causes of the clash remain unclear, but there had been reports, starting 10 June, of a "limited pull-back" agreed by the two sides by 1 to 2 kilometres from the confrontation site.[65] According to a detailed report published by India Today the Chinese had reneged on the agreement and reinstated a post at PP-14, which led to a series of brawls on 15 June, lasting till midnight and causing deaths on both sides.[66][n] A US Congressional review alleged that the Chinese government had planned the clash including its potential for fatalities.[69]"

Since they had attacked Indian soldiers with barbed iron rods, not useful for anything except a primitive deadly weapon in close encounter battle, their attack was not only intended but with preparation. 

China denied heavy toll until confronted with satellite evidence, about over forty Chinese dead, admitting it only couple of years later. 

" ... Following the clash, both the sides resumed their construction activity. India completed the contested bridge on the Galwan River by 19 June.[70] China extended its road till India's PP-14 by 26 June, in addition to erecting a full-blown post at the location. The Indians made no attempt to dismantle it a second time.[71]

"The final deescalation happened in stages starting 6 July.[72] With China's occupation of PP-14, the effective LAC in the Galwan Valley has shifted by about one kilometre in China's favour.[73][67]"
................................................................................................


" ... Rasool Galwan finished his career as an  Aksakal of Leh, a title for rich and powerful contractor.

"Galwan had picked up English from his associations with the Sahibs. Encouraged by one of his employers, an American called Robert Barrett, he wrote his autobiography, Servants of Sahibs.8 The book gives a lively insight to life on the caravan, towns and areas during those days and about the explorers and their habits.

"It was not known why this particular valley, where we were proceeding, was named as Arganglas. It was probably demarcated for their use. As we walked up the Arganglas valley, I asked our muleteer, ’Why is this valley called Arganglas? Who were Argans?’ 

"He simply shrugged his shoulders and said,  ‘I don’t know.’  But there was a hint of a smile and I knew that he knew more than he was ready to admit.  After further inquiries, he narrated the stories about the Argans. This was a standard reaction of many Ladakhis  when I inquired about the Argans. People in the staunch Buddhist Nubra valley today were reluctant to admit that they and their forefathers had inter-marriages with Muslims and that the valley we were approaching belonged to the Argans. This bias has been particularly strengthened after the recent conflicts in the nearby Siachen glacier, and the troubles in Kashmir, both against the forces of Muslim Pakistan.
................................................................................................


"The Arganglas valley has large number of glaciers and peaks which are untouched. I could not locate a single photograph, which showed the peaks in these valleys in a close-up. The only point from where this range can be clearly observed is Khardung la. We had long discussions trying to sort out who’s who or which is which peak seen in the vast panorama. This was perhaps the largest cluster of unclimbed and unknown peaks in the Karakorams. The great bend of the Shyok protected the valley from three sides and in the north were the Saser Kangri peaks making an approach from there most difficult."

"The expedition members gathered in Mumbai on 19th August 2001, travelled by train to New Delhi and reached Leh by air. After acclimatising in Leh, we travelled by road across Khardung la, the highest motorable road in the world, to the Nubra valley. Standing on the Khardung la we had our first and only glimpse of the Arganglas area peaks. There were Saser Kangri peaks seen on the left and a large cluster of peaks on the right."

Two beautiful photographs here, captioned 

"Argan glacier. On right the sharp pointed peak is Yamandaka, climbed  by the expedition.(above)   Below: Camp at the entrance of the Rassa glacier"
................................................................................................


" ... Suman would take-off like a hare and reach the camp much before anyone else. He  will then guide Burjor through a walkie-talkie through the day from inside his tent, almost like a game being played out.  Many times Burjor would be heard shouting that he had landed in a stream on the wrong side ! The final call came in the evening. 

"‘Where do I go from here, Suman ?’ 

"‘Where are you?’ 

"‘Next to a big rock’. That could be anywhere in Ladakh ! 

"‘Take the slope going up and then descend to the camp’, Suman  expertly guided him again from inside his tent. That would take Burjor anywhere in Ladakh. 

"‘I am standing next to your tent, you **** ‘, Burjor retorted sitting down next to the tent!"
................................................................................................


"We were two days into our walk in the valley. Our mule train was proceeding slowly through some inhospitable terrain. We set up camp on a patch of lovely green grass amidst barren mountains The contrast was simply marvellous. A river nearby, a green grazing ground, the pure air of Ladakh and a brilliant setting sun. 

"‘This is what they call Paradise, isn’t it, Burjor?’. 

"He looked into the distance with a steely gaze, as he always does when looking into eye of his patients, and replied, Shayad, (Perhaps), and that became our constant refrain."
................................................................................................


"Climbs in the Phunangma and Nono Glaciers 


"After establishing AB1 and AB2, we divided ourselves into smaller teams and operated as small independent parties from there on. 

"The first to succumb to our efforts was Konto la (5920 m / 19,422 ft). This was a col between Karpo Kangri (6540 m / 21,460 ft) and Pk. 6640 m at the eastern head of the Phunangma glacier. It was reached by Bonington-Lowther on 7th September after a long walk along the moraine ridge. They also investigated the route to our future Camp 1 at the foot of Argan Kangri. They also climbed a couple of hundred metres towards a high col to their south. 

"Two shapely peaks, Abale (6360 m / 20,865 ft) and Amale (6312 m / 20,708 ft) were situated on a side glacier, which we named Nono glacier. After an initial recce, Camp1 was set up 5960 m / 19,560 ft. Muni, Shroff and Samgyal made the first ascent of Abale Peak on 9th September by climbing it via the west face. It was a climb through deep and soft snow as the weather was not particularly stable during this time. 

"Two days later, another team of Dam, Capt. Lingwal and Wangchuk occupied the same camp and climbed Amale Peak which is little to the north of the first peak. They had clear views from the summit. Both were first ascents of these peaks."
................................................................................................


"First Ascent of peak Yamandaka (6218 m) by its North Face and descent by the Shingskam Topko 


"From the day we arrived at BC, below the Phunangma glacier, Mark Wilford and Mark Richey were captivated by the obvious and direct line on peak 6218's north face. The wall was estimated to be about 4000 ft high with a steep mix of rock and ice. The late afternoon sun delineated a sharp central rib, which bisected the face and finished exactly at the summit. The line looked irresistible!

"On the 8th of September, the two Marks crossed the Phunangma and set camp at the base of the face beneath a huge boulder. Conditions were anything but ideal. The entire face was plastered with fresh snow and the weather still appeared unstable. In addition, they had spent only 6 days between 15,000 and 17,000 ft. so their acclimatization was marginal.

"Between 9th and 12tth September, Marks climbed over 20 pitches of 60 meters each, of technical rock and ice on the face. All rock climbing was done with crampons in full winter conditions. A fair amount of direct aid was employed including 2 pendulums. They sack hauled on most of the pitches and the second jumared with a heavy pack. Several sections of frighteningly loose, stacked blocks had to be negotiated. At one point, a television sized rock, set loose by hand pressure, and nearly severed the lead rope. The ice climbing was mainly confined to the initial four pitches of 45-degree snow and ice and then the final three pitches of water ice up to 70 degrees and including the final overhanging cornice. They had taken only three ice screws, anticipating névé on the summit icefields. They braved snowfall on all days except the 11th and topped out in a full blizzard, which dumped nearly a foot of snow. They made three bivouacs on the face, the first two were excellent platforms and they were able to erect a small tent. The final open bivouac on the face was a narrow ledge chopped into a 50-degree ice slope. Heavy spindrift during the night kept them from much sleep. They also spent one night just below the summit.
................................................................................................


"The actual summit was reached on September 13th, after a storm. Clear skies allowed superb views of the surrounding mountains and ranges, all unclimbed and unexplored except for the two peaks that the Indians had just summited. There is phenomenal potential here for alpine style climbing on peaks up to 6800 meters. Due to the heavy snowfall their original plans of descent down the North East ridge to the Phunangma glacier seemed excessively dangerous. Instead, they opted for a descent down the South face of the mountain to a glacier system on the opposite side of the range. They hoped that this drainage would eventually link up to the Arganglas valley and with a little luck, a leisurely walk would see them back in base camp couple of days later.

"Nothing could have been further from the truth. In fact, the gentle disarming glacier ultimately funnelled its way down into a steep and terrifying gorge leading all the way to the Nubra valley. By the time they realized this, they were too exhausted to retrace path, (they were already on day 7 and had carried food for only five days) and so they committed themselves to the canyon.  Soon they found themselves rappelling directly through waterfalls and down narrow water filled channels. At one point Mark Wilford had to drop his pack half way down a rappel into a deep pool for fear of being drowned.
................................................................................................


"Finally, after ten hours of brutal descent, they stood atop a huge waterfall longer than their rope. Beyond, the smooth canyon walls disappeared out of sight. Unwilling to make this final commitment, they searched for an escape. One side of the canyon presented a slight weakness. Wilford led up a wall of huge blocks literally cemented in place with mud. As Mark put it, ‘It was the most frightening pitch I have ever climbed’. Two more vertical pitches of rock and 500 ft of scrambling led them finally to the canyon rim and their 7th night out in the Shingskam Topko valley.

"They named the climb ‘Barbarossa’ after the World War II German/Russian conflict and the book they had been reading in base camp. This was one of the fine achievements, comparable to some of the finest climbing done in the Indian Himalaya.
................................................................................................


"Their climb and their delayed return gave us plenty of scares. After a few days, when they were delayed, we had discussions about where to  start looking for them. It was out of question for anyone to climb on their route but after watching them for the first three days on the route through binoculars, we had completely lost them, which added to our anxiety. Moreover, while they were away on the route, the 11th September tragedy occurred and listening to that on the radio had a catalytic effect on our psyche.  I suggested the only ‘Indian’ way I knew of –to build a temple for their safety. We did just that and Chris with humility and a prayer on his lips, consecrated it. We also sent one Nepali porter, Bhakta, to run down to the roadhead at Khalsar to see if they had exited from the south, the other side from us.

"After invoking the celestial care and exhausting human efforts, Chris and myself with Capt. Lingwal moved down to the base camp   intending to alert the army for a helicopter search. That evening, Bhakta arrived back to the base camp. He had covered the entire three-day march up and down, each in a day. When he reached the roadhead he inquired with the army sentries near a bridge. They had seen no one. He decided to stay in a small hut looking towards the Shingskam nala. By late night he saw two dim torch lights moving down. He caught up with the Marks near the bridge next morning. Having never met and not able to speak each other’s language, they nevertheless established communication through a passing tourist. Bhakta ran up to the base camp with the news. I wouldn’t have   believed him, had he not carried a small note from the Marks."
................................................................................................


"Argan Kangri (6789 m) 


"With the Marks now safe and resting in the Nubra valley, we started on our next climbs. One team was to attempt    Argan Kangri (6789 m). This is the highest peak on the glacier and was one of the prime aims of the expedition. However bad weather and poor snow conditions did not allow an attempt on this peak till towards the last days of the expedition.

"On 20th September Jim Lowther, Divyesh Muni, Cyrus Shroff, Samgyal Sherpa and Bonington waded through knee-deep snow up the Central Arganglas Glacier to Argan Kangri. The snow had not consolidated since the storm and the risk of avalanche on the huge snow slope leading to the summit appeared too dangerous to be justifiable. They, therefore, decided to return to advance base where they found the two Marks who had arrived to join the team after a good rest."
................................................................................................


"Explorations in the Rassa and Yah Glaciers 


"In the meantime Dam and myself, with three porters, formed an independent team and left to explore these two glaciers in the area. They had no history of visitors and contained many peaks.  We made camp in the Rassa glacier and from here we attempted Thugu Peak (6158 m / 20,203 ft). As we climbed higher, unsettled rocks with deep fresh snow caused problems. There was no place to camp and we had to return from 5800 m / 19,030 ft, but not before we photographed most of the peaks of the glacier.   We spent the next two days exploring the upper reaches of five branches of the unknown Rassa glaciers.

"Next, we traversed to west to enter the Yah glacier, which is near the shapely peak of Nya Kangri (6480 m / 21,260 ft). The glacier was full of rocky debris and no water was available except near the snout. We   camped at the snout and proceeded along the glacier the next day. Water melt from the glacial snow disappeared within a kilometre from the snout and straight reached the Argan nala in the valley going underground. This was a known phenomenon in Ladakhi valleys but a trap for unsuspecting parties like ours. Covering ground on soft snow and across a crevasse, we camped at the foot of the pass at the northwestern head of the Yah glacier. We reached the steep pass, Yah la (5770 m / 18,930 ft), on 23rd September but it was not possible to descend on the other side towards the Sumur Lungpa as intended. Our party retraced the route back to the Arganglas valley to join the main team the next day.
................................................................................................


"Satya and myself were alone in the Rassa and Yah valleys and it was a rewarding experience. All around were unclimbed peaks and unexplored glaciers. We could only have a small glimpse. We could see bharrals and ibexes, not much concerned about our presence and birds and marmots. I was amazed to see some wool on rocks surrounding a small pond. Some sheeps  wanting a scratch in the hot weather had rubbed themselves against these rocks leaving their rare pashmina wool behind.  On one evening, I sat near a lake, which was frozen with a layer of ice. A thought passed my mind: could someone as bulky as Burjor walk on this frozen lake? Or could any living thing walk on this? It seemed as impossible as walking on water. Soon enough, a bird flew in and after a number of rounds around the lake, moved on the frozen ice. I do not know what the bird was looking for, but it was certainly busy picking up something on that ice and walking comfortably. Well if not a human, at least I saw a bird dancing on that  thin ice.

"The 11th September maelstrom that shook the world seemed to have set off cataclysms in nature too. Fierce storms erupted and the snow never really melted away. It was time to go home from a paradise for climbers."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 06, 2022 September 06, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
15. THE HIGH ALTITUDE GOLF COURSES On the Karakoram Pass Trail (Climbs and trek  near Karakoram Pass, Col Italia) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


""In the trans-Indus regions of Kashmir, sterile, rugged, cold and crowned with gigantic ice-clad peaks, there is  a slippery track reaching northwards into the depression of Chinese Turkestan which for all  time has been a recognised route connecting India with High Asia. It is called the Karakoram route. Mile upon mile a white thread of road stretches across the stone-strewn plains, bordered by the bones of innumerable  victims to long fatigue of a burdensome and ill-fed existence – the ghastly debris of former caravans.  It is perhaps the ugliest track to call a trade route in the  whole wide world. Not a tree, not a shrub, exists, not even the cold, dead beauty which a snow-sheet imparts to highland scenery. 

"( T. H. Holdich. Gates of India)"

And yet, such are the regions that inspired James Hilton's Lost Horizon and his Shangri-La. 

"Not everyone likes the Karakoram. The barren and the rugged trail, leading on for miles and miles is not attractive to everyone. Due to security requirements there are several camps of the Indian army along the trail and these simple soldiers just fail to understand why anyone like us from Bombay or any part of the world would like to go there. As one officer put it, ‘What do you see in these Ganje Pahad (bald mountains)? This barren land ?’. But if you are bitten by the bug of barrenness, the history of the area and the ruggedness of the terrain, you would go, and return. As I returned to the Eastern Karakoram areas again in July 2000. Ours was an Indian-French joint expedition during which many areas were explored and two peaks were climbed."
................................................................................................


"On the Skeleton Trail 


"With everything loaded onto the mules, on 1 August we started trekking from Jhingmoche, 18 km ahead of Sasoma, which was originally the beginning  of the trail (Sasoma in the Nubra valley is connected by road with Leh, headquarters of  Ladakh). Now a rough narrow road drives up the Tulum Puti la to Jhingmoche. No sooner  had we covered a couple of kilometres, than the flooded Thangman nala stopped us. It took almost 8 hours to cross this, after fixing ropes and erecting a small stone bridge. We camped immediately, across the nala.  Flooded nalas and fast flowing rivers were going to be our constant source of worry on this long trail.The next 2 days were rather routine as we gently and sometimes steeply climbed towards Saser la, the dreaded pass which I was crossing for the fifth time. Snow appeared far less this year as our mule caravan slowly crossed it. We were now on the famous Karakoram trail, or the ‘Skeleton trail’ as it is sometimes called. On passes like these many  caravans were trapped and the route was littered with bones of mules and sometimes of humans also.

"As we climbed up to the wind swept Saser la, we had gained a good deal of height, for Saser la is 5395 m  and without proper acclimatization anyone would find it very difficult to cross this. The trail, in fact, has received many ‘compliments’ on its  arduous nature. 

""A Chinese writer in about the year 25 B.C., gives a graphic account of the difficulties and hazards to be met within a journey from China to Kashmir, “ ….you would have to cross over great mountains, called the Headache Mountains, as they cause headaches, fever and vomiting.  Then follows a path through the gorges thirty miles long and two feet wide. A single slip means being hurled into a bottomless chasm.” There is nothing to prove that this refers to the Karakoram route. But the mountain ranges do not offer many alternatives.  It is probable that the writer was describing  the trade route that is used today. Certainly about A.D. 950 there was trade being carried on between India, Yarkand and Kashgar by way of  Ladakh. 

""(The Antique Land. By Diana Shipton, p. 14)"

And yet, such are the regions that inspired James Hilton's Lost Horizon and his Shangri-La. 
................................................................................................


"On the eastern side after a steep descent and a camp we went past   Saser Brangsa to the crossing of the Shyok river on a garari. That famous crossing via a single iron wire was an experience that no one will forget in a hurry.  Making it a long day we continued onwards to camp at the Chhongtash.  The Chhongtash gorge was another formidable landmark  as the trail crossed the fast flowing nala. I counted  at least  53 crossings of the Chhongtash nala in just 5 km,  with steep walls rising on both  sides.  An army soldier walking with us remarked, ‘Who needs guns, an invading army in this gorge can be stopped by throwing pebbles from the top. No one can escape.’  After the gorge we camped, very tired, in a vast plain with one large rock (Chhong Tash, chhong- huge, tash-rock)1.   The next day we did a short march, went past Murgo and camped at Kalon Chumik. It was pleasant and Kalon Chumik had pleasures of its own, but the impending danger of entering Murgo, the ‘Gate to hell’,  loomed ahead.  As we entered the Murgo gorge and proceeded along the Burtsa nala, the worst of the Karakoram trail was evident. For many kilometres there was no drinking water and we had to trek 26 km in a single day. We took almost 11 hours to cross this gorge. The trail at one point climbed  more than 1200 m and again  descended  the same height.  Slopes after slopes of Burtsa shrubs, after which this camping ground is named, were seen.

"Due to the long distances to be covered, it was late in the evening that we were  criss-crossing the nala. It was dangerous and tiring to cross it, as it was  now in floods and with no end in sight. All one could do was to put one’s head down and keep marching and remember what Eric Shipton had said about the trail:

""For next 10 days  we travelled through a labyrinth of gorges and across high, barren ridges; utterly sterile, completely devoid of plant and animal life, it was the most forbidding country I had ever seen. Nothing is known of men  who, centuries ago, first ventured across this monstrous wilderness  in search of trade or conquest. It is easier to imagine the toil, hardship and frustration they must have endured than to understand what inspired the courage  and tenacity needed to discover a way. 

""(That Untravelled World, by Eric Shipton. p.144)"

And yet, such are the regions that inspired James Hilton's Lost Horizon and his Shangri-La. 
................................................................................................


"As we reached the camp at Burtsa, I certainly had the distinct feeling that this was not a  trail for trekkers, the caravans always had sahibs riding on  horses, and that’s the way to travel here. 

"We continued now along the Depsang nala, the Burtsa nala having turned sharply towards the east leading to the Aksai Chin plateau. The same story continued. The flooding of the nala, the criss-crossing trail and the vast plains.  Mercifully, we had to decided to stay at Kazi Langar, 14 km away, which  was reached by mid-afternoon. Many early explorers had written about the ‘romance’ of this trail.."

Kapadia gives a detailed map of the region, followed by two beautifulphotographs,  one captioned - 

"Crossing Saser La (pass) en route to the Shyok valley. (Above)"

And another captioned 

"Standing at “ Polu Shelters” built by early travellers. Between the members is the tablet erected by Dr Ph. C. Visser in 1935."
................................................................................................


"The Depsang Plateau


"On 10th August after  a gentle ascent and a walk of 3 km, we reached the historic  Depsang  la. I was excited for I had read a lot about this vast plain at such a high altitude. Every word written about it now appeared true. 

""Depsang Plateau was a good five or six miles across and its lowest point was about 17,000 feet. A remarkable phenomenon, thought Thomson; he wondered whether it was not the highest plateau in the world. In fact it probably is. It is called the Depsang Plateau and, like the Pamirs only more so, it always struck subsequent visitors as ‘the veritable top of the world’. 

""(John Keay  on Depsang Plateau. When Men and Mountains Meet. p.183)

Indeed, such are the regions that inspired James Hilton's Lost Horizon and his Shangri-La. 
................................................................................................


"For almost 18 km towards the northwest and across for a similar distance, vast and  flat plains extended. When I showed pictures of the Depsang Plains to one of my climber friends, he remarked, ‘Wow, this is a high altitude Golf Course!’ Some golf course and some imagination! 

"Originally the trail from here till the Karakoram Pass was lined with bones so that caravans could follow a route in case of bad weather and in snow. However, many things have now changed. In 1962, the Chinese army invaded the Depsang  plains, pushing the Indian Army down the Chhongtash gorge. The graves of the Indian soldiers are to be seen here. The Chinese army declared an unilateral ceasefire and withdrew towards the east, but at a vantage point overlooking the Depsang plains. We could see the aluminium sheets over the Chinese posts reflecting the sunlight. The bones are now replaced by jerry cans. There is a rough jeepable road. Yes, a jeepable road which leads from Depsang la almost till Karakoram Pass. On both sides of the road jerry cans line the route. These cans, named after  German soldiers, (nick-named ‘jerrys’ during the World War II)  are now playing their part on this historic plateau; apart from containing kerosene oil they guide travellers, army bunkers were built by making a wall by piling  them up and they are even used as chairs."
................................................................................................


"Karakoram Pass 2 


"From Depsang la we reached the ‘Track Junction’ and camped in the open. On 11th  August, the French team  rested, while we Indians, with an Army escort, visited the Karakoram Pass. The road cuts across the high plateau and descends to the Chip Chap river flowing westwards rather quietly. It emerges  from the Lokzung range, now held by China. It is a  deceptive river and our jeep was stuck in the middle of it  without a warning. A 1-ton truck was called for and it crossed the river in style and pulled us out. I was excited when we  reached the famed camp ground of Daulat Beg Oldi, that famous  ‘DBO’. Hundreds of caravans for centuries had camped here. It was believed that the rich man, Daulat Beg was buried here with his treasures. On this vast plateau nobody has been able to  locate his  grave. A few kilometres ahead the vast plains turned into a narrow alley, leading northwest.  The wind was strong and the afternoon sun was beating strongly when we reached Polu, hidden behind a small ridge. Such small ridges or valleys, like the ones at Polu or at Chhajos Jilga,  were selected as  camping  places by caravans.  These ‘camps’ were small mud shelters and when the Indian Army first moved in, they found the body  of a trader, crouching and sheltering against the Karakoram winds."

This must be the plains described by James Hilton in his Lost Horizon, ad the plateau where the lost travellers are met by a Lama from Shangri-la. 
................................................................................................


"One of the explorers, Dr. P. H. C. Visser, left a small tablet  which is enshrined here. The valley going northwest leads to Kadpa Ngonpo la which finally turns north and leads to the Yarkand valley. This was also a well-known passand several caravans followed it specially as burtsa fuel was available in plenty en route. Alexander Gardner, in one of his many journeys  in the service of Maharaja Ranjit Singh, had crossed it in 1830. Kadpa Ngonpo pass is beyond the Line of Control between India and China. We turned sharply towards the north and soon were standing on the   Karakoram Pass. It was a broad notch, not a ridge, and rather insignificant for such a historical, important point. We spent a couple of hours walking around the pass.  There was a bone structure lined  with prayer flags and of course, the flag of India.

"The strongest memories on reaching the Karakoram Pass were those of Andrew Dalgleish. Robert Shaw had formed the ‘The Central Asian Trading Company’ (like the East India Trading Company which ruled India) and Dalgleish worked for it. On one of his trading journeys he was murdered by an Afghan while camping near the Karakoram Pass. The company continued for some years after his murder. We looked around for any signs of memorial to Andrew Dalgleish or marking his grave.  On this vast maidan a small mound of stones was  the only noticeable feature. In his book, John Keay mentions about the murder of Andrew Dalgleish, almost at the very spot on which we were standing. 
................................................................................................


""A small white marble pillar was  erected in Dalgleish’s memory. The inscription was very simple; ‘Here fell A.  Dalgleish , murdered by an Afghan.’ It was placed on a cairn beside the crest of the Karakoram pass and there,  on the grim windswept watershed between the rivers of India and Central Asia, at the gateway to which were directed  the aspirations of all the early explorers of the Western Himalaya, it may still stand. So long as the  present-day  ceasefire lines between China, India and Pakistan3 all meet on that very spot it would be  hard to prove otherwise. 

""(When Men and Mountains Meet. By John Keay, p. 62)."

"No such pillar or any sign of Andrew Dalgleish remains on the Karakoram Pass at present. The remains of Dalgleish were carried to Leh and he was finally buried near the grave of Stolickza. Daud Muhammad, who was responsible for the murder of Andrew Dalgleish, was later arrested by the Russians. Before he could be brought back to India to face trial he died in prison. It is believed that he may have been killed by the Russians who thought that it would be an unpalatable spectacle for the local Muslims to see the British officers taking back a prisoner from their jails.
................................................................................................


"On the pass the Indian  Army Major who was accompanying us, left behind some fruit juices, a pack of cashew nuts and an  issue of the Time Magazine which had the cover story titled ‘China at 50’. On the top he wrote in red pen ‘Congratulations’. 

"‘I assure you this would be picked by the Chinese in a day or so,’ he said. ‘They are watching us and they would also leave some gifts for us when they come.’"

" ... I walked back with nostalgic memories picking up few black pebbles after which this great pass is named.4  It was time to return to the Track Junction and that evening we celebrated our visit by having a sumptuous  dinner with the Army and our French members."
................................................................................................


"To Gapshan


"We were now to  proceed west for our exploration and climbs in the Rimo group of mountains and glaciers. From the Track Junction a trail leads to Gapshan, 23 km.5  As we marched on this vast plateau, the truth of being on the Depsang came home to us. 

""All around appeared mountains ranges, none of which was less than 20,000 feet high, whilst to the west rose two peaks of much greater height; yet in distance they seemed below us, for the land around sloped away down on all sides. In whichever direction we looked the sky appeared below us and the world shrunk out of sight. In fact we felt as if we had risen above  the world and were now descending to it in front of us. 

""(Dr. Bellew on Depsang Plateau)"

Author of 'Three Cups Of Tea' has sort of copied this, in the first phrase (the part about being surrounded by high peaks), with changes to suit his description of the village where he took refuge, supposedly, from exhaustion of a climb. 
................................................................................................


"True to the above quote, we could see the vast South Rimo and Central Rimo glaciers leading in different directions. At the head of the South Rimo glacier rose Rimo group of peaks. I was familiar with this group, having explored it from the Terong glacier in 1985 and viewing it from the Chong Kumdan  glacier in the south. These mountains stood aloof and looked lower than us, but certainly they were no child’s play.

"The past expeditions were far and few and each had followed almost the same route.  We had planned to move in two different directions. The French members with 2 Indian members  and the Army liaison officer were to move on the South Rimo glacier  to attempt Rimo IV. While three of us were to proceed  on the unknown historic trail leading to Col Italia.

"It was planned to set up a common base camp at the foot of the  central moraine  to facilitate  both the teams. The French insisted on following the extreme (true) right hand moraine of the South Rimo glacier instead of the central moraine  which was used by the early expeditions.6  By observing the glacier from almost 7 km away they had concluded that there is no route on the (true) left bank or in the central moraine. They had decided to take advantage of the mules which could go up a few kilometres there and announced this change of plan rather suddenly. The communication barrier was perhaps showing like an ice wall, upsetting the second team’s plans.  Later we could observe a perfectly broad moraine ridge that existed in the central moraine and a lovely long valley which led along the left bank of the glacier to the foot of Rimo IV, which would be best to use to approach Rimo IV, particularly for an approach by the east face. Ultimately, their route too, traversed across the glacier to join the same route.  There is no denying the age-old dictum propagated by Eric Shipton that mountaineering is all about   ‘Reconnaissance, Reconnaissance and Reconnaissance."

Kapadia gives a detailed map of the region he speaks of, followed by two photographs of stunningly beautiful locale. He captions the two - 

"The team standing on Karakoram Pass (above). (Below) Proceeding to East  Rimo glacier. Rimo peaks rising in background."
................................................................................................


"Ascent of Rimo IV ( by Jeff Tripard) 


"Peak Rimo IV was selected by us for climbing for its medium difficulties and also because on its east face was a high plateau from which other four unclimbed summits (around 6800 m) were accessible. The access by the east face provided a great approach and the upper south side of the Rimo glacier offered us some high passes and unknown summits - new projects to be discovered, so we carried with us skis and raquettes.

"We established ABC on the South Rimo glacier by 14th August 2000. It was  at the foot of a lateral glacier coming from the South Rimo glacier. Ahead giant ice pinnacles stood  forbidding  all entry into the glacier.

"The following day we started with some loads to find the ABC. We had to walk across the lateral glacier and moraine for 2 km before the South Rimo glacier itself. Jef (doctor), Dawa, Sangay and myself found a good campsite (at 5400 m) on the right of the central moraine between enormous granite rocks. We tried to make cairns and put marking flags on the way but tiredness and bad weather did not make this possible.
................................................................................................


"Finally on 16th August, we had the sun and good weather (after continuous bad weather till the end of July) and  carried loads to establish ABC. We discovered that this camp was 1/2 km down from an old camp where we found a kitchen tent and a large orange flag belonging to the "Indo - Australian Rimo - Shyok Expedition" of 1986.7

"We decided to sleep at our ABC and push our way to Camp I on the 17th. Weather was now favouring us and we decided to use skis even on the ice. We left the glacier at 5500 m on the north side and walked not far from the base of a beautiful sharp granite mountain. After 4 hrs we were in-between Camp 1 and Camp 2 on a long flat snow plateau with some crevasses.

"The weather again took a bad turn on the 18th with clouds coming in from the west causing a continuous snowfall with strong wind on the glacier. We carefully recceed the cwm on skis till the foot of the pass between Rimo II and Rimo III and returned to a point at 6200 m where the upper glacier made a turn to the north. Camp 2 would have been about an hour away. The following day was spent sitting in our tents as there was a snowstorm.
................................................................................................


"On 20th August bad weather persisted but we decided to continue. We found a good route at the beginning of the cwm, but soon reached  two long crevasses which crossed the whole length of the glacier at 6400 m. The wind and avalanches falling from the big wall of Rimo  II made the situation impressive. We spent another night at this altitude which was good for acclimatisation. We were also running short of time due to all the bad weather spells and were keen on trying the summit climb the following day.

"21st August: The original route (followed during the first ascent) to reach the southwest ridge was directly from the cwm. However, now the seracs were huge on this route and we decided to look at the end of the cwm, more to the north. I decided not to continue further this day as I had spent too much energy in the past few days. So while Jef Manificat remained in Camp 2 another night, I returned alone to ABC. The weather was equally bad at ABC and due to a sleepless night at Camp 2, two of the Sherpas returned leaving only Dam, Rahul (LO) and Pema Tsering with Dr. Jef. This was on 21st August and we were ready to attempt the peak.
................................................................................................


"RIMO IV :  3rd Ascent (23rd August 2000) 


"The weather was no better but we were informed by radio that Dr. Jef and Pema Tsering had decided to try for the summit and were on their way.  They took the north route where there was a snow wall above the serac. They then had to cross a long snow plateau at about 6800 m on very deep fresh snow and poor visibility. They finally reached the southern side - the original route. It was a rocky crest but with all the fresh snow  it made their progress very slow and long.  They could not use the ridge due to the strong winds which however did help in clearing the visibility once in a while for them to see. The summit  was finally reached at 12:30 p.m.  - 7 long hours after leaving camp. They finally returned to Camp 2 at 4 p.m. and down to ABC where all the team members from upper camps had descended.
................................................................................................


"Two New Cols Lharimo Col8– 6200 m (by Bernard Odier, Dr. Jef Manificat and Jef Tripard). 


"24th August: We were fortunate to have clear weather and  left exploring the glacier on the south of Ibex Col (south of Rimo I). We put on our skis and started west from ABC, initially walking the first 4km. The hot sun and fresh snow made it difficult to move with skis as the snow made a block under the skis preventing our movement.  We turned south round Lharimo (6070 m) (a peak climbed in 1985 by the Indo- British team) then west towards a beautiful peak (6697 m) to our right. We left the Sondhi col on the north and reached a pass (6200 m)at the foot of the south ridge of Peak 6797 m.9 On skis it was easy of appraoch on the east side and the west side, but the latter was steeper. From here we could see that a glacier lies south going through narrow gorges to the  Shelkar Chorten glacier. On the far south were plenty of summits of the upper Nubra . We crossed about 28 km of uphill and downhill glaciers.
................................................................................................


"Dzomsa Col10 – 6050 m (by Dr. Jef Manificat and Jef Tripard) 25th August: 


"With everyone having left ABC for base camp on 24th August, we decided to recce our first objective - the eastern glacier of Rimo  IV and have a look on the north Rimo glacier from a pass  north of ABC.

"From ABC we reached point 5450 m on skis on the north lateral glacier. At about 5700 m , we could see that the eastern plateau of Rimo IV was protected by a huge monstrous looking icefall which looked very dangerous. We left the glacier on the north side for a rocky gully where we had to take off our skis. At 5900 m we put on our skis again to reach the pass at 6050 m and have look towards the northern side. It looked an easy descent and would make an interesting tour. It was 10 km up to the pass and descent to ABC. As we had to reach base camp the same day, we continued another 22 km down to Base Camp finishing our day at night!"
................................................................................................


"The Central Rimo Glacier (Harish Kapadia continues) 


"While the other team  made the 3rd ascent of Rimo IV, Huzefa, Kaivan and I  with 4 porters were proceeding towards Col Italia over the Central Rimo glacier.   This is a vast glacier, almost 60 km in length from snout to  head. It is joined by the North Rimo glacier   about half way through and at the snout by the South Rimo glacier. The glacier    is wide too, almost 8 km where it is joined by the North Rimo glacier. In the upper section the glacier    is flat, but full of crevasses. Both sides are covered by medial moraines which give and easy access. At the head lies ‘Col Italia’ which is almost a  7 by 7 km plateau, with two Raider’s Cols on its northern rim.

"Near the snout the glacier  is protected by high ice-penitents and it is impossible to cross them. In fact the (true) left bank is completely blocked by the ice-penitents and one cannot enter the glacier    from there. We crossed two steams of the Shyok to reach the upper glacier moraine between the Central and South Rimo glaciers. We  camped near ‘Lake Filippi’, which is named after the famous explorer. Ahead one can proceed fairly simply along the right bank . At the point where the glacier   turns  west the moraine ends and one has to move on to the ice and  proceed on the flat glacier. There are major river beds and several crevasses en route, making progress difficult. Two high peaks, Kalon (6329 m) and Gyalpo (6678 m) guard the northern rim, which is the International Boundary. The route passes within about 2 km  from the snout of the North Rimo glacier. The North Rimo glacier  leads to the Shaksgam Pass without any difficulty. This route was also a traditional route which led directly to Zug Shaksgam and into  the Shaksgam valleys, without going to Central Asia.  This route was taken by several caravans and the last report was written by Kenneth Mason in his book  The Shaksgam Valley and The Aghil Ranges. Across the North Rimo glacier   the route from Kadpa Ngonpo la (near the Karakoram Pass) joins in. 

"There  were only  two expeditions that had visited this glacier before ours. The first was  Sir Filippo de Filippi’s, in 1913-14. His team mapped the area and his book, containing a coloured map, is a very  comprehensive record. 11"
................................................................................................


"Col Italia


" ... After the initial difficulties to climb on to the moraine, the trail was a good  passage along the glacier moraine and finally it led west towards Col Italia. On both sides excellent mountain peaks were seen. We passed the junction with the North Rimo glacier; this  must be the quietest international boundary between India and China today. The Shaksgam pass could be  seen in the distance. On the edge, running  along Col Italia, two prominent cols were seen. These led to the upper reaches of the North Rimo glacier and were named ‘Raider’s Col’. This was after the legend of the Siachen glacier being raided by Central Asian Yarkandis who raided the Balti villages across this high terrain. 13
................................................................................................


"On the vast Central Rimo glacier we were amazed to find carcasses and skeletons of birds, almost at regular intervals. This area was the migration route for birds from Central Asia to the warm plains of India. Those who did not make it on the long flight were now lying in the snows of the Central Rimo glacier. Soon we were standing on Col Italia, like we had stood on the Karakoram pass, another nostalgic moment for us.14 Time and weather permitting one can go across into the Teram Shehr glacier and  descend to the Siachen, but that’s something one can only dream about for future. 

"The return to Filippi  lake was quick. Kaivan and myself decided to take a day of rest, while Huzefa with Sherpa Karma climbed a peak of 5836 named Migpa15 to obtain closer views of the Rimo group and the surroundings. With Kaivan, I reached the Filippi point and we spent hours talking, photographing and simply enjoying ourselves. On the way back, Kaivan stumbled upon an old bucket which was the only sign of any human intrusion that we found on the glacier. Whom did it belong to, Filippi or Dainelli? We photographed it and left it at our base camp.

"Both teams had decided to gather at Gapshan on 27th August.  Accordingly, we started descending the glacier, rather leisurely.  As we neared the snout, the old route by which we had climbed up over an ice was found broken. So we decided on descending to the right of the river and to cross the Shyok  near the snout."
................................................................................................


"Tragedy 


"Four of us, Huzefa, Dansinh, self and Kaivan (in that order) were crossing a branch of the Shyok river, like we had done many times on this trip. Suddenly, Dan Sinh fell and three other members tumbled with him. All four were swept by the Shyok river, even though the water was only knee-deep. The cold was intense and huge chunks of ice were floating rapidly in the river. Three members, Huzefa, Kumauni Dan Singh and I managed to reach different banks. Dan Sinh  reached first and was rescued by the Sherpas who had managed to locate him. Injured, wet and shivering in the cold breeze,  Huzefa and I spent almost three hours sheltering under a small rock before the rescuers arrived. Kaivan Mistry, who was unable to throw off his heavy rucksack,  possibly hit his head against a rock as he fell. He was carried 2 – 3 kms downstream where he was found dead by the South Rimo team who were crossing the Shyok at the same time. 

"Kaivan’s body was carried to Gapshan and after two days it was flown to Leh, on 29th August, by an Indian Air Force helicopter and sent to Mumbai on the 30th after conducting a post-mortem at Leh. It was a tragedy at the tail-end of the expedition and left us all stunned.16

"We returned by the same route now rather quickly. Saser la was crossed under heavy clouds and we descended to Sasoma. It felt as if we had undergone a long journey by sea, into a different world. The exploration, the climb and the Karakoram trail were now part of our life. None of us will forget this part of the Karakoram specially as it is now associated with memories of our friend Kaivan."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 06, 2022 September 06, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
16. KINGS OF KARAKORAM
In praise of Karakoram mules, jerry cans and helicopters
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"I could not believe my eyes as I looked at the Shyok river. It’s name literally meant Shi-death, yok-river, river of death. I opened my eyes wider but still could not get the entire expanse of this great river in my vision. I was looking down to the river from the Shyok village and we were about to start with a large contingent of mules on the winter trade route to Karakoram Pass. We had to cross this river about 27 times as per Routes in Western Himalaya Kashmir & c. (by Kenneth Mason). ‘How on earth are we going to do it ?’ I asked myself. They assured me that as we went upstream, after three or four days, the water level would be lower.

"I mounted the mule and followed the Lamberdar, (headman) of the village who was accompanying us. ... "

Wonder if that word is a deformation of 'lambherder' in English? It'd have been natural for British to have them for guides, and this employment would have raised status of such a lambherder to respectable in village, not due to race but the steady employment and experience of travels thereafter. 

" ...  Standing on banks of the Shyok, which we had to cross, I felt hesitant and full of doubt. The Lamberdar, a wise man, assured me, ‘ this horse is named Raja (King) and he is strong, just stay on  him and he will take you everywhere. Do not worry. He is the Raja of Karakoram’. Raja looked at deep and fast flowing vast expanse of water and then effortlessly stepped in. As water got deeper and deeper I held onto the hair  on Raja’s neck and fastened myself firmly in the saddle. Water rose almost up to my knees but not once did Raja stumble as he took me across. I had begun this great Karakoram journey.
................................................................................................


"Mules have been the backbone of trade and exploration for centuries now as without them nothing can move in the Karakoram or Central Asian areas. Trade along the Silk Route was possible only because of sturdy mules. In fact, initially several mules were injured or died because of the rough rocky terrain here.   With discovery of the metal horseshoe, which is painlessly fitted to  hooves of mules, the wear and tear has reduced considerably and mules can travel long distances. This simple gadget led to much exploration, trade and spread of knowledge. No wonder a horseshoe is considered a lucky omen. Today the threshold of many an Indian house  has a horse shoe hanging for good luck on the top of the door."

This is a Western superstition, including the hanging over the door bit, copied by a person of West in India. Those are 'society', not average Indians. 
................................................................................................


"Slowly, I settled down to the routines of the caravan. In fact all stages on the route were fixed for areas where mules could have enough grass to eat and rest. The human capacity to travel was secondary to needs of the mules. Day after day, mules crossed the Shyok river to and fro effortlessly and true to the assurance of the Lambardar, as we went upstream the water level reduced. But whatever the currents, Raja would not stumble. The caravan routine, which has been the same for centuries, was simple, but methodical. In the morning, the muleteers would emerge from their igloo like white tents having had Tsampa and salty tea. Some of them would go to locate mules which had roamed all night, grazing. Sometimes, it took a long time to trace these mules. But once one or two of them had  been found, they all returned very obediently ... For such a large caravan, one muleteer rides in front and all other mules obediently follow. Initially, there is a mad rush to occupy places. There is jostling and hustling to be with their favourites and sometimes to be in front. The mad rush soon gives way to an orderly discipline and the mules fall in line. This middle period of the day  is the best as they move fast, systematically and in a rhythm, still being fresh.
................................................................................................


"Riding on a mule is a great experience, particularly on a long journey. All early Karakoram explorers, traders and officials have always travelled on these sturdy mules. ..."

"Observing mules as part of a caravan is a great experience. As a river is approached they find the best route for themselves, they know their job and will always select the best point to cross. Even if you try, rather foolishly, to guide them to a different location , they look at you with disdain and go along the best course. ... "

" ... Sometimes when the river is in flood it may not be safe to jump on or ride a mule, but they get great support by holding on to the tail of a mule as they find a route and go across. As long as you don’t let the tail go, the mule will take you across through the most difficult and strong current pitted against his own strength, and if necessary swim across."
................................................................................................


" ... If a mule is sick, he is led back from the grazing ground, and to the camp, and a bottle of rum is literally thrust into his mouth and down loaded. They believe that this is a cure for any infection, or feeling of cold in the mule and gives him strength, after all isn’t it true for us humans? I wonder whether this would make mule an alcoholic!.

" ... As we crossed the treacherous Saser la, we could see that some of the mules had legs bleeding and were sometimes falling, but not giving up. They climbed the final slope of hard snow to Saser la in style. On one expedition, mules climbed up quite high on the Chong Kundan glacier moraine and even jumped across small crevasses.  The mules had helped us to set up a high base camp and that was one of the reasons why we succeeded well. These kings hold many keys in their hands."

" ... The mule has the strength of his father, the horse, and is as obstinate as his mother, the donkey."
................................................................................................


"Riding on Raja, I finally began  approaching Depsang la, a vast open plateau on which traditionally no routes were marked. In fact, in the earlier days of caravanning, the route here was marked by bones of dead mules, giving it the nickname, ‘The Skeleton Trail’. Even today, you see remains of several dead mules leading up to the Karakoram Pass. The mules have made great sacrifices for the defence of this area as they made for trade in the past.  On one expedition, one of the mules had died on a moraine of a glacier. As our caravan passed near it I could literally hear a pale silence falling on the mules. Their mood had changed as if they knew that one amongst them was dead and lying near by.
................................................................................................


"Helicopters


" ... The pilots who fly them, always in twos here, are experts at their craft and have established height records, by flying to high camps, avoiding enemy fire. It requires courage to pick up a sick soldier from a high camp in winter, with rotors of the helicopter running and enemy firing at you. These helicopters mean life and death for the soldiers serving at this height, for if someone is injured or, suffers from high altitude oedema, the only way he would survive is if the helicopters carries him quickly to a well-equipped hospital lower down. The helis carry mail, which brings lots of pleasure, food and fresh vegetables. The sight of these flying machines brings delights to the soldiers serving on this high glacier. Sadly they also carry the dead bodies of soldiers from remote areas, with legs neatly folded to fit within the width of the helicopter."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 06, 2022 September 06, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
SECTION 8 : Chapter 17- 18 -19 : SIACHEN GLACIER 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"A visit to the Siachen glacier, one of the longest in the Himalaya, is heady brew. ... I have been to the glacier several times, branching into different valleys, and still do not feel satisfied. For a soldier, who has defended this area with toil, sweat and blood we owe an appreciation and understanding of its facets."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 06, 2022 September 06, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
17. God That Did Not Fail 
A Journey Across the Shyok and Nubra Valleys (A Journey across the Karakoram, first ascent of Padmanabh and first exploration of Teram Shehr Plateau on the Siachen Glacier) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


" ... In late 2001 I wrote to the Japanese Alpine Club to inquire about the possibilities of a joint expedition to the remote areas of Eastern Karakoram, particularly going along the Shyok, the winter route to the Karakoram Pass and crossing over towards the Siachen glacier. After a while came their response…  that they would join us and Hiroshi Sakai was appointed as leader from their side."

"Hiroshi Sakai was a thorough professional, thorough organiser and a gentleman. On such long expeditions with people from different cultures where particularly there is a barrier of language, many things can go wrong. Not in our case, as we understood each other too well.  In fact while we were on the mountains, relations between India and Pakistan deteriorated considerably and all foreign nationals in India were advised to return. The Indian army assured us that we were in safe hands and nothing could go wrong. Based on this assurance, Sakai did not budge at all from our plans and stood firmly for going ahead on our climb and exploration.
................................................................................................


"Finally on 17 May 2002, we were at the Shyok village, ready to start on our long Karakoram journey covering the two large valleys of the Shyok and the Nubra rivers. It was an ambitious plan, traversing this forbidding terrain, first along the Shyok crossing it more than 24 times, visiting Karakoram Pass, crossing Col Italia, exploring the Teram Shehr Plateau and finally descending via the Siachen glacier.   In between all this, we planned to climb the 7030 m virgin peak Padmanabh. Ambitious enough.  We were five Japanese and six Indian mountaineers accompanied by an army officer as liaison officer.

"‘Where are your horses to ride?’  The Lumberdar1 was asking us. We had 55 horses, but only two of us were riding. It was normal for Sahibs to ride on the Karakoram trail. From Younghusband, Shipton,  and British officers to army officers today, they all rode the sturdy Karakoram mules.  ‘It is crazy to go to walking along the Shyok,  an absolutely mindless thing to do’, he emphasised. But mountaineers are known for this trait and we started our trek along the Shyok. We were in the nick of time, for water levels in the Shyok were  rising and within a week the route would be closed. This trail from the Shyok village to Karakoram Pass is the ‘Winter Trail’, used in the winter when the Shyok was crossable. Way back in 19th century, the British tried to built a trail by blasting rocks on the left bank so that crossings could be minimised. One could see the blast charges on the rocks and at many places the trail was running on the opposite bank to ours. But as plans to build a trail were later abandoned, the Ladakhi caravans now go by the traditional route crossing and re-crossing the Shyok river more than 5 to 6 times per day, as they had done for generations. Sometimes, in the earlier part of the journey, the water would reach waist level or above and horses would cross with some difficulties and plodding by their owners. The owners would always jump on a horse loaded with luggage and would safely see themselves across. The hardy mountaineers of our party would hold hands and mastering the technique, go across the Shyok. It was fun, as somebody said, but rather cold and very tiring when we finished with it."

"In those days, travel along the Karakoram Pass route was challenging and only hardy persons would survive. ‘With others if we can, alone if we must’, was their motto.  This route had come into prominence during the India-China war in 1962. The area immediately to the east of it along the watershed was taken over by the Chinese troops and today the watershed remains a de facto border. That was the reason this route had remained out of bounds for Indians and foreigners alike, and we were one of the few parties to go across it."
................................................................................................


"Along the Shyok 


"The first day of the trek was a disaster. The first few crossings were difficult and our group was divided and stranded.  The horses like their typical Ladakhi owners would always go ahead and not look back, for they had  to reach the campsite at Chong Jungle (3690 m) (also known as Horup). As we had started late, no one could reach the camp and people had to spent the night en route. A tired and haggard party arrived into the camp early morning for breakfast. Half a day of rest was declared and then we made a short journey to Burma (3760 m). The first crossing was that of the Chang Chenmo river. The Chang Chenmo (Ororotse) gorge flows in from the east and it is one of the deep valleys leading from the Shyok valley to the Aksai Chin plateau. There was a prominent track traversing the Chang Chenmo and crossing Lanak la (5486 m) to reach Kun Lun plains and Western Tibet plateau. This was an old trade route used by traders from the Tibet.

"We came across a maidan with stones and offerings with prayer flags. This signified that we were in the presence of Thangsing Karmo, a place of worship for Ladakhis. A huge stone to east of the Shyok, appeared as if doing a namaste. The Buddhists worship here, especially on the full moon of the lunar ninth month when people gather in large numbers. This falls generally in the October and November months when the water level is low. As we looked back from the trail, this rock dominated the skyline.
................................................................................................


"Staying at Burma (3760 m) for the night and now getting accustomed to cold crossings we set off very early the next day. Our aim was to reach Chumed and Char Bagh. We were assured that after Chumed, crossings would be easier and the water level would be low. True to this assurance, after the third day,  at Char Bagh (3920 m), the water level was low. But the final crossing at Char Bagh was a terror in itself. Our Kumauni porters, who were not used to crossing deep rivers, were stuck on the wrong bank. The entire party and the horses, unmindful of the resistance, went across and camped. After a while we saw this group  sitting on the opposite bank and not willing to come across. All we  could do was keep on shouting, plodding and encouraging them. When everything failed, our energetic Ladakhi member Motup Chewang climbed up a rock and started throwing stones at them, as if trying to push horses into water. After a lot of ‘persuasion’ they gathered courage, held hands and with terror written on their faces, came across the river, hoping that this was for the last time. One of them remarked, ‘What sins I have done in past life to be crossing the Shyok so many times, never again’, and that was the thought reflected by almost everyone.
................................................................................................


"A day ahead of Char Bagh we camped at foot of the Yurgolak fort (4050 m), which was located on a ridge about 100 m above. Though the fort walls were in a dilapidated state whatever remained was still solid and one could see the rooms and the courtyards. From the fort, looking across the Shyok valley, was the North Shukpa Kunchang nala, locally known as Nortot. By traversing this glacier and crossing an easy pass, a trail crossed to Sumur in the  Nubra valley. This was the old route used by the traders from Karakoram Pass to the Nubra valley when Saser la was closed. The reason for building this fort was not exactly known, but according to one legend it was built to protect against the invasion of Gen. Chengiz Khan of Mongolia, known in Ladakh ‘Tsogpo Galden Chhang’. Another fort was built at Sumur by the Ladakhi king to offer complete security. About 300 years before the Mongolian army had invaded Ladakh. This fort is known as Tsogmak (Tsog–Mongolian, mak-troops). Their army conquered territories till Leh where one of their senior generals was killed. He was buried under ‘Namgyal Tsemo’ the semo on a hill above Leh. However much of this history may be debatable and unknown, but certainly the forts are worth preserving as one of the landmarks of the past.2"

Throughout the book, Kapadia seems, not only anxious to credit muslims where traditions might have been of far older origin (or to claim that those traditions were due to the religion when in fact they were far older), but even anxious to veil historic facts, by discrediting implications of local nomenclature and traditional history, such as the name of a fort in Ladakh, which was even built specifically to defend against Mongol invasions! 

And this is about a phenomenon unrelated to a religion. 

So while left in India feels free to verbally offend West, even while taking care to go only thus far and no further, fear of giving offense to previous colonial regimes extends to kowtowing to Mongol invaders who'd not only invaded and sought to conquer India, but gone along and burned whole cities, villages and people therein, from Persia to Russia? 
................................................................................................


"Next day on our way to Thangnyer (4130 m) (Thang-‘plain’, nyer-‘in middle of’, ‘a camp in middle of plains’) we were to pass some historical places. The first was Mandalthang on the western shores, gateway to North Shukpa Kunchang glacier (also known as Norot glacier). Traversing this glacier, teams had climbed Saser Kangri peaks, as was done during its first ascent in 1973. After their ascent, rising waters of the Shyok, which proved impossible to cross down stream, trapped the team. Hence they had to go northwards undertaking several dangerous crossings to return via Saser la. Fording the Shyok river is a major problem for attempting any of the peaks in this area.

"To our east rose Kugrung group of peaks (6568 m, 6556 m and 6541 m were the highest of this group). These peaks were prominent and formidable. To the east it drained into the Kugrung river which flowed to the Chang Chenmo at Tsongtsalu Hot Springs (north of Phobrang). Peaks such as these suggest the wealth of mountain peaks and opportunities available when it will become possible to approach these areas.
................................................................................................


"The Galwan River


"Soon we were standing at the mouth of the Galwan nala, which has  a long history -- a historic beginning and disastrous end. This is the nala named after Rasool Galwan, one of the great native explorers.  Gulam Rasool Galwan was among the pony-men taken on by Lord Dunmore to Pamirs in 1890. He served a host of other explorers and travellers; Younghusband, Longstaff, Phelps, Church, Wellby and Littledale – particularly on the route along the Shyok.  In 1914 he was appointed as the caravan leader (a very prestigious post) of the big Italian scientific expedition of Filippo de Filippi, which explored the Rimo glacier systems and spent several months in the area.3

"His claim to fame came from an earlier expedition with the British Joint Commissioner in 1899. He was part of the team, which reconnoitred possible routes through the Chang Chenmo valley going east from the Shyok river. With the Sahibs, he explored a large unknown river valley little to the north of the Chang Chenmo and this valley now bears his name, ‘the Galwan valley’. This is a rare instance of a major geographical feature being given the name of a native explorer who put it on a western map.  Apart from the Pundit explorers the native explorers have received far less recognition in the survey of the higher ranges. The native travellers certainly knew most of the routes before these were incorporated in ‘western maps’."
................................................................................................


"Looking to this valley with sharp eyes or through binoculars one could see remains of an army post, built about 40 years before. Three valleys joined the Galwan nala at this point. Those who have read books on the 1962 Indo-China war, would find this familiar. It was in this valley in pursuance of the ‘forward policy’ followed by the Indian government, that the Indian army had built up a post at an almost indefensible spot.5 This post was surrounded by the Chinese troops since it was established in July 1962. It was one of first casualty of the 1962 war which was triggered on 20 October, when the post was overwhelmed, many were killed, injured and captured. The Galwan valley was one of the routes of attack by the Chinese troops.
................................................................................................


"The Shyok valley from  now on was wide and to avoid some river crossings we went across a small pass ‘Kalkatra la’ (4400 m). Route to Kataklik (4240 m) was a gentle and simple walk and the camp was at a beautiful spot on the eastern bank. The nala led eastwards to a  peak of 6917 m, ‘Kataklik Kangri’. The peaks and groups that we were now to observe were completely unknown, never been attempted or explored. Next day after a short walk we camped at Sultan Chushku (4330 m) (Sultan-king, chushku-stream, ‘stream of kings’) where the Shyok took a sharp turn to the west. On the opposite bank in the west was the Sultan Chusku group, with more than four peaks rising above 6700 m. The Sultan Chusku nala and the Murgo nala met at this camping ground and we were only 5 kilometres away from the Chinese de facto border. This was the reason why the area was well protected and restricted."

Sultan Chushku could equally well be interpreted as king of streams. 
................................................................................................


"From here we left the Shyok river and followed the Murgo nala from Sultan Chusku stream. We crossed the Jeong nala flowing from the Aksai Chin plains in the east. The Murgo nala had to be crossed, not less than at least 20 times before we could reach the open plains leading to the Murgo camp (4650 m). The line of control is not more than 15 km and hence there is a permanent army camp here, the first one we came across on this trail."

"To stay for night we went off to Chhongtash 6 km to the west in an army truck. Chhongtash is a vast plain with a big stone in centre and that is what the name implies. (Chhong-big, tash-stone). A board at the helipad indicated altitude sensibly, ‘You are 15,800 ft nearer to God’! Now that we had joined the summer trade route, from Karakoram Pass to Sasoma (across Saser la) the trail being used was well built.  At least 3 of us had travelled on this trail before.  On 26 May we passed Murgo, Kalon Chumik, to reach Burtsa (4600 m). Next day passing Kazi langar (4950 m) we climbed to Depsang la (5415 m) where our walk and horse rides ended.  Indian army personnel  were waiting for us with welcoming handshakes, tea and trucks. Depsang la is a vast plain and stretches almost 20 by 20 km, controlled in the east by the Chinese. This historic plain  had seen hundreds of caravans pass by and in 1962, had seen attacks by Chinese aggressors.6"
................................................................................................


"The Karakoram Pass


"We spent the night at Daulat Beg Oldi (5180 m) the famous ground known simply as DBO. Next day on the way up to Karakoram Pass we halted at Polu shelters, where two mud huts signified the place where many Yarkandi traders had taken shelter during bad weather. At this Polu, one of the explorers, Dr. P. H. C. Visser, left a small tablet stating ‘Visser 1935’which is enshrined here. Next to it we erected another tablet in memory of our friend Kaivan Mistry with an inscription; 

"In memory of a mountaineer 

"KAIVAN MISTRY 

"of Bombay 

"(1968 – 2000) 

"Who died at 

"Gapshan

"Like Dew on the Mountain, 
"Like Foam on the River, 
"Like a Bubble on the Fountain, 
"Thou Are Gone and Forever!"
................................................................................................


"Soon we reached Karakoram Pass, a historic day for us, 28 May 2002, the first foreign expedition stood on this international border with China. The Karakoram pass had almost no view because both sides are blocked by small but long mountain ranges. There was a bone structure lined with prayer flags and of course,  the flag of India. 7

"About a km away on the same ridge of Karakoram Pass in the west, is Kadpa Ngonpo la, an alternative pass to Yarkand. This was also a well-known pass and several caravans followed it specially as burtsa fuel was available in plenty en route.  Alexander Gardner, in one of his many journeys in the service of Maharaja Ranjit Singh, had crossed it in 1830. Kadpa Ngonpo pass is beyond the line of control between India and China. The Karakoram Pass would descend to Wahab Jilga and lead to Yarkand along the vast plains, while the route from Kadpa Nangpo la descended to the Yarkand valley and led  along the Yarkand river directly."

Kapadia gives a map of the region here, quite sufficient to trace his descriptions. 

"On Karakoram Pass we recalled Andrew Dalgleish8 (who like I said earlier was murderered). Towards north of the Karakoram Pass, which is the Chinese territory, there was a huge camping ground. It was here that Andrew Dalgleish was murdered at night by Dawood Khan one of his companions. Dawood Khan was arrested in Yarkand and hanged, but nobody knew where the remains of Andrew Dalgleish lay. The remains finally, before his bones mixed up with the many bones lying around the pass, were carried to Leh and he was finally buried near the grave of Stolickzka in the Christian graveyard. We looked around for any signs of his grave.  On this vast maidan a small mound of stones was the only noticeable feature. For some of us this was the second visit to the Karakoram Pass while our friends were the first Japanese reaching this pass after 93 years."
................................................................................................


"Crossing Col Italia 


"Finally on 30 May our caravan of 55 mules deposited us at base camp 1 (4850 m), seven  km west of Gapshan and at foot of the Central Rimo glacier. We sorted food and gear and started ferries on the Central Rimo glacier to establish our further camps. It was going to be hard work from now on. More than 2000 kg of luggage was to be borne on the shoulders of members and available porters. From 1 June we started establishing various camps along the Central Rimo glacier and proceeding on the moraines on the right, now snowbound. Some of us had trekked on this route in the year 2000 but the terrain looked completely different now with the cover of snow.  Ferrying parties left at 2 a.m.  to deposit luggage at the camp ahead and returned back to camp before the snow  was soft. The build  up was slow but steady and we could look around to wonderful views.

"We passed near the snout of the North Rimo glacier, which is one of the quietest international boundaries  in the Karakorams. From here one can cross  the Shaksgam pass, (to the Shaksgam valley) which was seen in the distance. Many caravans had passed through here too.  Turning west and going towards head of the Central Rimo glacier, route was snow covered but luckily devoid of too many crevasses. We established our Camp IV (5750 m) about 3 km before Col Italia.9

"This pass, at the head of Central Rimo glacier, crosses to Teram Shehr glacier, which descends to the Siachen glacier, thus linking the Shyok and the Nubra valleys. A kilometre to north of Col Italia, there were many ridges and depressions, which were overlooking the Shaksgam valley and mountains of Shaksgam were clearly seen. Towards the south rose the Rimo peaks, which we were familiar with, our past expeditions having climbed or attempted at least three of them.
................................................................................................


"In 1930 Prof Giotto Dainelli, who had been the geographer on the 1913-14 expedition of Filippo de Filippi to the Rimo glaciers, had entered the Siachen glacier in June, before the Nubra rose sufficiently to stop him. He spent two months on the glacier, establishing his base at the junction of the Teram Shehr glacier. Later the passage through the Nubra valley was blocked due to floods and he decided to return over a 6000 m pass to the Rimo glacier system, which he knew well,  to join the main Karakoram route. He named this   ‘Col Italia’, dedicated to Italian explorers.10

"This was the only recorded crossing of the pass (5920 m) and in 2000, after 70 years,  with  Huzefa Electricwala and Kaivan Mistry, I  had stood here. Now, our entire team stayed here and it was 72 years since the first crossing that our party descended towards the west. Col Italia is almost a 7 by 7 km vast plateau where someone could get lost (as our porters did in bad weather while ferrying luggage). We descended to the foot of a giant peak of 7030 m which we had named Padmanabh and established our base camp 2 (5650 m) at its foot. 11

"From the base camp 2 we had two projects in hand.  One was the ascent of Padmanabh. A team of climbers led by Hiroshi Sakai, the climbing leader, prepared for the ascent.12 Ryuji Hayashibara and myself were  to explore the Teram Shehr Plateau."
................................................................................................


"Exploration of Teram Shehr Plateau


"We owe the first views of this great plateau to Stephen Venables. While attempting Rimo I in 1985, he observed it. His pictures of this plateau, more than around 10 sq. km, with the peaks of the Siachen glacier and K2 in background looked inviting.13 This plateau is one of the unique features of the Siachen, East Karakoram or possibly anywhere in the world. It is amazing that such a huge high plateau exists at 6200 m, surrounded by several peaks, many of them rising up to 6500 m (but  only 300 m above the plateau!). From the gaps and cols between these peaks one could look down to the Siachen Glacier. I had noted this plateau in 1985 for a future trip, it remained unvisited until today and finally after 17 years I was renewing my affair with it.

"On 21 June, Lingen (Ryuji Hayashibara) 3 porters and myself formed an independent party and left for 5 days of exploration of the Teram Shehr Plateau. It was not technically difficult, but we were conscious that we were going over huge and deep crevasses. We covered ground slowly about 4-8 kms per day, established two camps to reach the head of the plateau. We reached a high col between Mahashrung (6940) and Sheshnag (6855 m) peaks to look to the Siachen glacier and across to the Karakoram peaks.  We walked around the plateau to different cols and observed peaks familiar  through photographs, with Rimo I (7385 m) dominating the view in the south. The best views were towards the north where  the wall of the Apsarasas peaks (I (7245 m), II (7239 m), III (7236 m), IV (7140 m were seen to a great advantage. Only Apsarasas I has been climbed. To the northwest peaks of the Teram Kangri group (I (7495 m), II (7407 m), III (7382 m) were visible.  It was an historical moment for us to stand on this high plateau and look around this vast vista of peaks. For my companion Lingen it was the fulfillment of a dream. He had visited the Siachen glacier with Japanese expeditions in the 1970s and 1980s when teams approached it from the west, Pakistan. Now he had seen it from the east and India.

"We returned back to base camp  satisfied. We could see climbers on the peak Padmanabh. On 25 June Hiroshi Sakai and Yasushi Tanahashi climbed Padmanabh (7030 m). It was a difficult climb, according to them, as they found some sections on this climb more difficult than the ascent of Nanga Parbat, which both had achieved. There was jubilation, happiness and plenty of camaraderie as we shared Indian and Japanese food and celebrated."
................................................................................................


"The Siachen Glacier


"On the 27th we wound up our camp and proceeded to descend to the Siachen glacier. Crevasses at the edge of the Teram Shehr glacier were deep, open and scary but once we reached the lower moraine, it was a long and tiring walk. Finally we reached a vast open meadow and surprised to see flowers and droppings of ibex. We camped near a huge lake, which the army had named ‘Forward Logistic Base’ (FLB), and were warmly welcomed by the army. This was the area where Bullock-Workman and Prof. Dainelli teams had camped. It offered wonderful views of the vast, long Siachen glacier running from south to north and across rose the peaks dominated by K12 (7428 m) Saltoro Kangri I and II, (7742 m) and (7705 m) and others. We spent a rest day witnessing with amazement and pride how the army defended the glacier throughout the year. Their supplies came through several helicopters landings - a remarkable site at this altitude.
................................................................................................


"We looked around for any signs of camps of earlier explorers.  To the south of the camp were vast open meadows from where Junction Peak (6250 m) rises.   Workman expedition, which explored the area in 1911 and 1912, had written about seeing remains of a Yarkandi village at this grassy meadow . We saw huge rocks in the middle of the meadow with small stones lying around in a circle.  In typical Yarkandi or Balti style a huge pole may have been erected on the stone and a cloth spread all over four sides to make a Yurt, like Changpas of Rupshu.13  Behind this meadow rose a lovely peak of 6250 m, which was climbed by the Workman couple in 1911 and named ‘Junction peak’ for it stood at the junction of three valleys, the Teram Shehr, Siachen glacier and Bilafond glacier.14"

"We reached the base camp of the Siachen glacier on 1 July. It was end of the journey for us as we bowed at the temple to the ‘The God that did not fail’.15 In this journey we had travelled a formidable terrain for 460 km, crossed   5 passes and climbed a peak of 7030 m, our first ascent of Padmanabh. What more did one want, than see this as the blessings of God."
................................................................................................


Kapadia gives a graph of Padmanabh climb that instantly has comprehension for a reader. ................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 06, 2022 September 09, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
18. SAGA OF SIACHEN Mountaineering and War On The Siachen Glacier  (History of  the Siachen Glacier with a climb and trek to its northen-most point) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


Kapadia gives history, personal and general, along with a good map, of the Siachen Glacier region, followed by several beautiful photographs. 
................................................................................................


"From the time of W. Moorcroft, who passed near the glacier’s snout in 1821, the existence, length and location of the Siachen Glacier was a matter of much speculation among Western explorers during the colonial period. In 1848, Henry Starchy became the first Westerner to discover “Saichar Ghainri” (“ghainri” is “glacier” in Balti); he ascended it for two miles from its snout in the Nubra valley. E.C. Ryall of the Survey of India sketched the lower part of the glacier in 1861, and ascribed to it a length of 16 miles.

"During his famous second Karakoram journey in 1889, Sir Francis Younghusband (then Colonel Younghusband) approached the area from the Urdok Valley. He was seeking a crossing into the Subcontinent from Central Asia. Following a side valley of the Urdok Glacier, he reached  the foot of the Turkestan la.   He felt this pass, and not Bilafond la as it was then believed, was the main axis of the Karakoram. In other words, Younghusband thought that the axis along the Turkestan la (along with the nearby Indira Col) was what separated South Asia from Central Asia.

"Defining the actual axis thus meant that several square kilometres of territory would be added to British India at the expense of Chinese Turkestan (now Xinjiang province). Younghusband’s explorer’s instincts were correct, but since this was still uncharted terrain he could not be sure.
................................................................................................


"Younghusband’s belief was confirmed in 1909 by T.G. Longstaff who, along with Arthur Névé, and Lieutenant Slingsby, was the first to traverse this great glacier. They crossed over the Bilafond la (or, Saltoro pass, as Longstaff called it then) and named the glacier in the east Teram Shehr (‘Destroyed City’) in keeping with the legend of the mullah which was narrated to them by their Balti porters. The peaks there were named the Teram Kangri group. They then retreated by the same route and went down the valley and approached the Siachen Glacier via the Nubra valley. Longstaff climbed up from the Siachen snout in the south and observed the same peaks as he had identified from the Bilafond la. This was conclusive proof of the length of the Siachen Glacier and the actual location of the Turkestan la-an important discovery as it established the true dimensions of the Karakoram. What he wrote in his book This My Voyage is quoted often: 

"Younghusband was a true prophet. Col Burrand of the Survey had suspected the truth. The avalanche-swept pass, whose foot Younghusband had reached 20 years before, was on the main axis of the Karakoram range which thus lay miles farther north than had been believed. We had stolen some 500 sq miles from the Yarkand river systems of Chinese Turkestan, and joined it to the waters of the Indus and the Kingdom of Kashmir."
................................................................................................


"The next important explorers to visit the Siachen Glacier were the famous Workman couple. Fanny Bullock-Workman and William Hunter Workman were Americans who had a special interest in the exploration of the Karakoram, and they focused their attention on the Siachen Glacier in the years 1911 and 1912. Entering via the Bilafond la, the Workmans camped on the glacier with a large entourage of porters and two Alpine guides. This group spent more than two months on the glacier and they climbed many peaks and visited almost all the corners of the upper Siachen. Grant Peterkin, a surveyor attached to this expedition, surveyed the glacier thoroughly and named a few peaks, including Teram Kangri, Apsarasas and Ghent. Names like Sia la, Junction Peak, Hawk, Tawiz and a few others were given by this expedition. It was the Workman expedition which visited and named Indira Col (lowest point on a ridge) after the Hindu goddess, Laxmi, one of whose many names is Indira. (The general supposition that this col was christened after Indira Gandhi, who was the prime minister when the Indian troops captured it  in 1984, is erroneous.)

"In 1929, Dr Ph. C. Visser of the Netherlands, on his fourth trip to the Karakoram, explored the two Terong glaciers and the Shelkar Chorten glacier all unknown till then. In his group were Rudolf Wyss and Khan Sahib Afraz Gul of the Survey of India, who stayed in the Terong Valley and completed surveying and naming of the main peaks in the lower part of this great glacier. In the same year, the Duke of Spoleto expedition (Italian) crossed the Karakoram by the Muztagh pass and reached the Turkestan la from the north. They descended from the Turkestan la after discovering the Staghar and Singhi glaciers.

"The survey and exploration of the Siachen was completed a year later by another Italian, Giotto Dainelli. ... "
................................................................................................


"Dainelli, with a Miss Kalau as his only companion, stayed at the Teram Shehr junction and carried out various geological surveys. He could not return by the same route due to the flooding of the Nubra valley in the lower reaches. So he crossed over to the Rimo glacier in the east by a 6200 m pass which he named Col Italia. 

"World War II, and the turmoil of Indian  independence  put an end to all activities in this area for a few decades. After the Indo-China War of 1962, the entire area became ‘restricted’, even for Indian climbers, although it is known that some parties from Indian security agencies did visit Bilafond la.1"
................................................................................................


"The Politics2 



"The ambiguity about the exact delineation of the border is the cause today’s conflict. The 1949 Indo-Pakistan agreement demarcated the cease-fire line. It extended up to the point known as NJ 9842 near the Shyok River, after which the line moved ‘thence north to the glaciers’, leaving the boundary vague. 

"The one opportunity to do away with this uncertainty came during the 1972 Shimla talks. It can be safely said that there may not have been any fighting on the Siachen if, during those talks, Indira Gandhi had pressurised the Pakistani Prime Minister Zulfikar Ali Bhutto to agree to demarcate the borders along the Saltoro Ridge, as is the situation today. A desperate Bhutto had pleaded with the Indian prime minister that he be trusted to do this at a later date, as he did not want to antagonise his generals. Aap mujhpe bharosa kijiye (Trust me), he is reported to have said.
................................................................................................


"Even as the ambiguity about the line of control remained, however, between 1972 and 1983 Pakistan promoted and permitted many foreign expeditions on the Siachen Glacier. These expeditions, accompanied by Pakistani army liaison officers, generally crossed over the Gyong la, Bilafond la or Sia la to enter the glacier, and climbed many peaks on the glacier. These climbs are  the grounds on which Pakistan had laid claim to the glacier. It has to be noted here that, apart from the ‘political statement’ these expeditions made, the teams were able to do  explorations and climbs of the highest order. Peaks like Teram Kangri, Singhi Kangri and others, have been climbed in the area.

"During this period, the Indian army also sent three expeditions to the glacier. Two of these were led by well-known climber Col N. Kumar. They reached Indira Col and climbed several other peaks, including Saltoro Kangri and Teram Kangri. The fact that these expeditions (1978, 1980 and 1981) took place was made public only in 1983. The Indian government made an attempt to pass them off as mountaineering ventures but their actual intentions were pretty obvious.
................................................................................................


"Maps soon began to be published in Europe showing the extended line of control joining the Karakoram Pass in the east following the Pakistani claim. These maps conceded the entire Siachen Glacier to Pakistan, and showed Pakistan and China sharing a long common border to the east of Siachen.

"In 1984, Pakistan gave permission to a Japanese expedition to attempt Rimo, a peak located in a side valley east of the Siachen and overlooking parts of Aksai Chin. Such an expedition would have linked Pakistan-controlled Kashmir with China, along the historic trade route that leads to Chinese Turkestan over the Karakoram Pass. The Indian army decided to take action to prevent the expedition from proceeding, and thus began the Siachen imbroglio.
................................................................................................


"Soon after India occupied positions on the glacier, the first Indian mountaineering expedition arrived in the Siachen to counter the policy adopted by Pakistan in the past. The following year, in 1985, an Indo-British expedition (led by this writer with Dave Wilkinson) was given permission to climb Rimo peak, by approaching it from the Nubra valley in India. Their success and the international publicity generated created awareness that the area was controlled by India. In 1986, an American team  reached the Indira Col.

"There was one more chance for peace over the Siachen Glacier when Gen Zia-ul Haq and Rajiv Gandhi agreed to a cease-fire. Tensions on the glacier eased but not so domestic political tensions, particularly in Pakistan. Benazir Bhutto, then in the opposition, marched the streets with bangles on a plate for Pakistani generals. ‘Wear these bangles if you cannot fight on the Siachen,’ she taunted. Unfortunately for peace in Siachen, Gen Zia was killed in a plane crash in 1988, Benazir came to power the next year and hostilities resumed on the glacier. One of her first official acts was to visit the Pakistani side near the Siachen Glacier. Peace has had no chance after that.
................................................................................................


"Mountaineering on the main glacier ceased until 1996, when my team from Bombay arrived on the glacier with full clearance from the Indian government but was turned back.. However, after protests and a critical report, the situation was rectified within a year and it was decided to allow Indian mountaineers on the glacier. In 1997, an Indian women’s team (led by Bachendri Pal, the first Indian woman to climb Everest) traversed the glacier and stood on India Saddle, a point some seconds north of Indira Col. 

"It was in this situation that we returned to the glacier to complete our unfinished venture."
................................................................................................


"Rose Expedition 1998 


"The 72 km long Siachen glacier,   in the East Karakoram is one of the longest glaciers in the Himalaya. It has a number of peaks, side valleys and at its head lies the Indira Col, the divide between South and Central Asia. The Nubra river drains the glacier and  ultimately joins the Shyok river near Khalsar. To the west lies the West Karakoram (now under Pakistani control) and towards the east is the Shyok basin, bordering China. The northern slopes of the Indira Ridge lead to the Shaksgam valley.
................................................................................................


"On 30th June we moved to an army base camp after proper acclimatisation in the lower Nubra valley. The army agreed to shift some rations and kerosene by helicopter to the middle of the glacier and to provide food at intermediate camps. By 3rd July we were ready to move up the glacier with 8 Sherpas as support.

"Soon we were treading on the historical grounds.  It was a great feeling moving up the glacier once again. We passed the entrance to the familiar Terong valley in the east. We had explored it thoroughly in 1985 and again in 1996. We stayed at the northerly turn of the glacier. Several peaks rose in the south and east while to the west we saw the  Gyong la valley which led to the famous pass of the same name. Many expeditions had come up to  Siachen by this pass.  In the next 7 days we gradually built up our supplies, moving the equipment and specialised food up the glacier over 3 camps. These camps were on moraine as the snow had melted. We were camping on  rocky grounds everywhere. After the third day we saw several groups of peaks rising in the northeast. We saw the massive Singhi Kangri (7751 m), justifying its name (Singhi - ‘difficult’). In the same group was Afraj (6815 m) (‘one who leads  others’) Khan Sahib Afraj Gul was an Indian Surveyor who visited the area in 1935 with the Visser expedition and had named several peaks in the area. We have  named  this central peak of the glacier after him). From the middle of the glacier  the view is as stupendous. In one sweep we could see the upper Siachen glacier leading to India Saddle and the Indira Col.  In the east rose the gentle Teram Shehr glacier with Junction peak rising from the only green meadow on the edge of the glacier. To our immediate east rose the peaks at the edge of the Teram Shehr Plateau. Bullock-Workman had named one of the peaks as “Laxmi” (wife of Vishnu and goddess of wealth). As Lord Vishnu is  God of preservation we chose to  name some of the peaks after him: like  Padmanabh (7030 m), the highest peak on the Teram Shehr (‘destroyed city’) Plateau. It is hoped that Vishnu will protect and prevent further destruction there."
................................................................................................


"Teram Shehr glacier 


"Apart from traversing the entire glacier our expedition had two other aims. One was to reach Col Italia at the head of the Teram Shehr glacier and attempt  the highest peak on the Teram Shehr Plateau, Padmanabh (7030 m).

"A good route to approach the Teram Shehr Glacier was opposite the famous ‘Kumar Camp’. A wide gully flowed down from the Teram Shehr onto the Siachen Glacier.  On the right of the gully were the gentle slopes;  the only green slopes in the area. These could possibly have  been the site of the settlements mentioned by the Workmans. The best way to approach the Teram Shehr glacier was via this gully, which would have saved us the long turn-about approach. But the 2.5 kms across the Siachen Glacier was not considered safe and had to be crossed under cover of darkness to avoid the risk of being caught in the shelling from across the border.

"So it was decided that Divyesh and Cyrus with support would attempt the peaks on the Teram Shehr plateau directly across Camp 3 which was below. They were to follow a ridge line of Bhujang (6560 m) which was at the edge of the Teram Shehr plateau, and then make their way to the base of Padmanabh (7030 m). Any thought of reaching Col Italia had to be given up. Throughout our stay we were always aware of being in a war-zone. There was daily artillery firing across and above our route, helicopters were flying and we met soldiers on their way down, tired and haggard. It is a very different playground for mountaineering."
................................................................................................


"First Ascent of Bhujang (6560 m) on the Teram Shehr plateau 


"After we left for Indira Col the climbers descended to Camp 3 to attempt the peak. From 10th to 14th July they  built  up a base camp across the main Siachen glacier, on its eastern bank. On 15 July they climbed over loose scree and mud slopes and reached the steep ridge descending from Bhujang (6560 m). At about 5570 m  they camped at a sheltered spot with a grand view of the peaks and glaciers around.

"After the weather cleared they moved on the 18th to the last camp now within reach of peak 6560 m. Starting early and moving fast Cyrus and Divyesh went up the initial frontal 500 m of the climb to the point where the ropes and equipment had been left earlier. The Sherpas moved up the rock route along the ridge. From this point they found a safe passage to traverse onto the col. The route from the col to the top was an easy angled climb over snow with a few patches of ice inbetween. They were on the summit by 11.30 a.m. 

"This was the first peak climbed on the Teram Shehr plateau. It rose like a serpent and was christened   ‘Bhujang’, after the legendary serpent associated with Lord Vishnu."
................................................................................................


"To Indira Col 


"In the meantime the main team moved up the glacier which was completely snow-bound even through the summer months. Almost 30 to 40 ft of snow covers the entire glacier in winter and the temperature plunges to below minus 40 degrees C. We were visiting the glacier during best time of the year and to the easiest part of the glacier. Yet  the cold was harsh and the hardships ahead evident. The glacier flattens out ahead of its centre. We passed a side-entrance leading to  Bilafond la (‘butterfly shaped glacier’) in the west. This was the Lolofond glacier (named after Dr Tom Longstaff). It was small and flat and joined the Siachen after  a small expanse . The historic peak of Tawiz (6400 m)  dominated the sky. To the northwest another historic peak, Hawk (6754 m), raised its head. Thence it guided us throughout till the head of the glacier. The  site of the Saltoro Kangri peaks (7742 and 7705 m) rising above the Peak 36 glacier was unforgettable. Its sheer size and the difficulties of the rock walls on its slopes makes it a challenging objective. Today Saltoro Kangri II (7705 m) is one of the highest unclimbed peaks in the world.
................................................................................................


"After four more camps we were nearing the head of the glacier. There were not many serious obstacles except for a few  crevasses. We walked in short marches in excellent weather. A little while later we passed another valley in the west leading to Sia La and Convey Saddle. The Siachen glacier was now broad and on its eastern edge rose two shapely pinnacles (Staghar Towers I and II), There was a deep notch  to its south. This was Staghar Pass through  which the Japanese expedition had crossed  to the east to make the first ascent of Singhi Kangri. Soon we neared our goals, Sia Kangri I (7422 m) and II (7092 m) (formerly known as Hardinge).  Their  walls were gigantic and threatened to throw down  avalanches. All camps were carefully placed away from them. Our last camp on  the glacier  was a little above the ‘Ridge Camp’ of Bullock-Workman in 1912.

"We decided to reach Turkestan La (East) (5810 m). It lay on the head of an eastern valley. On 20th July 1998 four of us with our LO and a Sherpa left by  6.30 a.m. Winding our way through a crevasse and going up a gentle valley,  we were at the la in 2 hours, overlooking the Staghar glacier. The eastern slopes led gently down to the glacier and the ice-penitents of the Staghar glacier were clearly seen. The view to the south included several peaks  around  the Singhi Kangri ridge, with Staghar Pass clearly visible. One  admired the tenacity of the Japanese team which in 1976  crossed   Bilafond la and Staghar Pass to ultimately climb the steep and sharp  ridge of Singhi  Kangri."
................................................................................................


"The Indira Ridge 


"The ridge on which we were standing rose gently towards the north and a deep notch was seen on it. This was the Turkestan La (North) where Col. Francis Younghusband (later Sir) wanted to reach  in 1889. It is sometimes  called ‘Colonel’s Col’. The Indira ridge leading from foot of Sia Kangri to ‘Colonel’s Col’ and turning south to Turkestan La (East) is the northernmost ridge  of India at present  and it forms a major divide between South and Central  Asia.
................................................................................................



"The main Indira  Col (west) is located at the foot of the eastern ridge descending from Sia Kangri. It is here, exactly, that the heads of the  Siachen and Urdok glaciers meet. This col was recorded to have been reached by Col. N. Kumar’s team in 1981 and again by the Americans in 1986.

"On the same ridge a point of 6000 m is erroneously marked on the present map as ‘Indira Col’. It is a steep saddle and by no imagination can be called a ‘col’ (a col is the lowest point on a ridge).  We proposed to call this point  ‘India Saddle’. Further east lies the Indira Col (East) which was reached by Bullock-Workman expedition in 1912.  The easternmost pass on this ridge is Turkestan La (North). It is an easy pass on both the sides and foot of this pass  was reached in 1889 by Col. Younghusband. The ridge turns south from here.  Turkestan La (East) is located a little to the South.
................................................................................................


"Reaching the Northern Points 


"On  22nd July 1998  we started at 6.30 a.m. and walked  northwards on crisp snow and a gently rising glacier. After  turning around the peak Faiz (6150 m) (‘one who is at the top’) we saw a wide bowl opened in front of us. Facing us was  the Indira Ridge and a  panoramic view. To the  north was the Indira Col (West) (the main Indira Col). I decided to reach this Col  with Sherpa Pemba Tsering. After a walk of about 2 hours we were at the pass. At the pass we made a safe anchor and walked upon the northern cornices to  look down at the Urdok glacier. This beautiful flat glacier led northwards to join the Shaksgam river which was visible. Several peaks were visible but unfortunately Gasherbrum I was in clouds. To the north was Chinese Turkestan where trekkers in recent years had roamed freely. Apart from a political division we were standing on a major geographical divide too. The waters from this col drained southwards  into the Siachen glacier and the Nubra, Shyok and Indus rivers to merge with the warm waters of the Arabian  Sea. Waters to the north drained into  the Urdok glacier, and the Shaksgam, Yarkand, Tarim and  Qyurug rivers  to merge with the Lop Nor lake.

"The other members of our  team, Vijay Kothari, Kaivan Mistry, Vineeta Muni and Capt. Suhag climbed towards the India Saddle. After a steep slope, where they had to use crampons, they stood on the northern-most point of India and enjoyed similar historic moments as we did. All of us  gathered at the camp by afternoon. 

"It had taken us a walk of 98 kilometres on ground and 12 days to reach the Indira Col (20 days in all, including days for ferrying loads and resting). The glacier rose from 3550 m to 5840 m, a mean rise  of 1 to 26, over a  distance of 76 km (the geographical length of the glacier).  Indian climbers had finally arrived on the glacier.
................................................................................................


"Rare rose 


"For the past 14 years, soldiers of the Indian Army have been in the Siachen.3 The army lives on the glacier under a severe resource crunch. Supplies are taken up by helicopter but there is always a shortage of air transport, sometimes even to evacuate the injured. Under such circumstances it is hardly surprising that the glacier is under severe environmental strain. Much of the garbage is put into crevasses or dumped on rocks and snow. In winter, all this is covered under a thick layer of snow and the entire area appears like a beautiful white sheet. But come summer, all the cans, drums and human waste come to the surface and litter is seen everywhere. The army cannot burn the garbage on the glacier, and neither can it destroy it there, much less bring it down.

"Some serious thinking about the ecological conditions on the Siachen glacier needs to be done. The war has taken a heavy toll of men and material on both sides. It is an impasse in which no side seems to be gaining. The only solution to save this great wilderness is to stop the war. This is a matter for the Governments of India and Pakistan to consider. As a mountaineer and lover of this glacier I can only pray that some steps are taken to conclude this never-ending war and save the glacier from destruction. It is hoped that powers-that-be will listen to the anguish of the glacier and the soldiers serving on it."
................................................................................................


"As I spent my last evening on Siachen, lovely moonlight  covered the  snow  and the next day a blue sky extended beyond the frontiers; frontiers  of people of similar culture, language  and ethos. ... But soon enough, under the same sky artillery shells were shooting  across.  Hopefully someday,  soon,  there will be peace on the Siachen glacier. Roses (sias) will grow wild, ibexes will roam and mountaineers will explore and climb freely."
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 09, 2022 September 11, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
19. SIACHEN PEACE PARK (Proposal for a Peace Park on the Siachen Glacier to end the war) 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"We were staying in army bunkers at base camp on the Siachen Glacier.  In the next room I could hear my son, Nawang, then a young man of 20 years, talking with equally young lieutenants and captains of the Indian army. They were discussing  their exploits on the glacier, the war and agitatedly talking about the friends being wounded and  killed all around them. ... They were ready to guard it with their life, they meant well. My son, excited with the prospect of defending the country with  other young officers, worked hard and joined the Indian army as a Gorkha Officer. Soon thereafter he fell to a terrorist bullet in this bloody war in Kashmir. ... "
................................................................................................


"Mountains have traditionally been haven for people seeking peace and spiritual solace.  Nowhere has this been more so than in the Himalaya. It is ironical than that it is in the Himalaya, or to be more exact in the Karakoram, that a bitter and deadly, heroic  but absurd conflict  is being fought. Now for 20 long years armed forces of India and Pakistan have fought for the control of the Saltoro ridge which guards the Siachen Glacier towards its west.  This is the highest battlefield in the world and India occupies the entire Siachen Glacier but at a great price."

This would be true of Tibet, if India had defended it. As it is China is claiming all of Himalaya and stray speakers of Chinese origin are laughing at India on television channels telling India "your problem is Himalaya ", not giving a fraction of a thought or consideration to love and reverence Himalaya us held throughout India for millennia since the very beginning of Himalaya rising out of the ocean that separated India from Asia. 

But the first PM of India refused to even bring Tibet to attention of UN, or allow such a question by another nation, much less defend Tibet or even protest military occupation thereof. 

So Kapadia speaks of Karakoram but not of Himalaya in all its reach being occupied by Chinese forces. 

This is the moment before Krishna spoke, in Mahabharata war, prolonged to over half a century, because an Arjuna was sidelined by an elder in favour of a Yudhisthira who was always more amenable to opposite camp than to his own, and sitting with his head in his hands after losing a wife in a bet he had no right to make, as she pointed out. Neither India nor Himalaya were theirs to give, but the Arjuna had been exiled. 
................................................................................................


"The history of the glacier is long. Sir Francis Younghusband first looked at it in 1887 followed by Dr. Tom Longstaff, the intrepid British explorer who approached it from two different directions in 1910 and established its true extent. Dr. Fanny Bullock-Workmen with her husband William, visited the glacier on two long trips in 1911 and 1912, climbed peaks, surveyed the area and stood on the northernmost point of the glacier which she named as the Indira Col. Prof. Daineli, the Italian scientific explorer camped on the glacier on 1930 and returned by a new pass to the east which he named Col Italia. After a visit to the Terong valley, a subsidiary valley of the Siachen in the east by Dr. Ph. C. Visser, the Dutch explorer in 1935, the glacier was left alone for a long time, except few visits possibly by the intelligence parties from India. Political agreements between India and Pakistan from 1949 till 1972 left the delineation of the Siachen Glacier very vague. The Shimla Agreement of 1972 demarcated the boundary lines till a point known as “Grid point NJ9842” near the Shyok river and beyond that left it with a vague statement “and thence north to the glaciers”. There was neither habitation or nor troops in the desolate area and there was no compulsion to be more precise. This vague definition – or more precisely the lack of it – had caused no problem till then."
................................................................................................


"It was mountaineering expeditions that brought matters to a head. Pakistan began organising and permitting expeditions to the Siachen area consisting of foreign nationalities but always accompanied by military officers as liaison officers. These expeditions, particularly from Japan, starting from Pakistan, crossed over from the Bilafond La and climbed high peaks like Teram Kangri, Singhi Kangri, Apsarasas and others.  These were magnificent climbs, exploratory in nature and difficult in ascent. But with Pakistani flag with the Japanese flag flying on each and every peak that was climbed, they were also making a political statement. This ad hoc control via mountain climbing was a very different ball game and a different modus operandi  from the famous ‘Great Game’, which has been played for centuries in the Karakoram valleys.1 India sent two of its own army expeditions in 1978 and 1981, which also climbed peaks and reconnoitred the area from a military viewpoint. Both the countries interpreted “thence north to the glaciers”, including the Siachen and Saltoro ridge, according to their perceived interests. Finally an expedition authorised by Pakistan with the Japanese mountaineers was to cross over to extreme east of the Siachen to climb peak Rimo I. This cartographic and physical extension would have literally linked up valleys with the eastern trade route, which runs along the Chinese border across the Karakoram Pass.  Pakistan was already publishing maps through western sources, drawing a line from NJ9842 to Karakoram Pass, which would have ceded large areas to Pakistan, particularly backed up by the de facto mountaineering claims. The Indian army landed on the glacier on 13th April 1984 to prevent this expedition from proceeding further and there were reports that Pakistan may occupy the glacier soon. “Guns and Roses” announced headlines in the Indian press - the glacier war had begun. The Siachen Glacier named after roses, (Sia  in Balti means a  rose) was from now on to witness bitter fighting and the sound of artillery guns booming.
................................................................................................


"It was a very different war that Indian soldiers began to fight.  There was no enemy to be seen face to face, except for sporadic incidences.  It was mountains and the harsh environment, which were the real enemies. Mere existence at those heights  is an incredible hardship. The base camp is at 3600 m and there are some army posts with heights up to 6700 m.  97% of the casualties have been due to altitude and weather, rather than enemy action.  In winters the temperature dips to well below minus 40° C, blizzards can blow over 150 km per hour and crevasses claim regular victims. To sustain at this altitudes, the army had to bring in supplies, kerosene and other fighting gear by helicopter. The Indian army has the highest helipad, dropping zone and the highest telephone booth in the world on this  glacier.
................................................................................................


"For Pakistan things are easier, their base camp being more accessible at 2750 m and their advance posts at lower altitudes.   It has become a political imperative to establish a post on the Saltoro ridge as they do not overlook or own an inch of the Siachen glacier. It has been equally imperative for India to prevent this.  This has led to heroic battles, the most dramatic one being in 1987 when, in a daring mountaineering exploit, using fixed ropes and ladders, Pakistan established a post on the Saltoro ridge, ‘Quaid post’. In an equally heroic challenge, this post was captured by a volunteer force of 60 men from the Indian side. It was named the ‘Bana Post’ in honour of Naik Subedar Bana Singh who led the final ascent. The sea-saw continued and the toll both in terms of men and environment, mounted. The pollution and degradation of the environment resulting from thousands of men living here is appalling. The mountains of cans, drums, fuel containers, oil and lubricants, tetra packs of fruit juice, aluminium packaging, medical waste can neither be burned nor destroyed, nor  has it ever been possible to take back. And imagine the amount of human waste which does not decay at this height, -- 20 years on the glacier an average at least 800 people creating 100 gms a day! All this garbage and waste will end up in the Nubra, which flows into the Shyok into the Indus on the waters of which millions depend.  The Himalaya is the water tower of Asia and to juggle with the environment is to gamble with the lives of the millions.
................................................................................................


"It was in this situation that we started working for a proposal for Trans-boundary Peace Park. This would ultimately enable both the armies to withdraw in conditions of honour and dignity and it  would not prejudice their positions in Kashmir as a whole. It would stop further degradation of a magnificent mountain area, save hundreds of lives, billions of rupees and possibly give an indicator to solve the Kashmir imbroglio." 

It's naive thought, imagining that a movement copying Vinoba Bhave and his goodwill expeditions after independence - one regarding landlords, landholdings and redistribution of land to benefit landless, accomplished via goodwill and gifts; another that of surrender by dacoits of Chambal region. 

"Boundary Parks are not a new idea. The first one, Waterton Glacier International Peace Park between Canada and US was established 70 years ago and today there are 169 such parks, involving 113 countries.  Several of these trans-boundary parks are specifically designated as Peace Parks, which are intended to provide a peaceful solution to a conflict or a potential conflict or rehabilitation of an area after a conflict. In Asia and around India the concept of trans-boundary parks is well known for there are parks between India and Bhutan, India and Nepal, Pakistan and China and Nepal and China. There has been a dramatic increase in trans-boundary parks in the recent years, a demonstration of their viability and usefulness. In 1988 there were 50 parks as against 169 today. There are plans for few more trans-boundary parks."

Worse than naive, it's as dangerous, bordering on suicidal, as Gandhi insisting that the then new Government of India force refugees from across the new border in North-West, to return across the border, even if it were only to be massacred by those who had massacred over ten millions already. 

Worse, it's as dangerous as the then PM of India subsequently not only stopping the Indian military from proceeding to liberate rest of Kashmir, but then going on to not protect occupation of Tibet by military forces of China, refusing to raise the question in Tibet, and doing nothing about Chinese appropriation of a huge amount of territory in Aksai Chin. 

Withdrawal of forces in any region of Himalaya would only involve the two untrustworthy nations who have occupied the lands with force, to inch further - by several thousands of square miles. 
................................................................................................


"One very strong supporter and mover of this idea was Aamir Ali who lives in Geneva and having worked for the United Nations, knew how to approach this matter. We prepared brief notes and plans and sent it to various officials and organisations in India and Pakistan.  But with these countries at the height of war in the 1990s, our proposals  hit a blank wall. When I met one of the senior secretaries in the Government of India, he dismissed the idea with contempt and even raised the usual Indian question, ‘why is a foreigner and a Muslim (Aamir Ali) interested in the Siachen Glacier?’2 Officials refused to listen to my pleas, suggesting that all I could do was to file a public interest litigation in the Supreme Court. Fortunately the Indian army was more open to this idea.  Today most of the senior officers are in know of  this plan and supportive of it.  Of course, without their political masters deciding in the matter no further aims can be achieved, at least in India."

The very next paragraph raises a question, were these efforts at correspondence being carried through the Kargil war, or begun thereafter? 

It's hardly possible that the responses he quotes from Indian army were during or after that treacherous war, when several soldiers sacrificed their lives! 
................................................................................................


"The political tranquillity and climate again changed and stopped all rounds of negotiations between India and Pakistan. Finally on 13th December 2001, armed militants attacked the Indian Parliament and the troops were moved. The countries were on the brink of war. One had to keep the hope that situations change, people change and the dawn always comes only after the darkest period. And we waited for dawn on the Siachen. Positive signs seemed to emerge as the idea was kept alive."

Kapadia mentions 2001 attack specifically, but not the Kargil war! 

Wonder why! 
................................................................................................


"I saw further signs of hope. First was at the Banff Film Festival in Canada where I could interact with a group of senior IUCN representatives. They seemed interested and we formed a small committee. With their contacts in Pakistan, we could carry the matter to the right quarters there too. But the advice from both the Governments was to keep the issue open, lie low and push it gently. That’s what we kept on doing. In 2001, the area of Aletsch, the longest glacier in the Alps, was designated as a World Heritage site. We thought, why not aim for the same for the longest glacier in the Himalaya? Major support from UIAA3 gave a major fillip to the Siachen Peace Park proposal, which in collaboration with the IUCN4  started taking keen interest in the matter.  The UIAA supported and organised a ‘Summit Climb’ in the Alps where Indian and Pakistani mountaineers would participate together. And so it was Mandip Singh Soin and myself from India and Nazir Sabir and Col. Sher Khan who from Pakistan teamed up in Geneva and stood on the summit of the Monch peak. On the summit, perhaps for the first time in several years, flags of India and Pakistan were unfurled together on any mountain in the world signifying that we mountaineers and environmentalist appeal together for peace in the mountains, a fact particularly significant in the ‘International  Year of Mountains’ in 2002."

Naiveté at best, dangerous in reality. 
................................................................................................


"No sooner, Indian and Pakistani mountaineers met in Geneva, we realised how much we had in common at a people to people level; we spoke the same language we had the same tastes in music, we had same interests (Nazir, a cricket buff like me, kept suggesting, to the former President of Switzerland5, ‘Sir lets play cricket between our two nations, even before we climb mountains’). There was a strong desire for all of us to visit each other’s countries. We realised that it was only political differences that kept us apart. At no time during the climb, tied to the same rope, did it matter to me that my companion was a Pakistani or a Muslim and to him that I was an Indian or a Hindu- our lives depended on each other. 6"

Be that as it may, to those who died for no fault of theirs by attacks through terrorists sent from the terrorist factory across the border, it did matter, one might bet safely - whether in Taj or in local trains, stadium in Hyderabad or while shopping in a middle class local suburban market in New Delhi. 
................................................................................................


"Several recent developments have led the world community, specially the mountain lovers, to pay attention to solving the conflict and lend help to rejuvenate the glacier. This includes the Italian Ev-K2-CNR Committee’s  proposal  to push for a Siachen Peace Park as part of its commemoration of the 50th anniversary of the first ascent of K2 and at the World Parks Congress in Durban in  September 2003. Talks were held after a long time  between India and Pakistan to discuss various issues, specially the Siachen. (I write this in March 2004 and perhaps situation may have turned for the better by the time you read this.). And – India and Pakistan played cricket  in March 2004 after more than a decade!"

That certainly did not stop the terrorist attacks, in fact a major one came soon post this - the most famous one, in fact; attacks against Taj and other targets in Mumbai were within less than five years post his "India and Pakistan played cricket in March 2004 after more than a decade", and while congress was in power in centre!
................................................................................................


"At present, armed military men still face each other across the ridges of the Siachen.  On both sides of the line of control, it is said that to honour the blood of brave soldiers that has been spilled, not an inch of territory should be given up. One could say even with more force that the sacrifice of brave men could best be honoured by protecting this spectacular mountain area consecrated by their sacrifice. Again the wheels of peace are moving positively and there is a complete ceasefire in fighting in Kashmir and particularly on the heights of the Siachen for last few months. ... "

Naiveté bordering on stupidity, that! 

Or is Kapadia attempting to make up for the sacrifice of his son's life, to a bullet from a terrorist, in Kashmir? 

" ... If the peace returns, the concept of the trans-boundary peace park would fit well in giving a positive dimension to the process. It would work not only towards disengagement, but towards the creation of a park to protect the environment to allow the ibexes and snow leopards to roam, the wild roses to grow and the mountaineers to return to the Siachen Glacier. A majestic area of mountain landscape redolent with the romance of early exploration deserves the best. Our youth, be they soldier or civilian, Pakistani or Indian, they deserve to enjoy such an area."

Dangerous naiveté, considering not only that the nonstop terrorist attacks that were held back only a little, post surgical strikes by India, and the demonetisation, but basically continue. 

True, it's far less post 2014 than it had been during UPA decade, but that won't happen if military were withdrawn at any point of border. 

Dangerous naiveté, considering not only that the nonstop terrorist attacks that were held back only a little, post surgical strikes by India, and the demonetisation, but basically continue - but also Bharatpur. 

As long ago as during early 1990s, it'd been noted that the famous bird sanctuary in Bharatpur was suffering, due to the migratory flocks from Central Asia and Siberia being reduced alarmingly to paltry numbers, due chiefly to bring shot fown in their flight over Pakistan. 

Since then, starvation situation in that country was discussed on internet and on television shows in Pakistan channels, describing poor having been reduced to eating things one would not describe, apart from donkeys, used more relevantly for transport due to shortage of fuel and situation of financial disaster in Pakistan. 

Whatever makes Kapadia imagine that Siachen, or any other part in or near Pakistan, would be safe haven for Ibex, or any other beautiful fauna, birds or anything else, as long as people of Pakistan can access the region without intervention and being stopped from hunting the fauna and birds to extinction? 

A glacier wouldn't stop them! 
................................................................................................


"‘We are nations linked by Himalayan geography. Nations, which do not understand and respect geography are condemned by history. Governments and people of both countries should realise that there is a humanity that binds us together. Whatever our game, and whichever our side of the fence’.7 

"With peace returning to the glacier, there are several proposals to clean up the glacier (involvement of world community and its finances are a very distinct possibility) and there is a proposal that civilian mountaineers from both sides could walk up the glacier from their respective fences and shake hands at the border pass, unfurl their own national flags and bring that spirit displayed in the Alps to reality on the Siachen Glacier."

Dangerous naiveté, indeed. There's no guarantee there won't be a terrorist amongst that handshaking mob, is there, or would they be frisked by Indian military before approaching the fence? Say, fifty miles before the border? 

Really Kapadia should have known better, having trekked siachen strictly in dark of night, due to danger during day, during light hours, of enemy fire! 
................................................................................................


England didn't go to war eager either for WWI or WWII, remember! People in England had cheered Neville Chamberlain like crazy, in tears, when he'd returned from Munich, having browbeaten Czechoslovakia into surrendering, breaking treaties by England and renaming on the military protection promised to Czechoslovakia by those treaties - just as Indian did to Tibet! 

1962 was follow-up therefore by China as logical as WWII was that of Munich, and if subsequently India wasn't reduced to a Poland or a France or even Russia of 1941, its only because JFK helped India, when asked by the then PM of India confidentially, by sending a quiet message to China. 

Kapadia mentions China's 'unilateral withdrawal and ceasefire' repeatedly, but neither why, nor the fact that Chinese promises aren't worth the paper thry are written on, even if it were only recycled paper. 
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 11, 2022 September 11, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
Appendices
................................................................................................
................................................................................................


"History of the Siachen Glacier (1821-1998)



"1821 - ​W. Moorcroft passed near the snout of the Siachen glacier and reported its existence. 

"1835 - ​G. T. Vigne approached it from the west over Bilafond la but never guessed its existence. 

"1848 - ​Henry Strachey discovered and established  the existence of Siachen glacier and ascended it for two miles. 

"1848 - ​Dr. T. Thompson visited the snout. 

"1849-50​ - F. Drew approached the glacier and wrote about it in his famous book Ladakh. 

"1862 - ​E.C. Ryall of Survey of India, sketched the lower part of the glacier and ascribed it a length of only 16 miles. 

"1889 - ​Sir F. Younghusband reached foot of Turkestan la (North) from north. He felt that the glacier was long and that this pass was the major Central Asian divide. 
................................................................................................


"1907 - ​Sir Sidney Burrard published a map on the Himalaya. It did not include Siachen though he mentioned the possibility of existence of a large glacier at the head of the Nubra valley.

"1908​ - Dr. Arthur Nêvê and D.G. Oliver reached the snout and explored Mamostong Kangri. 

"1909 - ​Dr. Tom Longstaff, Dr Arthur Nêvê  and Lt A.M. Slingsby, later joined by Capt D.G. Oliver, first came over Bilafond la and later over the Siachen snout to establish the length of the Siachen glacier and exact location of various passes. This was the pioneering effort which established the true length and nature of the glacier.

"1911-12​ - The Workman Expedition came over Bilafond la in the west and spent almost 2 months on the glacier. They named many peaks and passes, and climbed a few peaks. Grant Peterkin, attached to this expedition, surveyed the glacier thoroughly. 

"1911 - ​V.D.B. Collins and C.S. McInnes of Survey of India surveyed Teram Kangri and other peaks. 

"1913-14 - ​Sir Filippo De Filippi surveyed Rimo glacier system and published a map.
................................................................................................


"1929​ - Dr Ph.C. Visser, Netherlands expedition, surveyed Terong valleys and crossed the snout to Gyong la. He was accompanied by the Surveyor Khan Sahib Afraz Gul who completed the detailed survey of the entire glacier. 

"1929 - ​Duke of Spoleto expedition reached Indira Col (East) from the north and discovered Staghar and Singhi glaciers. 

"1930 - ​G. Dainelli, Italian expedition, stayed two months at Teram Shehr junction. He approached it starting from Bombay and through the Nubra valley. As the Nubra river was flooded later, he crossed Col Italia and returned via Saser la.
................................................................................................


"1934 - ​G.O. Dyhrenfurth, International expedition, made the first ascent of Sia Kangri. 

"1935 - ​British Expedition led by J. Waller  with John Hunt attempted Saltoro Kangri. They camped on the Peak 36 glacier. 

"1939 - ​Lt Peter Young visited Gyong la on shikar.
................................................................................................


"1956 ​Austrian expedition led by F. Moravec climbed Sia Kangri West. 

"1957 ​Imperial College British expedition led by Eric Shipton climbed Tawiz and visited several passes.
................................................................................................


"1961 - ​Austrian expedition led by E. Waschak made the first ascent of Ghent. 

"1962​ - Japanese-Pakistan expedition led by T. Shidei made the first ascent of Saltoro Kangri I. 
................................................................................................


"1972 - ​‘Shimla Agreement’ was signed between India and Pakistan. It failed to clearly demarcate the border  along this glacier. 

"1974​ - Japanese expedition led by T. Tanaka attempted Sherpi Kangri II via S ridge. This was the first expedition allowed from Pakistan after the ‘Shimla Agreement’. 

"1974​ - Austrian expedition led by W. Stefan climbed Sia Kangri from SW. 

"1974 - ​Japanese expedition led by G. Iwatsubo approached K12 from the west. Two members reached the summit  but died during the return and disappeared without any trace. 
................................................................................................


"1975​ - British expedition led by D. Alcock attempted Sherpi Kangri. 

"1975 - ​Japanese expedition led by Y. Yamamoto climbed K12 by the same route to search for the missing summitters. The search failed. 

"1975 - ​Japanese expedition led by H. Katayama made first ascents of Teram Kangri I and II, coming over Bilafond la. This was  the first expedition to cross over into the Siachen glacier from Bilafond la with permits from Pakistan. 

"1975​ - Japanese expeditions led by S. Yamamoto attempted Saltoro Kangri I. 

"1976 - ​Japanese expedition made first ascent of Sherpi Kangri, led by H. Hirai. 

"1976 - ​Japanese expedition led by H. Misawa made the first ascent of Apsarasas I, crossing over Bilafond la.

"1976 - ​Japanese expedition led by H. Saito came over Bilafond la, crossed Staghar Pass   and made the first ascent of Singhi Kangri from north. 

"1976 - ​An Austrian expedition led by Gunther Schutz crossed over Bilafond la and attempted Saltoro Kangri II.
................................................................................................


"1977​ - Austrian expedition climbed Ghent NE from the Kondus glacier.

"1978​ - Indian Army expedition led by Col N. Kumar approached from Nubra and climbed Teram Kangri II. This was the first Indian expedition  to enter the glacier from the Nubra valley after the 1930 Italian expedition by G. Dainelli (though Indian security  parties have reportedly visited the glacier till Bilafond la). 

"1978 - ​Japanese expedition led by H. Kobayashi climbed Ghent NE from the Kondus glacier. 

"1979​ - Japanese expedition led by S. Hanada crossed over Bilafond la and made the first ascent of Teram Kangri III. 

"1979 - ​Japanese expedition led by R. Hayashibara climbed Sia Kangri from the Conway Saddle, descended its S face to the Siachen glacier. They  trekked out via Bilafond la.
................................................................................................


"1980 - ​Indian Army expedition led by Brig K.N. Thadani climbed Apsarasas I. 

"1980 - ​West German team led by B. Scherzer climbed Ghent. 

"1980 - ​An American team led by Galen Rowell traversed the Siachen glacier during the Karakoram Ski Traverse of major glaciers. 

"1981 - ​Dutch expedition attempted Saltoro Kangri II from the west. 

"1981 - ​Indian Army expedition led by Col. N. Kumar reached the upper glacier via the Nubra valley. They climbed Saltoro Kangri I, Sia Kangri I, reached Indira Col (West), Sia la, Turkestan la and  Saltoro Pass (PK 36 glacier pass). 

"1983 - ​Few trekking parties crossed over Bilafond la from the west.

"1984 - ​Indian Army expedition led by Col. Prem Chand climbed K12 from the Siachen glacier traversing from the west. 

"1984 - ​The Indian Army controlled the western heights on the Saltoro ridge to take firm control to defend the area on 14th April. This was the beginning of the ‘Glacier War’ now in its 14th year. 

"1985 - ​The first expedition after the beginning of action was allowed soon. The Indo-British expedition led by Harish  Kapadia (with Dave Wilkinson), explored and climbed peaks in Terong group. They approached from the Siachen glacier, climbed Rimo III and  attempted Rimo I. 

"1986 - ​Sia Kangri was climbed by the Indo-American expedition led by Maj. K.V. Cherian and Leo Lebon. They traversed the glacier. Seven Indians reached the summit and Americans reached Indira Col (West).
................................................................................................


"1988​ - Rimo I, the first ascent was made by  the Indo-Japanese team led by  Hukam Singh and Yoshio Ogata. They approached from the Terong valley and Ibex Col. 

"1988 - ​Apsarasas I was climbed by the Indian Army Team. Leader and details not known. 

"1989​ - Rimo II first ascent, and Rimo IV second ascent. These peaks were climbed by an Indo-British team led by Sonam Palzor and Doug Scott. They approached from the Siachen snout and the Terong glacier.
................................................................................................


"1992​ - An Indian army team led by Col. M.S. Gill climbed Teram Kangri I. No details are available. 

"1996 - ​After closer of almost ten years (since 1986) the first  civilian team was given permission to climb on the upper Siachen glacier. A team from Bombay, led by Harish Kapadia climbed in the Terong valley at first. As they were about to enter  the upper Siachen glacier, army cancelled their permits without assigning any reason and they were turned back. Their critical report made a serious impact. 

"1997 - ​The Indian Women’s team, with Ms. Bachendri Pal as leader, traversed the Siachen glacier and reached the India Saddle in early September. 

"1998 - The Bombay team, led by Harish Kapadia, returned to the glacier. They reached  Indira Col (West), India Saddle and Turkestan la (East). The team also made the first ascent of Bhujang Peak (6560 m) on the Teram Shehr Plateau, the first peak to be climbed on this vast  plateau.
................................................................................................


"2000 - The Indo-French team led by Harish Kapadia  and  Jean F. Tripard reached  Col Italia on the eastern edge of the Siachen glacier. They climbed  Rimo IV (7169 m). 

"2002 - The Indo-Japanese  team, led by Harish Kapadia and Hiroshi Sakai entered the glacier from the east, Col Italia. They  made the first ascent of Padmanabh (7030 m). The  Teram Shehr Plateu was explored for the first time. They returned down the Siachen glacier.
................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
September 02, 2022 September 12, 2022
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................

................................................
................................................
August 05, 2022 - August 31, 2022 - 
September 01, 2022 September 02, 2022.
September 03, 2022 September 06, 2022
September 09, 2022 September 13, 2022
Purchased August 01, 2022. 

Format: Kindle Edition
Kindle Edition

ASIN:- B07K19RDCV
................................................
................................................

................................................................................................
................................................................................................
https://www.goodreads.com/review/show/4897502310
................................................................................................
................................................................................................